THEOS-GOD-DIVINE - Greek Flashcards

1
Q

θεός

A

THEOS

Ruler

From Mycenaean Greek 𐀳𐀃
𐀳𐀃 (te-o /tʰehós/) m
god.

θεός
A god, Deity, Ruler.

θεᾱ́ • (theā́) f (genitive θεᾶς); first declension
goddess.

θεή • (theḗ) f
genitive - θεῆς
Epic and Ionic form of θεᾱ́ (theā́)

____________________________________

From Proto-Hellenic *tʰehós
*tʰehós m
god, deity.

Thematicized form of Proto-Indo-European *dʰéh₁s, from the root *dʰeh₁- (“put”).

From *dʰeh₁- (“to do”) +‎ *-s.
*(é)-s f
Derives nouns from roots.
*dʰéh₁s m (oblique stem dʰh₁s-)
Root
god, godhead, deity
sacred place.

*dʰeh₁- (perfective)
Root
to do, put, place.

______________________________________

θέα • (théa) f (genitive θέας); first declension
view, sight.

______________________________________

θεάομαι • (theáomai) (Attic, Koine)
Verb
I view, watch, observe, gaze.
I contemplate
I review.

______________________________________

θεός • (theós) m or f (genitive θεοῦ); second declension (Epic, Attic, Ionic, Doric, Koine)
Noun
a deity, a god, God
title of a ruler
sometimes feminine (ἡ θεός): a goddess.

θεός • (theós)
Adjective
divine (used only in comparative: θεώτερος

_____________________________________

From Proto-Hellenic *tʰehós (whence also Mycenaean Greek 𐀳𐀃 (te-o)), a thematicization of Proto-Indo-European *dʰéh₁s, from *dʰeh₁- (“to do, to put, to place”) + *-s.

Cognate with Phrygian δεως (deōs, “to the gods”), Old Armenian դիք (dikʿ, “pagan gods”) and Latin fēriae (“festival days”), fānum (“temple”) and fēstus (“festive”).

______________________________________

θωρώ • (thoró)
Verb
(vernacular, poetic) to gaze, examine, look over.
from Ancient Greek θεωρέω / θεωρῶ

___________________________________

theory (n.)
1590s, “conception, mental scheme,”
from Late Latin theoria (Jerome),

from Greek theōria “contemplation, speculation; a looking at, viewing; a sight, show, spectacle, things looked at,”

from theōrein “to consider, speculate, look at,”

from theōros “spectator,”

from thea “a view” (see theater) + horan “to see,”

which is possibly from PIE root *wer- (3) “to perceive.”
*wer- (3)
Proto-Indo-European root meaning “perceive, watch out for.”
It is the hypothetical source of/evidence for its existence is provided by:
Latin vereri “to observe with awe, revere, respect, fear;”
Greek ouros “a guard, watchman,”
Greek horan “to see;” Hittite werite- “to see;”
Old English weard “a guarding, protection; watchman, sentry, keeper.”

A theory is a contemplative and rational type of abstract or generalizing thinking about a phenomenon, or the results of such thinking. The process of contemplative and rational thinking often is associated with such processes like observational study, research.

In modern science, the term “theory” refers to scientific theories, a well-confirmed type of explanation of nature, made in a way consistent with scientific method, and fulfilling the criteria required by modern science.

Such theories are described in such a way that scientific tests should be able to provide empirical support for, or empirically contradict (“falsify”) it.

Theories guide the enterprise of finding facts rather than of reaching goals, and are neutral concerning alternatives among values.[3]:131 A theory can be a body of knowledge, which may or may not be associated with particular explanatory models. To theorize is to develop this body of knowledge.

___________________________________

theater (n.)
late 14c., “open air place in ancient times for viewing spectacles and plays,” from Old French theatre (12c., Modern French théâtre, improperly accented) and directly from Latin theatrum “play-house, theater; stage; spectators in a theater” (source also of Spanish, Italian teatro), from Greek theatron “theater; the people in the theater; a show, a spectacle,” literally “place for viewing,” from theasthai “to behold” (related to thea “a view, a seeing; a seat in the theater,” theates “spectator”) + -tron, suffix denoting place.

Meaning “building where plays are shown” is from 1570s in English. Transferred sense of “plays, writing, production, the stage” is from 1660s. Generic sense of “place of action” is from 1580s; especially “region where war is being fought” (1914). Spelling with -re arose late 17c. and prevailed in Britain after c. 1700 by French influence, but American English retained or revived the older spelling in -er
___________________________________

theorem (n.)
“demonstrable proposition in science or mathematics,” 1550s, from Middle French théorème (16c.) and directly from Late Latin theorema, from Greek theorema “spectacle, sight,” in Euclid “proposition to be proved,” literally “that which is looked at,” from theorein “to look at, behold” (see theory).
___________________________________

θεωρέω • (theōréō)
Verb
I am sent (as a θεωρός (theōrós) to consult an oracle
I look at, spectate, observe
(of the mind) I contemplate, consider
(abstract) I speculate, theorize.

___________________________________

θεώρημᾰ • (theṓrēma) n
genitive - θεωρήμᾰτος
Noun
That which is contemplated, considered and looked at with discerning vision.
sight, spectacle
vision, intuition
speculation, theory, proposition
(in the plural) arts and sciences
(mathematics) theorem, mathematical statement
investigation, inquiry.
From θεωρέω (“to look at; to consider, contemplate”) +‎ -μα
-μα
(outcome-output suffix) Added to verbal stems to form neuter nouns denoting the result of an action, a particular instance of an action, or the object of an action.

From Ancient Greek θεώρημα (“speculation, proposition to be proved”) (Euclid)

from θεωρέω (“I look at, view, consider, examine”)

from θεωρός (“spectator”), from θέα (“a view”) + ὁράω (“I see, look”).

theōrēma n (genitive theōrēmatis); third declension
a theorem, a proposition to be proved.

______________________________________

θαῦμᾰ • (thaûma) n 
genitive - θαύμᾰτος
Noun
a wonder, marvel, something strange
(in the plural) jugglers' tricks
the feeling of wonder, astonishment.

From the root of θεάομαι (“to wonder at, gaze at”) +‎ -μᾰ (outcome, resulting noun suffix).

______________________________________

θαύμα • (thávma) n 
plural - θαύματα
Noun
(religion) miracle, supernatural event
(figuratively) marvel, wonder

______________________________________

θαυμάζω • (thaumázō)
Verb
(active)
to wonder, marvel, be astonished
(with accusative) to look on with wonder and amazement, to wonder at
to revere, honor, admire, worship
to say with astonishment
(with genitive) to wonder at, marvel at
(rarely with dative) to wonder at
(passive)
to be looked at with wonder
to be admired.

From θαῦμα (“wonder, marvel”) +‎ -άζω (denominative verb suffix).

______________________________________

θαυμᾰστός • (thaumastós) m 
feminine - θαυμᾰστή
neuter -.θαυμᾰστόν
Adjective 
Wonderful, marvellous
460 BCE – 420 BCE, Herodotus, Histories 1.0
Admirable.

From θαυμάζω (“to admire, be surprised at”) +‎ -τος (adjective suffix)

______________________________________

θεᾱτής • (theātḗs) m 
genitive - θεᾱτοῦ
Noun
A Spectator.
One who sees or goes to see.

From θεάομαι (“to gaze at”) +‎ -της (masculine agent noun suffix)

______________________________________

θέατρο • (théatro) n (plural θέατρα)
Noun
theatre (UK), theater (US)
theatre building, audience
dramatic art
theatre of war.
\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
αθέατος • (athéatos) m 
feminine - αθέατη
neuter - αθέατο
Adjective
invisible, out of sight, secret, unseen.

______________________________________

αθεάτριστος • (atheátristos) m 
feminine - αθεάτριστη
neuter - αθεάτριστο
Adjective 
not theatre going, ignorant of the theatre, untheatrical.

______________________________________

θεωρία

From θεωρός (“spectator”) +‎ -ῐ́ᾱ (feminine abstract noun suffix)

θεωρία, meant “a looking at, viewing, beholding”, but in more technical contexts it came to refer to contemplative or speculative understandings of natural things, such as those of natural philosophers, as opposed to more practical ways of knowing things, like that of skilled orators or artisans.

CHRISTIAN CONTEMPLATION
from contemplatio (Latin; Greek θεωρία)
refers to several Christian practices which aim at “looking at”, “gazing at”, “being aware of” God or the Divine.

Christianity took up the use of both the Greek (theoria) and Latin (contemplatio, contemplation) terminology to describe various forms of prayer and the process of coming to know God.

The Catechism of the Catholic Church states that, "the Christian tradition comprises three major expressions of the life of prayer: 
1. vocal prayer.
2. meditation, and 
3. contemplative prayer. 
They have in common the recollection of the heart." Three stages are discerned in contemplative practice, namely 
1. purgative contemplation.
2. contemplation proper, and...
3. the vision of God.
θεωρῐ́ᾱ • (theōríā) f 
genitive - θεωρῐ́ᾱς
Noun
sending of state-ambassadors (θεωροί)
embassy, mission
sight, spectacle, viewing
consideration, theory, speculation.

θεωρία • (theoría) f
Noun
theory
contemplation.

ETYMOLOGY
The Greek theoria (θεωρία), from which the English word “theory” (and “theatre”) is derived, meant “contemplation, speculation, a looking at, things looked at”.

From theorein (θεωρεῖν) "to consider, speculate, look at", 
from theoros (θεωρός) "spectator", 
from θέα  "a view" + horan (ὁρᾶν) "to see".

It expressed the state of being a spectator.
Both Greek θεωρία and Latin contemplatio primarily meant looking at things, whether with the eyes or with the mind.

The word theoria is derived from a verb meaning to look, or to see: for the Greeks, knowing was a kind of seeing, a sort of intellectual seeing. Contemplation is, then, knowledge, knowledge of reality itself, as opposed to knowing how: the kind of know-how involved in getting things done. To this contrast between the active life and contemplation there corresponds a distinction in our understanding of what it is to be human between reason conceived as puzzling things out, solving problems, calculating and making decisions - referred to by the Greek words phronesis and dianoia, or in Latin by ratio - and reason conceived as receptive of truth, beholding, looking - referred to by the Greek words theoria or sophia (wisdom) or nous (intellect), or in Latin intellectus. Augustine expressed this distinction by using scientia for the kind of knowledge attained by ratio, and sapientia, wisdom, for the kind of knowledge received by intellectus. Human intelligence operates at two levels: a basic level concerned with doing things, and another level concerned with simply beholding, contemplating, knowing reality.

The term theoria was used by the ancient Greeks to refer to the act of experiencing or observing, and then comprehending through nous.

______________________________________

θεωρείο • (theoreío) n (plural θεωρεία)
Noun
box, loge, gallery at a theatre, concert hall, parliament.

θεωρ (“spectator”) +‎ -είο (“place denomination”). From Koine Greek θεωρεῖον (theōreîon).
Compare to θεωρέω (theōréō).

-είο • (-eío) n
added to a noun to denote a relationship with a place, building, etc.
Doctors office etc.
‎ιατρός (“doctor”) + ‎-είο → ‎ιατρείο (“doctor’s office”)
example - Studio.
______________________________________

θεωρός • (theōrós) m (genitive θεωροῦ); second declension
Noun
spectator
envoy sent to consult an oracle.

From θέᾱ (“sight”) + ὁράω (“I see”).

Although with partial signification from θεός (“god”).

______________________________________

______________________________________

______________________________________

ορατός • (oratós) m (feminine ορατή, neuter ορατό)
Adjective
visible, in sight, seen
______________________________________

θεατός • (theatós) m (feminine θεατή, neuter θεατό)
Adjective
visible, in sight, seen
η θεατή πλευρά της Σελήνης (the visible side of the moon)

______________________________________
ANTONYM

ᾰ̓́θεος • (átheos) m or f (neuter ᾰ̓́θεον); second declension
From ἀ- (“not”) +‎ θεός (“god”)
ADJECTIVE
without gods
rejecting or disdaining the belief in the gods (especially officially sanctioned gods)
generally: godless, secular
abandoned by the gods
(lexicography) not derived from a theonym.

ATHEIST
ἀθεότης • (atheótēs) f (genitive ἀθεότητος); third declension.
ἄθεος (átheos, “godless”) +‎ -της (-tēs)
One who practices godlessness.
One who does not believe in the gods.
One who is not religiously observant.

SUFFIX
-της • (-tēs) m (genitive -του); first declension
Added to noun stems to form masculine nouns of the person concerned with a thing
Added to verb stems to form masculine agent nouns: -er
Added to place names to form masculine demonyms: -ian

ἀντίθεος • (antítheos) m or f (neuter ἀντίθεον); second declension
From ἀντι- (anti-) +‎ θεός (theós)
Adjective
godlike, opposing god.
ἀντι- • (anti-)
anti-, against.
αντι- • (anti-)
anti-, counter- (expressing: opposition, prevention, the opposite)
From Ancient Greek ἀντι- (anti-, “against”).

ἀποθεόω • (apotheóō)
Verb
I deify.
From ἀπο- +‎ θεός (“god, deity”) +‎ -όω
ἀπο- • (apo-)
Indicating movement: away, from, off
Indicating breaking one part from another: un-, asunder, apart, off.
Indicating ending or finishing, or almost like the negative ἀ- (a-, “not”), especially in adjectives.
Simply emphasizing the meaning of the verb
because of, owing to.

SUFFIX
-όω • (-óō)
Added to a noun or adjective to make a verb with a causative or factitive meaning: to make someone do something or become something.

deify (third-person singular simple present deifies, present participle deifying, simple past and past participle deified)

(transitive) To make a god of (something or someone).
(transitive) To treat as worthy of worship; to regard as a deity.

Latin- deificō (present infinitive deificāre, perfect active deificāvī, supine deificātum); first conjugation
(Late Latin, transitive) I make a god, deify.

SUFFIX
-ficō (present infinitive -ficāre, perfect active -ficāvī, supine -ficātum); first conjugation
Forms factitive, causative, or other verbs from the roots of nouns and adjectives.

_______________________________________

ἔνθεος • (éntheos) m or f (neuter ἔνθεον); second declension
having a god in one; possessed or inspired by a god.

From ἐν (“in”) +‎ θεός (“god”).

________________________________________

ζάθεος • (zátheos)

very sacred, holy, sacrosanct.

________________________________________

θεοκρᾰτῐ́ᾱ • (theokratíā) f (genitive θεοκρατῐ́ᾱς); first declension (Koine)
(politics, religion) theocracy.

From θεο- (“god, deity”) +‎ -κρατία (“power, rule”)
from θεός and κρᾰτέω.

  • κρᾰτῐ́ᾱ • (-kratíā) f (genitive -κρᾰτῐ́ᾱς); first declension
  • cracy (government, rule)

Derived from κρᾰ́τος (krátos, “strength”, “power”) +‎ -ῐ́ᾱ (-íā, noun-forming suffix).

κρᾰ́τος • (krátos) n (genitive κρᾰ́τεος or κρᾰ́τους); third declension
Noun
might, strength
act of strength, act of valour
(in the plural) acts of violence
dominion, power.

From Proto-Indo-European *kret-. Cognates include Sanskrit क्रतु (krátu)

Proto-Indo-European/ *kret-
*kret-
insight, intelligence,strength.

SUFFX
-κρατία • (-kratía) f
-cracy (indicating “domination by”)
‎πλούτος (ploútos, “wealth”) + ‎-κρατία (-kratía) → ‎πλουτοκρατία (ploutokratía, “plutocracy”)
-ism (indicating “dominating system”)
‎αποικία (apoikía, “colony”) + ‎-κρατία (-kratía) → ‎αποικιοκρατία (apoikiokratía, “colonialism”)

SUFFIX
-ῐ́ᾱ • (-íā) f (genitive -ῐ́ᾱς); first declension
Added to stems of adjectives, or rarely to the stems of verbs, to form feminine abstract nouns.
Proto-Indo-European / *-h₂
*(é)-(o)-h₂ n
Creates collective nouns, which refer to groups or sets of things.
Collective nouns.
(grammar) A noun which, though singular, refers to a group of things or animals. Examples: a school of fish, a pride of lions.

κρατέω • (kratéō)
Verb
to rule, command
to conquer, prevail, gain the upper hand
to seize, hold.
From κράτος (krátos, “power, might”) +‎ -έω (-éō, denominative verbal suffix).

________________________________

Original Word: θεωρέω
Part of Speech: Verb
Transliteration: theóreó
Phonetic Spelling: (theh-o-reh'-o)
Definition: to look at, gaze
Usage: I look at, gaze, behold; I see, experience, discern; I partake of.
HELPS Word-studies
2334 theōréō (from 2300 /theáomai, "to gaze, contemplate") – gaze on for the purpose of analyzing (discriminating).

[2334 (theōréō) is the root of the English term “theatre,” i.e. where people concentrate on the meaning of an action (performance).]

from theóros (an envoy, spectator)

SYNONYMS: 
θεωρεῖν, 
θέασθαι, 
ὁρᾶν, 
σκοπεῖν: 

θεωρεῖν is used primarily not of an indifferent spectator, but of one who looks at a thing with interest and for a purpose.

θεωρεῖν would be used of a general officially reviewing or inspecting an army.

θέασθαι of a lay spectator looking at the parade.

θεωρεῖν as denoting the careful observation of details can even be contrasted with ὁρᾶν in so far as the latter denotes only perception in the general; so used θεωρεῖν quite coincides with σκοπεῖν

To be a spectator of, i.e. Discern, (literally, figuratively (experience) or intensively (acknowledge)

To ascertain, find out, by seeing.

equivalent to to get knowledge of.

______________________________________

Original Word: θεάομαι
Part of Speech: Verb
Transliteration: theaomai
Phonetic Spelling: (theh-ah’-om-ahee)
Definition: to behold, look upon
Usage: I see, behold, contemplate, look upon, view; I see, visit.
HELPS Word-studies
2300 theáomai (from tháomai, “to gaze at a spectacle”) –
- properly, gaze on (contemplate) as a spectator;
- to observe intently, especially to interpret something (grasp its significance);
- to see (concentrate on) so as to significantly impact (influence) the viewer.

[2300 (theáomai) is the root of 2302 /théatron (“spectacle in a theatre”), the root of the English term, “theatre.”]

To behold, look upon, view attentively, contemplate.

To learn by looking.

To discern by looking, reading, contemplating what has been seen and witnessed.

classic use denotes often a wondering regard.

A prolonged form of a primary verb; to look closely at, i.e. (by implication) perceive (literally or figuratively); by extension to visit – behold, look (upon)

To study carefully through discerning observation.
_____________________________________

Original Word: ὁράω
Part of Speech: Verb
Transliteration: horaó
Phonetic Spelling: (hor-ah'-o)
Definition: to see, perceive, attend to
Usage: I see, look upon, experience, perceive, discern, beware.
HELPS Word-studies
3708 horáō – properly, see, often with metaphorical meaning: "to see with the mind" (i.e. spiritually see), i.e. perceive (with inward spiritual perception).

[The aorist form (eidon), is discussed at 1492 /eídō, “see.” The future tense, and middle-passive form, are discussed under 3700 /optánomai, “see.”]

____________________________________

εἴδομαι • (eídomai) (poetic)
Verb
to be seen, appear.
(with infinitive) to appear, seem to do.o
(reflexive, with dative) to make oneself like.
(intransitive) to be like, to look like.

The aorist tense, εἶδον (eîdon, “I saw”), has a related but different meaning, and its second aorist middle form, εἰδόμην (eidómēn), contrasts with the first aorist middle of this verb, εἰσᾰ́μην (eisámēn).
The perfect tense, οἶδα (oîda, “I know”), functions as a present tense word with its own meaning.

εἶδος (eîdos, “form”)
ἰδέα (idéa, “form”)
ἱστορία (historía, “inquiry”)
ἵστωρ (hístōr, “judge”)

εἶδον • (eîdon)
Verb
to see, behold, perceive.
(strengthened) to look at, observe.
to see a person, to meet, speak with them.
to see, experience, become acquainted with.
to look at or towards.
to see mentally, to perceive.

______________________________________

οἶδα
εἶδος
εἴδους
ἘΙΔΩ
εἴδει
οἶδα
Original Word: οἶδα
Part of Speech: Verb
Transliteration: eidó
Phonetic Spelling: (i'-do)
Definition: be aware, behold, consider, perceive
Usage: I know, remember, appreciate.
HELPS Word-studies
1492 eídō (oida) – properly, to see with physical eyes (cf. Ro 1:11), as it naturally bridges to the metaphorical sense: perceiving ("mentally seeing"). This is akin to the expressions: "I see what You mean"; "I see what you are saying."

1492 /eídō (“seeing that becomes knowing”) then is a gateway to grasp spiritual truth (reality) from a physical plane. 1492 (eídō) then is physical seeing (sight) which should be the constant bridge to mental and spiritual seeing (comprehension).

εἶδος
Original Word: εἶδος, ους, τό
Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter
Transliteration: eidos
Phonetic Spelling: (i’-dos)
Definition: appearance, fashion, shape, sight
Usage: visible form, shape, appearance, outward show, kind, species, class.
HELPS Word-studies
1491 eídos (a neuter noun derived from 1492 /eídō, “to see, apprehend”) – properly, the sight (i.e. of something exposed, observable), especially its outward appearance or shape (J. Thayer). 1491 (eídos) emphasizes “what is physically seen” (BAGD) before mentally or spiritually apprehended. See 1492 (eidō, oida).

Example: 1491 /eídos (“visible appearance”) refers to the outward form taken on by each of the three Persons of the tri-personal God: a) the Holy Spirit in Lk 3:22: “And the Holy Spirit descended upon Him in bodily form like a dove”; b) Jesus, in Lk 9:29: “And while He was praying, the appearance of His face became different, and His clothing became white and gleaming”; and c) the Father, in Jn 5:37: “You have neither heard His voice at any time, nor seen His form.”

From eido; a view, i.e. Form (literally or figuratively) – appearance, fashion, shape, sight.

εἴδει
Luke 3:22 N-DNS
GRK: ἅγιον σωματικῷ εἴδει ὡς περιστερὰν
NAS: upon Him in bodily form like
KJV: in a bodily shape like
INT: Holy in a bodily form as a dove
Luke 9:29 N-NNS
GRK: αὐτὸν τὸ εἶδος τοῦ προσώπου
NAS: He was praying, the appearance of His face
KJV: prayed, the fashion of his
INT: he the appearance of the face
εἶδος
John 5:37 N-ANS
GRK: ἀκηκόατε οὔτε εἶδος αὐτοῦ ἑωράκατε
NAS: nor seen His form.
KJV: seen his shape.
INT: have you heard nor form of him have you seen
εἴδους
2 Corinthians 5:7 N-GNS
GRK: οὐ διὰ εἴδους 
NAS: for we walk by faith, not by sight--
KJV: not by sight:)
INT: not by sight
εἴδους
1 Thessalonians 5:22 N-GNS
GRK: ἀπὸ παντὸς εἴδους πονηροῦ ἀπέχεσθε
NAS: abstain from every form of evil.
KJV: from all appearance of evil.
INT: from every form of evil abstain

NOT TO BE CONFUSED WITH “ETHOS” (ethics)

ἔθη
Acts 6:14 N-ANP
GRK: ἀλλάξει τὰ ἔθη ἃ παρέδωκεν
NAS: and alter the customs which
KJV: shall change the customs which
INT: will change the customs which delivered

ἔθος
Luke 1:9 N-ANS
GRK: κατὰ τὸ ἔθος τῆς ἱερατείας
NAS: according to the custom of the priestly office,
KJV: According to the custom of the priest’s office,
INT: according to the custom of the priesthood.

ἔθει
Acts 15:1 N-DNS
GRK: περιτμηθῆτε τῷ ἔθει τῷ Μωυσέως
NAS: you are circumcised according to the custom of Moses,
KJV: ye be circumcised after the manner of Moses,
INT: you be circumcised after the custom of Moses.

ἐθῶν
Acts 26:3 N-GNP
GRK: κατὰ Ἰουδαίους ἐθῶν τε καὶ
NAS: in all customs and questions
KJV: expert in all customs and questions
INT: of Jews customs and also.
ἔθεσι
Acts 28:17 N-DNP
GRK: ἢ τοῖς ἔθεσι τοῖς πατρῴοις
NAS: or the customs of our fathers,
KJV: or customs of our fathers,
INT: or the customs of our fathers.
εἰδῶ
1 Corinthians 13:2 V-RSA-1S
GRK: προφητείαν καὶ εἰδῶ τὰ μυστήρια
KJV: and understand all
INT: prophecy and know the mysteries
εἰδῶ
1 Corinthians 14:11 V-RSA-1S
GRK: οὖν μὴ εἰδῶ τὴν δύναμιν
KJV: Therefore if I know not the meaning
INT: therefore not I know the power

__________________________________

Christ is said to deliver to men ἅ ἑώρακεν, the things which he has seen, i. e. which he learned in his heavenly state with God before the incarnation, i. e. things divine, the counsels of God.

the father (a metaphorical expression borrowed from sons, who learn what they see their fathers doing)

s divine, the counsels of God, John 3:11, 32; ἑωρακέναι Θεόν, to know God’s will, from the contact and influence of Christ to have come to see (know) God’s majesty, saving purposes, and will.

in an emphatic sense, of Christ, who has an immediate and perfect knowledge of God without being taught by another.

Christ is said ὄψεσθαί the apostles, i. e. will have knowledge of them.

to see i. e. to become acquainted with by experience, to experience: ζωήν, equivalent to to become a partaker of.

equivalent to to care for, pay heed to.

SYNONYMS: ὁρᾶν, βλέπειν, both denote the physical act:
ὁρᾶν in general.
βλέπειν the single look.
ὁρᾶν gives prominence to the discerning mind, βλέπειν to the particular mood or point.

When the physical side recedes, ὁρᾶν denotes perception in general (as resulting principally from vision), the prominence in the word of the mental element being indicated by the construction of the accusative with an infinitive (in contrast with that of the participle required with βλέπειν), and by the absolute ὁρᾷς; βλέπειν on the other hand, when its physical side recedes, gets a purely outward sense, look (i. e. open, incline) toward.

____________________________________

βλέπω • (vlépo) (simple past είδα, passive βλέπομαι)
Verb
(most senses) see, watch, look at.
(transitive) consider, think of, see (give an assessment or opinion)
(transitive) scrutinise, look into (examine in more detail)
(medicine, transitive) examine (of a doctor)
(transitive, of inanimate things) face, overlook (look out onto, as in a view)

PREFIX
αγριοβλέπω (agriovlépo, “to look at with a menacing glance”)
αλληλοβλέπομαι (allilovlépomai, “see each other”)
αναβλέπω (anavlépo, “to see again, to look up”)
αποβλέπω (apovlépo, “to aspire, to aim at”)
διαβλέπω (diavlépo, “to foresee”)
επιβλέπω (epivlépo, “to supervise, to oversee”)
κακοβλέπω (kakovlépo, “to look at with animosity”)
καλοβλέπω (kalovlépo, “to look at with pleasure, delight”)
ξαναβλέπω (xanavlépo, “to see again”)
παραβλέπω (paravlépo, “to ignore, to overlook”)
προβλέπω (provlépo, “to foresee, to predict”)
προσβλέπω (prosvlépo, “to look forward to”)
πρωτοβλέπω (protovlépo, “to see first”)
συχνοβλέπω (sychnovlépo, “to see often”)
υποβλέπω (ypovlépo, “to covet”)
χαμηλοβλεπούσα f (chamilovlepoúsa)

αβλεψία f (avlepsía, “carelessness”)
αβλεψία • (avlepsía) f (plural αβλεψίες)
carelessness, negligence, oversight.

αβλέπτημα
αβλέπτημα • (avléptima) n (plural αβλεπτήματα)
oversight, lacuna
misprint, erratum, typo, lacuna.
see: αβλέπτημα n (avléptima, “oversight, misprint, typo”)
παρόραμα • (parórama) n (plural παροράματα)
misprint, erratum, typo.

lacuna f (plural lacune)
gap
blank (space)
lapse (of memory)
Hiatus
Borrowed from Latin lacūna (“ditch, gap”), diminutive form of lacus (“lake”).
Doublet of lagoon.
lacuna (plural lacunae or lacunas)
A small opening; a small pit or depression
a small blank space; a gap or vacancy; a hiatus.
An absent part, especially in a book or other piece of writing, often referring to an ancient manuscript or similar.
(microscopy) A space visible between cells, allowing free passage of light.
(translation studies) A language gap, which occurs when there is no direct translation in the target language for a lexical term found in the source language.

______________________________________

Nous (UK: /naʊs/,[1] US: /nuːs/), sometimes equated to intellect or intelligence, is a term from classical philosophy for the faculty of the human mind necessary for understanding what is true or real. English words such as “understanding” are sometimes used, but three commonly used philosophical terms come directly from classical languages: νοῦς or νόος (from Ancient Greek), intellēctus and intellegentia (from Latin). To describe the activity of this faculty, the word “intellection” is sometimes used in philosophical contexts, as well as the Greek words noēsis and noeîn (νόησις, νοεῖν).

νοῦς • (noûs) m (genitive νοῦ); second declension (Attic)
contracted form of νόος (nóos)

νόος • (nóos) m
genitive - νόου
from νέω (néō, “I spin”), here meaning “to spin the thread of the mind”.
mind
perception, sense
mind as used in feeling, the heart, soul
the mind as used in resolving and purposing, will
an act of mind
thought
purpose, design
the sense or meaning of a word
(in Attic philosophy) intelligence, intellect, reason
(as named by Anaxagoras) the principle which acts on elementary particles of matter.

νόησῐς • (nóēsis) f (genitive νοήσεως); third declension
intelligence, understanding, mental perception
processes of thought
(concrete) idea, concept.
ANTONYM
αἴσθησις (aísthēsis, “sense-perception, sensation”)

δῐᾰ́νοιᾰ • (diánoia) f (genitive δῐᾰνοίᾱς); first declension (Attic, Ionic, Koine)
Noun
intention, purpose.
process of thinking.
capacity of thought: intelligence, understanding.
δια- (dia-) +‎ νόος (nóos) +‎ -ια (-ia). Compare διανοέομαι (dianoéomai).

νοεῖν • (noeîn)
Verb
present active infinitive of νοέω (noéō)

νοέω • (noéō) (Contracted: νοῶ (noô)
From νόος (“mind”) +‎ -έω (denominative verbal suffix).
Verb
to perceive, observe, see, notice
to think, suppose
to think out, devise, contrive
(in infinitive) to be minded to do a thing
to conceive of, to deem
(of words) to bear a certain sense, to mean.

νοῶ • (noô)
Verb
Contracted form of νοέω (noéō)

______________________________________

κοίτα • (koíta)
Verb
2nd person singular perfective imperative form of κοιτάω (koitáo).: “Look!”

κοιτάω • (koitáo) (simple past κοίταξα, passive κοιτιέμαι)
Verb
look at
look after
examine, look over.

κοιτώ • (koitó) (simple past κοίταξα, passive κοιτιέμαι)
Verb
Alternative form of κοιτάω (koitáo)

κοιτάζω • (koitázo) (simple past κοίταξα, passive κοιτάζομαι)
Verb
look at
examine, look over
look after an elderly person
mind, take care
(idiomatic) be interested
Κοιτάζει την τσέπη του. ― 
He is interested in his pocket [his money]

κοιτάξτε (koitáxte, “may I explain”) (idiomatic, at beginning of sentences, drawing attention)

κοίτα να δεις (“literary: look and watch!”) (expresses surprise)
κοίτα να (“beware, be sure that”)
κοίτα να μην (“make sure to not”)

αλληλοκοιτάζομαι (“to look at each other”)
ακοίταχτος (“not examined; neglected”)
αγριοκοιτάζω (“to glower”)
αγριοκοιτάω - αγριοκοιτώ
αλληλοκοιτάζομαι (“to look at each other”)
αλληλοκοιτιέμαι
γλυκοκοιτάζω (“ogle”)
γλυκοκοιτάω, γλυκοκοιτώ
καλοκοιτάζω (“take a good look, look carefully)
καλοκοιτάω, καλοκοιτώ
κρυφοκοιτάζω (“look without being noticed”)
κρυφοκοιτάω, κρυφοκοιτώ
λοξοκοιτάζω (loxokoitázo, “sideglance”), λοξοκοιτάω, λοξοκοιτώ
ξανακοιτάζω (“look again”)
ξανακοιτάω, ξανακοιτώ
ξενοκοιτάζω (“have roving eye”)
ξενοκοιτάω, ξενοκοιτώ
στραβοκοιτάζω (“eye-roll to show contempt”)
συχνοκοιτάω, συχνοκοιτώ
συχνοκοιτάζω (“look often”)
στραβοκοιτάω, στραβοκοιτώ

αγριοκοιτάζω • (agriokoitázo) (simple past αγριοκοίταξα, passive αγριοκοιτάζομαι)
Verb
glower, look angrily at.
αγριο- (“wild”) +‎ κοιτάζω (“to look at”)

αγριοκοίταγμα m (“the glare, the glower”)
glare, scowl (fierce, frowning look)
The glare or scowl itself.

αγριοκοιτάω • (agriokoitáo) (simple past αγριοκοίταξα)
Rare form of αγριοκοιτάζω (agriokoitázo).

PREFIX
From Ancient Greek ἄγριος ( “wild, fierce”)
αγριο- • (agrio-)
Prefix
expressing: a wild, uncultivated form of its affix.
‎αγριο- (agrio-) + ‎κατσίκι (katsíki, “goat”) → ‎αγριοκάτσικο (agriokátsiko, “wild goat”)
‎αγριο- (agrio-) + ‎χόρτο (chórto, “plant”) → ‎αγριόχορτο (agrióchorto, “weed”)
expressing: wildness, roughness, unruliness, crudity
‎αγριο- (agrio-) + ‎μιλώ (miló, “to speak”) → ‎αγριομιλώ (agriomiló, “to speak harshly”)

_____________________________________

βλέπω (vlépo, “to glance, to look”)

βλέμμα • (vlémma) n (plural βλέμματα)
Noun
The glance, the stare, the look.

ανάβλεμμα • (anávlemma) n (plural αναβλέμματα)
Noun
glance, look, stare
expression (in the eyes)

αναβλέπω • (anavlépo) (simple past ανέβλεψα, ανάβλεψα)
Verb
Look up.
see again, recover sight.
look up, look towards.

ανάβλεψη • (anávlepsi) f (plural αναβλέψεις)
Noun
seeing again (recovery of vision)

βλεφαρίδα f (vlefarída, “eyelash”)
βλέφαρο n (vléfaro, “eyelid”)
κόπιτσα f (kópitsa, “hook and eye”)

_______________________________________

ματιά • (matiá) f (plural ματιές)
Noun
look, glance
Ρίξε μια ματιά σ’ αυτό το φάκελο! (Have a look at this folder!)

μάτι • (máti) n (plural μάτια)
Noun
(anatomy, biology) eye
(figuratively) burner (element on a kitchen stove)

From Medieval Greek μάτιν (mátin) which is in turn from the Ancient Greek ὀμμάτιον (ommátion), diminutive of ὄμμα (ómma, “eye”).

______________________________________
THE EYE OF HEAVEN

ὄμμᾰ • (ómma) n (genitive ὄμμᾰτος); third declension
Noun
the eye of heaven; i.e. the sun
(generally) light
(figuratively) that which brings light.
(figuratively) anything dear or precious, as the apple of an eye.
the face or human form.
The eye hole in a helmet.

ὀφθαλμός • (ophthalmós) m (genitive ὀφθαλμοῦ); second declension
Noun
eye
sight
understanding
that which is dearest or best
the bud of a plant (such as the eye of a potato)
According to Beekes, of Pre-Greek origin.

οφθαλμός • (ofthalmós) m (plural οφθαλμοί)
Noun
(anatomy) eye
bud, eye (of a plant’s shoot or flower)

ἐφορᾰ́ω • (ephoráō)
Verb
to oversee, watch over
to look upon, behold.
From ἐπι- (epi-) +‎ ὁράω (horáō)

________________________________________

όψη • (ópsi) f (plural όψεις)
Noun n
appearance, look, aspect.

εξ όψεως (ex ópseos, “by sight”)
εν όψει (en ópsei, “in sight”)
εκ πρώτης όψεως (ek prótis ópseos, “at first glance”)

ὄψῐς • (ópsis) f (genitive ὄψεως); third declension
Noun n
view
From ὄψ (óps, “eye”) +‎ -σῐς (-sis).
-σῐς
Abstract noun suffix.
Added to verb stems to form abstract nouns or nouns of action, result or process.

ἔποψῐς • (épopsis) f (genitive ἐπόψεως); third declension
Noun
a view over, as far as the view from the temple reached.
oversight, supervision.

ὀπτῐκός • (optikós) m (feminine ὀπτῐκή, neuter ὀπτῐκόν); first/second declension
Adjective
of or relating to seeing, sight or vision.
From ὄψ (óps, “eye”) +‎ -τῐκός (-tikós).
SUFFIX
-τῐκός
Added to verbal stems to form adjectives: relating to, suited to, skilled in, able to,(-ive)

Etymology 1
ὄψ • (óps) f (genitive ὀπός); third declension
Noun
(poetic) voice
Homer, Iliad 16.76
(poetic) word
Homer, Iliad 7.53
Etymology 2
ὄψ • (óps) f (genitive ὀπός); third declension (rare)
eye, face.

from Proto-Indo-European *h₃ókʷs.
From *h₃ekʷ- (“to see”) +‎ *-s.
*h₃ókʷs n
eye

SUFFIX
*(ó)-s f
Derives nouns from roots.

Ancient Greek ὀφθαλμός (ophthalmós, “eye”)

compare Latin - oculus
(anatomy) An eye
(by extension) the power of sight
a spot resembling an eye, such as on a peacock feather
(botany) a bud, bulb on a root
(figuratively) the mind's eye.

From Proto-Italic *okʷelos
*okʷelos m
eye.

Greek - ὄσσε
Eyes

from Proto-Indo-European *h₃ókʷih₁
Dual declension
*h₃ókʷih₁
nominative/vocative/accusative dual of *h₃ókʷs

_______________________________________

φαίνω • (phaínō)
Verb
(transitive) I cause to appear, bring to light; I show, uncover, reveal.

From Proto-Hellenic *pʰáňňō, from Proto-Indo-European *bʰn̥h₂ye-, from *bʰeh₂- (“to shine”).

*bʰeh₂- (imperfective)
to shine, glow light.

φᾰ́σῐς • (phásis) f (genitive φᾰ́σεως); third declension
Noun
appearance
From φαίνω (phaínō) +‎ -σις (-sis).

φῶς • (phôs) n (genitive φωτός); third declension
Noun
Attic form of φᾰ́ος (pháos)

φάος • (pháos) n (genitive φᾰ́εος); third declension
Noun
light, especially daylight
(poetic) the life of men
the light of a torch, fire, a light
the light of the eyes
light as a metaphor for delight, deliverance, happiness, victory, glory, etc.

φᾰεινός • (phaeinós) m (feminine φᾰεινή, neuter φᾰεινόν); first/second declension
Adjective
Epic form of φᾱνός (phānós, “bright, shining, resplendent”)

LATIN
Latin - iubar n (genitive iubaris); third declension
Noun
radiance of celestial bodies, light, splendor, sunshine
(figuratively) a splendid appearance, glory, splendor.
From Proto-Indo-European *dyew-bʰeh₂-es- (“bringing the light of daytime”, literally “sky-shining”), from *dyew- (“sky, heaven”) (whence Latin diēs (“day”)) and *bʰeh₂- (“to shine”) (whence Ancient Greek φάος (pháos, “light”)).

SANSKRIT 
भास् • (bhā́s) n (metrically bháas)
Noun
light, lustre
radiance, effulgence
glory, brilliance.

From Proto-Indo-Aryan *bʰáHas, from Proto-Indo-Iranian *bʰáHas, from Proto-Indo-European *bʰéh₂os, from *bʰeh₂- (“shine”). Cognate with Ancient Greek φάος (pháos, “radiance, light”) (whence English photo-, phosphorescence), Latin (iu)bar and possibly Old English basu (“purple”).

OLD ENGLISH
basu
purple; scarlet; crimson.
From Proto-Germanic *baswaz (“crimson, purple”).

phosphorescence (countable and uncountable, plural phosphorescences)
The emission of light without any perceptible heat; the quality of being phosphorescent.

phosphorescent (comparative more phosphorescent, superlative most phosphorescent)

Having the property of emitting light for a period of time after the source of excitation is taken away, e.g., in electrostatic storage tubes and cathode-ray tubes.

From phosphorus + -escent.

SUFFIX
-escent
beginning to be; becoming
resembling.
From Latin -ēscēns, present participle of -ēscō (“I become”).
-ēscō
Forms verbs from adjectives meaning “become (adjective)”.
From -eō +‎ -scō.
-eō
Forms stative verbs from adjectives.
-scō
Forms inchoative verbs from existing verbs, meaning “to start to (verb), to begin to (verb)”.
*(Ø)-sḱéti
Forms durative or iterative imperfective verbs from roots.

Proto-Indo-Iranian/ *bʰáHmas
From Proto-Indo-European *bʰóh₂-mo-s, from *bʰeh₂- (“to shine, glow light”) +‎ *-mos (deverbal suffix).
*bʰáHmas m
light, splendor, radiance.

Proto-Celtic - *bānos
From Proto-Indo-European *bʰeh₂- (“to shine”).
*bānos
white.

φᾱνός • (phānós) m (feminine φᾱνή, neuter φᾱνόν); first/second declension
Adjective
bright, shining, resplendent.

φᾱνός • (phānós) m (genitive φᾱνου); second declension
Noun
torch, lantern.
from Proto-Indo-European *bʰeh₂- (“to shine”).

____________________________________

μορφή • (morphḗ) f (genitive μορφῆς); first declension
Noun
shape, form
appearance
outline
kind, type.

Μορφεύς • (Morpheús) m (genitive Μορφέως); third declension
Proper noun, a name.
Morpheus.
From μορφή (morphḗ, “shape, form”) +‎ -εύς (-eús).

SUFFIX
-εύς • (-eús) m (genitive -έως); third declension

Added to noun or adjective stems to form a masculine noun of the person concerned with a thing
Added to an ancestor’s or place name to form a demonym: -ian
Added to verbal stems to form a masculine agent noun: -er

μορφόω • (morphóō)
Verb
To shape, to form.
I cause to shape, form, mold a thing.
From μορφή (morphḗ, “form, type”) +‎ -όω (-óō)
-όω • (-óō)
Added to a noun or adjective to make a verb with a causative or factitive meaning: to make someone do or be something.

αγγελόμορφος (angelómorfos, “angelic”)
αμεταμόρφωτος (ametamórfotos, “untransformed”)
αμορφία f (amorfía, “shapelessness”)
αμορφοποίητος (amorfopoíitos, “unshaped”)
άμορφος (ámorfos, “amorphous, shapeless”)
μεταμορφώνω (metamorfóno, “to transform”)
όμορφος (ómorfos, “beautiful”)
and compare with: μόρφωση f (mórfosi, “education”)

μόρφωση • (mórfosi) f (uncountable)
Non
education
erudition, learning
shaping, form.

From Koine μόρφωσις (mórphōsis, “shaping”)
μόρφωσις • (mórphōsis) f (genitive μορφώσεως); third declension
Noun
shaping
form, semblance.
From μορφόω (morphóō, “to form”) +‎ -σις (-sis, verbal noun suffix).

morphosis (plural morphoses)
Noun
(biology) The way in which an organism (or an organ) changes form during development. [from 19th c.]
From Late Latin morphosis, from Ancient Greek μόρφωσις (mórphōsis, “shaping”).

________________________________________

εκπαίδευση • (ekpaídefsi) f (plural εκπαιδεύσεις)
Noun
education (compare with παιδεία the teaching and training of the child)
Synonyms: παιδεία (paideía), παιδαγώγηση (paidagógisi), διαπαιδαγώγηση (diapaidagógisi)
instruction
Synonym: αγωγή (agogí)
schooling
Synonym: μόρφωση (mórfosi)
training
drill.

see: εκπαιδεύω (ekpaidévo, “to train”)
εκπαιδεύω • (ekpaidévo) (simple past εκπαίδευσα, passive εκπαιδεύομαι)
Verb
educate, train.

ανεκπαίδευτος (anekpaídeftos, “untrained”)
εκπαίδευση f (ekpaídefsi, “training, education”)
εκπαιδευτής m (ekpaideftís, “trainer”)
εκπαιδευτικός (ekpaideftikós, “educational”, adjective)

εκπαιδευτικός • (ekpaideftikós) m or f (plural εκπαιδευτικοί)
teacher.

μορφωτικός • (morfotikós) m (feminine μορφωτική, neuter μορφωτικό)
Adjective
educational, of education
μορφωτικά βιβλία (“educational books”)
cultural
μορφωτικός σύμβουλος (“cultural attaché”)

πολιτιστικός • (politistikós) m (feminine πολιτιστική, neuter πολιτιστικό)
Adjective
cultural
Κάθε χρόνο μία ευρωπαϊκή πόλη γίνεται η πολιτιστική πρωτεύουσα της Ευρώπης.
Káthe chróno mía evropaïkí póli gínetai i politistikí protévousa tis Evrópis.
Every year one European city becomes the cultural capital of Europe.
Morphologically from πολιτι(σμός) (politi(smós), “civilisation”) + -τικός.[1]

πολιτισμός • (politismós) m (plural πολιτισμοί)
culture, civilisation, way of life.

καλλιέργεια f (kalliérgeia, “cultivation”) (figuratively)
κουλτούρα f (koultoúra, “culture”) (of the arts)
κουλτούρα • (koultoúra) f (plural κουλτούρες)
culture.
From Latin cultūra.
cultūra f (genitive cultūrae); first declension
care, cultivation; agriculture, tillage, husbandry
culture, cultivation
(Medieval Latin) adoration, veneration.
From cultus, perfect passive participle of colō (“I till, cultivate”).

cultus m (feminine culta, neuter cultum); first/second declension
tilled, cultivated, having been cultivated
protected, nurtured, having been protected
(figuratively) worshipped, honored, having been worshipped
(figuratively) dressed, clothed, adorned, having been adorned.

Perfect passive participle of colō (“till, cultivate; worship”).

cultus m (plural cultussen, diminutive cultusje n)
(religion) cult, a particular tradition of worship or veneration of deities, ancestors, guardians or saints.

sekte f (plural sekten or sektes, diminutive sektetje n)
(religion) cult (socially proscribed and often novel religious group)
(archaic, religion) sect (split-off religious or philosophical group)

From Latin - sequī
present active infinitive of sequor.
sequor (present infinitive sequī, perfect active secūtus sum); third conjugation, deponent
Verb
(with accusative) I follow, come or go after.
From Proto-Italic *sekʷōr, from Proto-Indo-European *sekʷ- (“to follow”).

Cognates Ancient Greek ἕπομαι (hépomai).
Related to Greek ἕπομαι • (hépomai)
Verb
I follow, obey [+dative = someone]

Synonym: ἀκολουθέω (akolouthéō)
To Follow Behind.
I stand by, support, help
I attend, escort
I pursue
I keep pace with
I come near, approach
I cling, stick
I belong to, am inseparable from
I follow suit, agree with
I follow, result, am a consequence of
I understand.

SANSKRIT
Cognates Sanskrit- सचते • (sácate) (root सच्, class 1 A) (Vedic sácatai)
Verb
to be associated or united with, have to do with, be familiar with, associate oneself with
to be possessed of, enjoy
to take part or participate in, suffer, endure
to belong to, be attached or devoted to, serve, follow, seek, pursue, favour, assist
to be connected with
to fall to the lot of
to be together
to go after, follow, accompany, adhere or be attached to
to help any one to anything
to abide in
to follow, obey
to belong to
to be devoted to or fond of.

______________________________________
LATIN

intellēctus

intellēctus m (feminine intellēcta, neuter intellēctum); first/second declension
Participle
having been understood, realised.
having been perceived, discerned.

intellēctus m (genitive intellēctūs); fourth declension
Noun
comprehension, understanding
meaning, sense
intellect
reason, discerning.

From intellegō (“I understand; perceive”).

From inter- (“between”) +‎ legō (“choose; read”).

intellegō (present infinitive intellegere, perfect active intellēxī, supine intellēctum); third conjugation
Verb
I understand, comprehend, realize, come to know.
I perceive, discern, see, observe, recognise; feel, notice.

From Latin - legō (present infinitive legere, perfect active lēgī, supine lēctum); third conjugation
Verb
I choose, select, appoint.
I collect, gather, bring together
I read
Graecum est, non legitur. ― It’s Greek, it cannot be read.
(Medieval Latin) I teach, profess.

From Proto-Italic *legō, from Proto-Indo-European *leǵ-. Cognates include Ancient Greek λέγω (légō, “I speak, I choose, I mean”)

Proto-Italic/ *legō
*legō
gather, collect.

Proto-Indo-European
*leǵ- (imperfective)
to gather, collect, with derivatives meaning to speak.

*les- (imperfective)
to gather, to collect.

From Latin - ligāre
Verb
present active infinitive of ligō

From Latin - ligo
From Proto-Indo-European *leyǵ- (“to bind”)

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
2
Q

λόγος

A

LOGOS

REASON - LOGIC - LOGS - ACCOUNTING

CALCULATE

equivalent to λογ- (“to calculate”)

From the root of λέγω (légō, “I say”).

αναλογία
ratio, proportion, analogy, rate, quota.

λόγος
reason, speech, ratio, word, cause, consideration.

λόγος • (lógos) m (genitive λόγου); second declension
Noun
That which is said: word, sentence, speech, story, debate, utterance.
That which is thought: reason, consideration, computation, reckoning.
An account, explanation, or narrative.
Subject matter.
(Christianity) The word or wisdom of God, identified with Jesus in the New Testament.

λόγος • (lógos) m (plural λόγοι)
Noun
word (unit of language)
word (word of honour)
speech, language
speech, oration
(mathematics) ratio
reason, causation.

_____________________________________

λόγια • (lógia) n pl

words

_____________________________________

Original Word: λόγος, ου, ὁ
Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine
Transliteration: logos
Phonetic Spelling: (log’-os)
Definition: a word (as embodying an idea), a statement, a speech
Usage: a word, speech, divine utterance, analogy.

3056 lógos (from 3004 /légō, “speaking to a conclusion”) – a word, being the expression of a thought; a saying. 3056 /lógos (“word”) is preeminently used of Christ (Jn 1:1), expressing the thoughts of the Father through the Spirit.

[3056 (lógos) is a common term (used 330 times in the NT) with regards to a person sharing a message (discourse, “communication-speech”). 3056 (lógos) is a broad term meaning “reasoning expressed by words.”]
_____________________________________

Original Word: λέγω
Part of Speech: Verb
Transliteration: legó
Phonetic Spelling: (leg'-o)
Definition: to say
Usage: (denoting speech in progress), (a) I say, speak; I mean, mention, tell, (b) I call, name, especially in the pass., (c) I tell, command.
HELPS Word-studies
3004 légō (originally, "lay down to sleep," used later of "laying an argument to rest," i.e. bringing a message to closure; see Curtius, Thayer) – properly, to say (speak), moving to a conclusion (bringing it to closure, "laying it to rest").

_____________________________________

The Gospel of John identifies the Christian Logos, through which all things are made, as divine (theos),[9] and further identifies Jesus Christ as the incarnate Logos.

Despite the conventional translation as “word”, it is not used for a word in the grammatical sense; instead, the term lexis (λέξις, léxis) was used.[11] However, both logos and lexis derive from the same verb légō (λέγω), meaning “(I) count, tell, say, speak”.

What logos means here is not certain; it may mean “reason” or “explanation” in the sense of an objective cosmic law, or it may signify nothing more than “saying” or “wisdom”.[17] Yet, an independent existence of a universal logos was clearly suggested by Heraclitus.

Aristotle identifies two specific types of persuasion methods: artistic and inartistic.[19] He defines artistic proofs as arguments that the rhetor generates and creates on their own. Examples of these include relationships, testimonies, and conjugates. He defines inartistic proofs as arguments that the rhetor quotes using information from a non-self-generated source. Examples of these include laws, contracts, and oaths.

_____________________________________

_____________________________________

άλλα λόγια ν’αγαπιόμαστε •
(literally: Other words so we can love one another)
say no more, let’s not go there (what has already been said conveys all the meaning and information needed to draw a conclusion concerning a matter which it would be imprudent to discuss further)

______________________________________

λογῐσμός • (logismós) m (genitive λογῐσμοῦ); second declension
Noun
calculation, computation
(in plural): numbers
reasoning, argument
reflection, thought
reasoning power, wisdom.

Greek: λογισμός m (“thoughts, calculation”)
From λογίζομαι (“I calculate”) +‎ -μός (verbal noun suffix).

SUFFIX
-μός • (-mós) m (genitive -μοῦ); second declension
Forms abstract nouns.
-ισμός • (-ismós) m (genitive -ισμοῦ); second declension
Forms abstract nouns.
A suffix that forms abstract nouns of action, state, condition, doctrine.
Proto-Indo-European - *-mós
*(Ø)-mós m
Creates action/result nouns from verb stems.

_______________________________________

λογῐ́ζομαι • (logízomai)
Verb
I count, reckon
(mathematics) I calculate, compute
I consider, ponder, take into account
I count on, expect
I think, believe.
From λόγος (lógos, “computation, reckoning”) +‎ -ῐ́ζομαι (-ízomai, denominative mediopassive verb suffix).

________________________________________

λογιστής • (logistís) m (plural λογιστές, feminine λογίστρια)
Noun
(commerce) accountant, book-keeper
Εγώ δουλεύω σαν λογιστής. ― 
I work as an accountant.

From Ancient Greek λογιστής (logistḗs),
equivalent to…
λογ- (“to calculate”) +‎ -ιστής (“-ist, -er”)

SUFFIX
-ιστής • (-istís) m (feminine -ίστρια)
added to a noun or adjective to create words for a male person who is a follower or supporter of that notion; (-ist)
added to a noun, adjective or verb to create words for a male person who behaves in a certain way;
(-ist, -er)
added to a noun or verb to create words for a male person who is a habitual doer of said action;
(-ist, -er)
From Ancient Greek -ιστής (-istḗs). When it is added to a verb, it is usually of the ending -ίζω
-ῐ́ζω • (-ízō)
Used to form verbs from nouns, adjectives and other verbs.
Used to form verbs from proper nouns of cities, demonyms, to denote.

____________________________________

λογισμός • (logismós) m (plural λογισμοί)
Noun
(mathematics) calculation, calculus
(plural) thoughts.

_____________________________________

υπολογίζω • (ypologízo) active (simple past υπολόγισα, passive υπολογίζομαι)
Verb
calculate, compute
Synonyms: λογαριάζω, στιμάρω (folksy)
reckon, estimate
Synonyms: νομίζω, θεωρώ
gauge, estimate
think highly of someone
Synonym: στιμάρω (dialectal regional)

υπολογίζουμε • (ypologízoume)
Verb
1st person plural present active form of υπολογίζω.

______________________________________

υπολογισμένος • (ypologisménos) m (feminine υπολογισμένη, neuter υπολογισμένο)
Participle
calculated, estimated
(of measurable things)

Όλες οι κρατικές δαπάνες είναι υπολογισμένες στον ετήσιο προϋπολογισμό.
All public expenses are calculated in the annual budget.

(of movements, especially repetitive ones)
Οι υπολογισμένες κινήσεις του έμπειρου χειρούργου.
The calculated movements of the experienced surgeon.

(of calculated activities, behaviours)
Οι αποφάσεις του προέδρου ήταν καλά υπολογισμένες· επανεκλέχτηκε.
The president’s decisions were well calculated; he was reelected.

_______________________________________

προϋπολογισμένος (“precalculated”)

_______________________________________

Perfect participle of υπολογίζομαι
(passive voice of υπολογίζω (“I calculate”).

υπολογίζομαι • (ypologízomai) passive (simple past υπολογίστηκα, active υπολογίζω)
Verb
be calculated, estimated
Τα έξοδα είχαν υπολογιστεί, αλλά η επιπλέον δαπάνη δεν υπολογίστηκε.
Ta éxoda eíchan ypologisteí, allá i epipléon dapáni den ypologístike.
The expenses were calculated, but the extra cost has not been calculated.

_______________________________________
CALCULATE

From Latin calculō, calculāre (“calculate”), from calculus (“pebble”), diminutive of calx (“limestone”), from Ancient Greek χάλιξ (khálix, “pebble”).

χᾰ́λῐξ • (khálix) m or f (genitive χᾰ́λῐκος); third declension
Noun
small stone, pebble.
gravel, rubble (used in building and concrete making)
Probably cognate, ancestor, or descendant of Latin calx (“limestone, chalk”).

Latin - calx f (genitive calcis); third declension
limestone
chalk
the white chalk finish line.
From Latin calx (“lime”).

English - Chalk
From Middle English chalk, chalke, from Old English cealc, borrowed from Latin calx (“limestone”), again borrowed from Ancient Greek χάλιξ (khálix, “pebble”)

_______________________________________
COUNT

μετρώ • (metró) (simple past μέτρησα, passive μετριέμαι)
VERB
count, measure, include
count, matter.

From Proto-Indo-European root…
*meh₁-
to measure

μετράω • (metráo) (simple past μέτρησα, passive μετριέμαι)
Verb
Alternative form of μετρώ (metró)

φυλλομετρώ (fyllometró, “to leaf through a book”)

μέτρημα
Noun
That which is counted.
A measured distance.
A measurement.
μετρονόμος
A metronome.
from ancient Greek μέτρον ("measure") 
Greek in origin: 
metron "measure" and 
nomos "regulating, law".

μέτρον • (métron) n (genitive μέτρου); second declension
Noun
something used to measure: measure, rule, weight
length, width, breadth
(music, poetry) metre.
From Proto-Indo-European *meh₁- (“to measure”) + -τρον (-tron).
SUFFIX
-τρον • (-tron) n (genitive -τρου); second declension
Forms instrument nouns.
Transforms a noun into a tool or instrument.

νέμω • (némō)
Noun
to deal out, distribute, dispense
(of herdsmen), to pasture or graze their flocks, drive to pasture, tend, lead the sheep.
From Proto-Indo-European *nem- (“to assign, allot; take”). 
*nem-
to distribute
to give, to take.
\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

μῆτῐς • (mêtis) f (genitive μήτῐος or μήτῐδος); third declension (poetic)
Noun
skill, counsel, plan.

From Proto-Indo-European *méh₁tis (“measurement”)
from Proto-Indo-European *meh₁- (“to measure”). Cognate with Old English mǣþ.

πολύμητις • (polúmētis)
Adjective
of many counsels.
compound of πολύς (polús, “many”) +‎ μῆτις (mêtis, “counsel”).

μητίετᾰ • (mētíeta) m (indeclinable)
Noun
(Epic) counselor; all-wise one (epithet of Zeus)
The counsellor or deviser. Epithet of Zeus.

μήτηρ
cognate with L. mater, 
Eng. mother, 
German mutter.
A mother, one's mother.

μητιάω
To deliberate, take counsel, concert measures.
To meditate, purpose, propose to oneself, have in mind.
To devise, plan, contrive, scheme to bring about.

μητίομαι
To exhibit skill or address.
To devise, plan, contrive, scheme to bring about.

μητιόεις
Skilful in attaining one’s ends.
_______________________________________

-λογῐ́ᾱ • (-logíā) f (genitive -λογῐ́ᾱς); first declension

Base for nouns denoting the study of something, or the branch of knowledge of a discipline.

From λόγος (lógos, “explanation”) +‎ -ῐ́ᾱ (-íā, abstract noun suffix).

SUFFIX
-λογία • (-logía) f
Suffix
Suffix denoting the study of something, or the branch of knowledge of a discipline.

φιλολογία
From Middle French philologie, from Ancient Greek φιλολογία (philología, “love of argument or reasoning, love of learning and literature”), from φίλος (phílos, “loved, beloved, dear, friend”) + λόγος (lógos)
_____________________________________

ἀστρολογία f (astrología, “astronomy; astrology”)
γενεαλογία f (genealogía, “genealogy”)
ἐτυμολογία f (etumología, “etymology”)
θεολογία f (theología, “theology”)
ἰᾱτρολογία f (iātrología)
κοσμολογία f (kosmología, “cosmology”)
μετεωρολογία f (meteōrología, “meteorology”)
μῡθολογία f (mūthología, “romance, fiction, legend; story-telling”)
ὀνειρολογία f (oneirología)
ὀστεολογία f (osteología)
τεχνολογία f (tekhnología, “technology”)
χρονολογία f (khronología)

________________________________

Recent additions to the category
επιστημολογία
χρονολογία
μεταφρασιολογία
φορολογία
γλωσσολογία
ομολογία
ψυχολογία
νεκρολογία
σκατολογία
απεραντολογία
Oldest pages ordered by last edit
φορολογία
απεραντολογία
σκατολογία
ομολογία
μεταφρασιολογία
χρονολογία
επιστημολογία
νεκρολογία
ψυχολογία
γλωσσολογία

__________________________________

σχέση • (schési) f (plural σχέσεις)
No n
relationship (personal)
relation, connection
relationship (between two things)
(automotive) gear, ratio (a particular combination or choice of interlocking gears)
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
3
Q

ᾰ̓ρχή

A

BEGINNING

ᾰ̓ρχή • (arkhḗ) f (genitive ᾰ̓ρχῆς); first declension

beginning, origin
300 BCE – 200 BCE, Septuagint, Genesis 1.1
Ἐν ἀρχῇ ἐποίησεν ὁ θεὸς τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν.
En arkhêi epoíēsen ho theòs tòn ouranòn kaì tḕn gên.
In the beginning, God made the sky and the earth.
50 CE – 100 CE, The Gospel of John 1:1
Ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν ὁ λόγος, καὶ ὁ λόγος ἦν πρὸς τὸν θεόν, καὶ θεὸς ἦν ὁ λόγος.
En arkhêi ên ho lógos, kaì ho lógos ên pròs tòn theón, kaì theòs ên ho lógos.
In the beginning, there was the word, and the word was with God, and God was the word.
sovereignty, dominion, authority
the end of a rope or stick, the corner of a sheet
New Testament, Acts of the Apostles 10:11:
[Πέτρος] θεωρεῖ […] ὀθόνην μεγάλην, τέσσαρσιν ἀρχαῖς δεδεμένον, καὶ καθιέμενον ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς
[Pétros] theōreî […] othónēn megálēn, téssarsin arkhaîs dedeménon, kaì kathiémenon epì tês gês
[Peter] beholds […] a great sheet, tied by four corners, and being let down on the earth.

_____________________________________

αρχή • (archí) f (plural αρχές)
Noun.
origin, beginning
στην αρχή ― stin archí ― in the beginning
principle
authority
government authorities (as plural)

________________________________________
EXIST

υπάρχω (“to exist”)
προϋπάρχω (proÿpárcho, “preexist”)
συνυπάρχω (synypárcho, “coexist”)
ανύπαρκτος (anýparktos, “nonexistent”)
ανυπαρξία f (anyparxía, “nonexistence”)
αυθύπαρκτος (afthýparktos, “self-contained”)
ενυπάρχω (enypárcho, “exist inside”)
υπαρκτικός (yparktikós, “existential”)
υπαρκτός (yparktós, “existing”)
ύπαρξη f (ýparxi, “existence”)
υπαρξισμός m (yparxismós, “existentialism”)
υπαρξιακός (yparxiakós, “existentialist”)
υπαρξιστής m (yparxistís, “existentialist”)

υφίσταμαι (yfístamai, “to subsist”)
--------------
Coordinate terms
compare with: είμαι (eímai, “to be”) 
είμαι is more of a copulative word.

υπαρξισμός • (yparxismós) m (uncountable)
Noun
(philosophy) existentialism.
From ύπαρξη (“existence”) +‎ -ισμός (-ism”)

SUFFIX
-ισμός • (-ismós) m
A suffix that forms abstract nouns of action, state, condition, doctrine.
\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
BEGIN - AUTHORITY - RULE
αρχή f (archí, “beginning; authority”)
άρχω (“to govern; to begin”)
απαρχή f (“beginning”)
απαρχής (“from the beginning”, adverb)
αποξαρχής (“from the beginning”, adverb)
αρχήθεν (“from the beginning”, adverb)
αρχίζω (“to begin”)
αρχικά (“initially”, adverb)
αρχικώς (“initially”, adverb)
εξαρχής (“from the beginning”, adverb)
κατ' αρχάς (“at first, initially”)
κατ' αρχήν (“in principle”)
ενυπάρχω (enypárcho, “exist inside”)
ιεραρχώ (ierarchó, “hierarchize”)
καλοναρχώ (kalonarchó), καλαναρχώ (kalanarchó) (ecclesiastic)
κανοναρχώ (kanonarchó)
κυριαρχώ (kyriarchó, “prevail, dominate”)
πειθαρχώ (peitharchó, “obey”)
ποιμεναρχώ (poimenarchó) (ecclesiastic)
προεξάρχω (proexárcho) (ecclesiastic)

__________________________________________

άρχω • (árcho) (passive άρχομαι) found only in the present tense

(formal, archaic) rule, exercise power, govern
(intransitive)
Άρχει με σιδερένια πυγμή. ― Árchei me siderénia pygmí. ― S/He rules with an iron fist.
(transitive) + genitive
Άρχει του κόμματος με σιδερένια πυγμή. ― Árchei tou kómmatos me siderénia pygmí. ― S/He rules the party with an iron fist.
(formal, archaic) (passive form) see άρχομαι: begin.

__________________________________________

__________________________________________

__________________________________________

__________________________________________

__________________________________________

__________________________________________

__________________________________________

__________________________________________

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
4
Q

νόμος

A

NOMOS - LAW

(That which is assigned)

nomos: that which is assigned, hence usage, law
Original Word: νόμος, ου, ὁ
Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine
Transliteration: nomos
Phonetic Spelling: (nom’-os)
Definition: that which is assigned, usage, law
Usage: usage, custom, law; in NT: of law in general, plur: of divine laws; of a force or influence impelling to action; of the Mosaic law; meton: of the books which contain the law, the Pentateuch, the Old Testament scriptures in general.
HELPS Word-studies
3551 nómos – law. 3551 (nómos) is used of: a) the Law (Scripture), with emphasis on the first five books of Scripture; or b) any system of religious thinking (theology), especially when nomos occurs without the Greek definite article.

3551 /nómos (“law”) then can refer to “the Law,” or “law” as a general principle (or both simultaneously). The particular sense(s) of 3551 (nómos) is determined by the context.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
6
Q

*ǵʰutós

A

TO POUR - LIBATION

GOD - Proto-Indo-European/ ǵʰutós

*ǵʰutós
Adjective
invoked
libated, poured as part of a liquid offering.

From *ǵʰewd-
Root
to pour

From *ǵʰew- (“pour, libate”) +‎ *-tós.
*ǵʰew-
Root
to pour.

SUFFIX
*-tós
*(Ø)-tós
Creates verbal adjectives from verb stems.

___________________________________

GREEK COGNATES

χέω • (khéō)

(of liquids) I pour
I shed (of tears)
I smelt, cast (of metal)
(passive) I become liquid, melt, dissolve
(of solids) I scatter, shed
I throw up (of soil)
I shower (of spears)
I let fall, drop
(passive) I am heaped up, mounded
I move together, stream
(perfect, passive) I am engaged, absorbed in.

________________________________
SANSKRIT COGNATES

जुहोति • (juhóti) (root हु, class 3, type P, present)

to sprinkle on
to worship or honor with
to sacrifice to
to offer or present an oblation.

_________________________________
GERMAN

gießen

(transitive) to pour; usually only of liquids, especially of large quantities.
(transitive) to pour; to cast; to found (shape molten metal or glass by pouring)

(transitive, horticulture) to water.

(impersonal, intransitive, of rain) to pour down; to rain strongly.

begießen
Verb
to pour water over
to water (plants etc.)
(cooking) to baste
(figuratively) to celebrate.
From be- +‎ gießen
be-
Inseparable verbal prefix that signifies working on something or change of state.
Inseparable verbal prefix that signifies touching the object.
Inseparable verbal prefix that signifies discussing or mentioning the object.

From Proto-Germanic *geutaną
To pour.
From Proto-Indo-European *ǵʰewd- (“to pour”).

_________________________________
LATIN

Latin fundō
from Proto-Indo-European *ǵʰewd-.
Cognates include Ancient Greek χέω
Cognates include Old English ġēotan.

fundō (present infinitive fundere, perfect active fūdī, supine fūsum); third conjugation, limited passive

(transitive) I pour out, shed
(military) I rout, scatter
(transitive) I found, make by smelting
(transitive, figuratively) I moisten, wet
(transitive) I extend, spread out
(transitive) I utter.

Proto-Italic
*hundō
pour out

_________________________________
OLD ENGLISH

ġēotan
Verb
to pour, gush
Hēo ġēat meoloc on þæt glæs.
She poured milk into the glass.
tēaras ġēotan
to shed tears
to cast, found (metal)
Sēo anlīcnes wearþ fram þām cræftigan selfum ġegoten.
The statue was cast by the artist himself.

From beġēotan
Verb
to pour over, soak
to anoint, besprinkle, drench, cover with, bestrew with.

From be- +‎ ġēotan.
be-
A productive prefix usually used to form verbs and adjectives, especially:
verbs with the sense “around, throughout”,
transitive verbs from intransitive verbs, adjectives and nouns.
ġēotan
Verb
to pour, gush.

From Middle English: ȝeten
ȝeten (third-person singular simple present ȝeteþ, present participle ȝetende, simple past ȝatte, past participle ȝet)
Verb
To give by grant; to confer, bestow.
To give something up to someone; to yield.
To provide a service, e.g. counsel.
To give affirmation or permission; to assent.
To allow.
To admit, recognize or confess something to be true; to acknowledge.
(optative) May it be that…; were it that…

From From Old English ġēatan
ġēatan
Verb
To grant; affirm; assent to.

From From Proto-Germanic *jahatjaną‎.
From *jehaną (“to speak”) +‎ *-atjaną.
*jahatjaną
Verb
to say ‘yes’, assent (to), consent, confirm, grant.
*jehaną
to speak, say, express.
SUFFIX
*-atjaną
Creates intensive verbs.
Cognate with Ancient Greek -άζω
-άζω
Used to form verbs from nouns, adjectives, and other verbs.
Added to verb stems to create a frequentative form.
‎ῥῑ́πτω (rhī́ptō, “throw”) + ‎-άζω (-ázō) → ‎ῥῑπτᾰ́ζω (rhīptázō, “throw around”)

Middle English - yeten
yeten (third-person singular simple present yetteþ, present participle yetende, simple past yette, past participle yoten)

(transitive) To pour out from a container.
(intransitive) To flow or gush.
(reflexive) To overflow.
(transitive, medicine) To emit fluid from the body.
(transitive, figuratively) To send out, to send forth; to express.
(transitive, medicine) to administer medication by drop or injection.
(transitive, chemistry) To melt or soften; to dissolve.
(transitive, smithing) To cast; to found.
(transitive) To disperse or scatter.
(transitive) To take out for use; to brandish.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
7
Q

ἦθος

A

ETHOS - ETHICS

ἦθος • (êthos) n (genitive ἤθους); third declension
Noun
character
custom, habit.

έθιμο
Custom

ἔθος • (éthos) n (genitive ἔθους or ἔθεος); third declension
Noun
habit, custom, manner
disposition, temper
habitually, customarily (in dative)

From ἔθω (éthō).
Cognate to Sanskrit स्वधा (svádhā, “habit, custom”).

___________________________________

ἠθῐκός • (ēthikós) m (feminine ἠθῐκή, neuter ἠθῐκόν); first/second declension
Adjective 
of or for morals
moral
expressing character.

From ἦθος (“character, moral nature”) +‎ -ῐκός

SUFFIX
-ῐκός • (-ikós) m (feminine -ῐκή, neuter -ῐκόν); first/second declension
Added to noun stems to form adjectives: of or pertaining to, in the manner of; -ic.

-κός • (-kós) m (feminine -κή, neuter -κόν); first/second declension
Suffix
forms adjectives with the sense of ‘of or pertaining to’, ‘in the manner of’

_______________________________________

ἠθολόγος • (ēthológos) m or f (neuter ἠθολόγον); second declension
Adjective
painting manners or character by mimic gestures.

From ἦθος (“character”) +‎ λόγος (“account”).

____________________________________

ethos (plural ethe or ethea or ethoses)

The character or fundamental values of a person, people, culture, or movement.

(rhetoric) A form of rhetoric in which the writer or speaker invokes their authority, competence or expertise in an attempt to persuade others that their view is correct.
(aesthetics) The traits in a work of art which express the ideal or typic character, as influenced by the ethos (character or fundamental values) of a people, rather than realistic or emotional situations or individual character in a narrow sense; opposed to pathos.

Original Word: ἦθος, ους, τό
Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter
Transliteration: éthos
Phonetic Spelling: (ay'-thos)
Definition: custom
Usage: habit, manner, custom, morals.
HELPS Word-studies
2239 ēthos (from 1485 /éthos, "habit, custom") – "familiar morals," referring to daily life-style (moral habits, behavioral patterns). 2239 /ēthos ("habits, morally regarded") only occurs in 1 Cor 15:33.

[The English term “ethics” is derived from 2239 /ēthos.]

Original Word: ἔθος, ους, τό
Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter
Transliteration: ethos
Phonetic Spelling: (eth’-os)
Definition: custom, a usage (prescribed by habit or law)
Usage: a custom, habit; an institute, rite.

Cognate: 1485 éthos (from 1486 /éthō, “to be accustomed”) – an unwritten custom; behavior based on tradition (a habit) fixed by the religious social life of a nation. See 1486 (ethō).

contextually, usage prescribed by law, institute, prescription, rite:

εἴωθα
Part of Speech: Verb
Transliteration: ethó
Phonetic Spelling: (eth'-o)
Definition: to be accustomed, custom
Usage: I am accustomed, custom, what was customary.

ἔθο
éthō (cognate with 1485 /éthos, “behavior based on tradition or custom”) – doing what one is accustomed to do, i.e. on the basis of habit or tradition (see Mt 27:15; Lk 4:16; Ac 17:2).

_____________________________________
SANSKRIT

स्वधा • (svadhā́, svádhā) f

custom, habit, natural state
inherent power.

_____________________________________

Ethos (/ˈiːθɒs/ or US: /ˈiːθoʊs/) is a Greek word meaning “character” that is used to describe the guiding beliefs or ideals that characterize a community, nation, or ideology.

Ethos (ἦθος, ἔθος; plurals: ethe, ἤθη; ethea, ἤθεα) is a Greek word originally meaning “accustomed place” (as in ἤθεα ἵππων “the habitats of horses”, Iliad 6.511, 15.268),[2] “custom, habit”, equivalent to Latin mores.

Ethos forms the root of ethikos (ἠθικός), meaning “moral, showing moral character”.[3] As an adjective in the neuter plural form ta ethika (τὰ ἠθικά), used for the study of morals, it is the origin of the modern English word ethics.

_________________________________________
LATIN

The concept of mores (/ˈmɔːreɪz/ sometimes /ˈmɔːriːz/;[1] from Latin mōrēs, [ˈmoːreːs], plural form of singular mōs, meaning ‘manner, custom, usage, or habit’) refers to social norms that are widely observed and are considered to have greater moral significance than others. Mores include an aversion for societal taboos, such as incest.[2] The mores of a society usually predicate legislation reinforcing their taboos. Often, countries will employ specialized vice squads or vice police to combat specific crimes offending against societal mores.

The Greek terms equivalent to Latin mores are ethos (ἔθος, ἦθος, ‘character’) or nomos (νόμος, ‘law’). As with the relation of mores to morality, ethos is the basis of the term ethics, nomos give the suffix -onomy, as in astronomy.

The meaning of all these terms extend to all customs of proper behavior in a given society, both religious and profane, from more trivial conventional aspects of custom, etiquette or politeness—”folkways” enforced by gentle social pressure, but going beyond mere “folkways” or conventions in including moral codes and notions of justice—down to strict taboos, behavior that is unthinkable within the society in question, very commonly including incest and murder, but also the commitment of outrages specific to the individual society such as blasphemy.

______________________________________
CUSTOM

Convention (norm), a set of agreed, stipulated or generally accepted rules, norms, standards or criteria, often taking the form of a custom
Custom (law) or customary law, laws and regulations established by common practice
Norm (social), a rule that is socially enforced
Mores
Tradition
Minhag (pl. minhagim), Jewish customs
ʿUrf (Arabic: العرف), the customs of a given society or culture
Custom (canon law)

__________________________________
HABBIT

συνήθεια • (synítheia) f (plural συνήθειες)
Noun
habit (habitual action)

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
8
Q

πάθος

παθητικός

πᾰ́σχω

A

PAIN - SUFFERING - ENDURE

Pathos (/ˈpeɪθɒs/, US: /ˈpeɪθoʊs/; plural: pathea;

Greek: πάθος, for “suffering” or “experience”

adjectival form: pathetic from παθητικός

πάθος as an argument style appeals to the emotions of the audience and elicits feelings that already reside in them.

Pathos - appeal to emotions.
Ethos - appeal to traditions, customs & character.
Logos - appeal to reason.

Pathos is a communication technique used most often in rhetoric (in which it is considered one of the three modes of persuasion, alongside ethos and logos), as well as in literature, film, and other narrative art.

Emotional appeal can be accomplished in many ways, such as the following:

by a metaphor or storytelling, commonly known as a hook;
by passion in the delivery of the speech or writing, as determined by the audience; and
by personal anecdote.

_______________________________________

πᾰ́θος • (páthos) n (genitive πᾰ́θους or πᾰ́θεος); third declension

pain, suffering, death
misfortune, calamity, disaster, misery
any strong feeling, passion, emotion
condition, state
incident
modification of words.

From παθ-
zero-grade of the root of πᾰ́σχω (“I feel, suffer”).

Compare the aorist ἔπαθον.

Related to πένθος (pénthos), as βάθος (báthos) is related to βένθος (bénthos).

__________________________________

βᾰ́θος • (báthos) n (genitive βᾰ́θους or βᾰ́θεος); third declension

extension in space: depth, height, breadth, fullness
profundity

From βαθύς (bathús), perhaps from Proto-Indo-European *gʷeh₂dʰ- (“to sink, submerge”).

Greek: βάθος n (váthos, “rank, grade”)

____________________________________

πένθος • (pénthos) n (genitive πένθους or πένθεος); third declension
Noun
grief, sorrow
mourning
a misery, misfortune.

From Proto-Indo-European *kʷendʰ-
cognate with πάθος and πάσχω.

_________________________________

πᾰ́σχω • (páskhō)

to undergo, experience (as opposed to acting)
(with another person involved) have someone do something to oneself, to be treated a certain way by someone (with ὑπό (hupó) and genitive, sometimes with adverb of manner)
(in a negative sense) suffer at someone’s hands

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
9
Q

Góðr

A

GOOD - GOD

From Old Norse góðr
positive - góðr (good)
comparative - betri (better)
superlative - beztr (best)

good, righteous, morally commendable
good, honest, true
góðir vinir — good friends
kind, friendly
góð orð — good, kind words
good, gifted
gott skáld — a good poet
goodly, fine.

from Proto-Indo-European *bʰh₂d- (“good”).
*bʰed-
Root
to facilitate, improve, good.

*batizô (adverb *batiz)
comparative degree of *gōdaz
English - ("better")
As in, good, better, best.
*bataz (adverb *wela, comparative *batizô, superlative *batistaz)
good

*gōdaz - good
*batizô - better
*batistaz - best
________________________________________

from Proto-Germanic *gōdaz
from Proto-Indo-European *gʰedʰ- (“to unite, be associated, suit”).
*gōdaz (adverb *wela, comparative *batizô, superlative *batistaz)
good.

Synonym: *bataz
Antonym: *ubilaz

*ubilaz (adverb *wirsiz,
comparative *wirsizô (worse)
superlative *wirsistaz (worst)

Adjective
bad, evil.

Cognates Old English: yfel
yfel (adverb yfele, comparative wyrsa, superlative wyrrest)
Adjectives ve
bad, bad in a moral sense, evil.

Cognates Old High German
übel (comparative übler, superlative am übelsten)
Adjective
evil, queasy, ill, bad.

Compare Dutch euvel, English evil.
Dutch euvel
Evil

English evil (comparative eviller or eviler or more evil, superlative evillest or evilest or most evil)
Adjective
Intending to harm; malevolent.

from Proto-Indo-European *h₂upélos, diminutive of *h₂wep-, *h₂wap- (“treat badly”)

Cognate with Old Irish fel (“bad”)

________________________________________

from Proto-Indo-European *gʰedʰ- (“to join, to unite”).

*gʰedʰ-
to join
to unite
to suit.

from Proto-Indo-European *ǵʰewH- (“to call, to invoke”)
*ǵʰewH-
to call on, invoke.

Sanskrit: जोहूयते (jóhūyate, “to call on, invoke”)

________________________________________
SANSKRIT

भद्र • (bhadrá)
Adjective
blessed, auspicious, fortunate, prosperous, happy.

From Proto-Indo-Aryan *bʰadrás, from Proto-Indo-Iranian *bʰadrás, from Proto-Indo-European *bʰed-ró-s, from *bʰed- (“good”). Cognate with Avestan 𐬵𐬎𐬠𐬀𐬜𐬭𐬀‎ (hubaδra), Gothic 𐌱𐌰𐍄𐌹𐌶𐌰 (batiza), Icelandic betri, German besser, Dutch beter, Old English betera (whence English better).

________________________________________
PROTO-GERMANIC

from Proto-Germanic *gudą [ˈɣu.ðɑ̃]

*gudą n
invoked one
god, deity.

from earlier *guþóm
from Proto-Indo-European *ǵʰutós.

Possibly from earlier “[libation made to an] idol” or “spirit immanent in a burial mound”.

________________________________________
GOTHIC

𐌲𐌿𐌸

𐌲𐌿𐌸 • (guþ) m
Non
god, deity.

From Proto-Germanic *gudą (“god”)
from Proto-Indo-European *ǵʰutós.

Gothic Bible, John 10.35:
𐌾𐌰𐌱𐌰𐌹 𐌾𐌰𐌹𐌽𐌰𐌽𐍃 𐌵𐌰𐌸 𐌲𐌿𐌳𐌰, 𐌳𐌿 𐌸𐌰𐌹𐌼𐌴𐌹 𐍅𐌰𐌿𐍂𐌳 𐌲𐌿𐌳𐌹𐍃 𐍅𐌰𐍂𐌸,
jabai jainans qaþ guda, du þaimei waurd gudis warþ,
If he called them gods, unto whom the word of God came … (KJV)
(Christianity) God
Synonym: 𐍆𐍂𐌰𐌿𐌾𐌰 (frauja)
Gothic Bible, Mark 12.17:
𐌾𐌰𐌷 𐌰𐌽𐌳𐌷𐌰𐍆𐌾𐌰𐌽𐌳𐍃 𐌹𐌴𐍃𐌿𐍃 𐌵𐌰𐌸 𐌳𐌿 𐌹𐌼: 𐌿𐍃𐌲𐌹𐌱𐌹𐌸 𐌸𐍉 𐌺𐌰𐌹𐍃𐌰𐍂𐌹𐍃 𐌺𐌰𐌹𐍃𐌰𐍂𐌰 𐌾𐌰𐌷 𐌸𐍉 𐌲𐌿𐌳𐌹𐍃 𐌲𐌿𐌳𐌰. 𐌾𐌰𐌷 𐍃𐌹𐌻𐌳𐌰𐌻𐌴𐌹𐌺𐌹𐌳𐌴𐌳𐌿𐌽 𐌰𐌽𐌰 𐌸𐌰𐌼𐌼𐌰.
jah andhafjands iēsus qaþ du im: usgibiþ þō kaisaris kaisara jah þō gudis guda. jah sildaleikidēdun ana þamma.
And Jesus answering said unto them, Render to Caesar the things that are Caesar’s, and to God the things that are God’s. And they marvelled at him. (KJV)

________________________________________
DUTCH

goed

goed (comparative beter, superlative best)
good.
correct, right (factually or morally)
Ik voel me goed.
I feel good.
Het is een goede informatiebron.
It is a good source of information.

Antonym: slecht
slecht (comparative slechter, superlative slechtst)
Adjective
bad
(dialectal, obsolete) ordinary, simple, common, mean

________________________________________
OLD IRISH

Old Irish: guth

guth m (genitive singular gutha or gotha, nominative plural guthanna or gothanna or gotha)

voice, vote.

From Old Irish guth, from Proto-Celtic *gutus, from Proto-Indo-European *ǵʰuHtus, from *ǵʰewH- (“to call on, invoke”).

(Derived terms)

aon-ghuthach
Meaning a people of one voice. 
From aon- +‎ guth (“voice”) + -ach.
From aon (“one, only”).
mono-, uni- (one)
homo- (same)
\+ guth (“voice”) 
\+ -ach (plural -aich or -aichean)
Forming nouns from nouns and adjectives with the sense of ‘person or thing connected or involved with, belonging to, having’.
guthach - voiced
guth fulangach - passive voice
guth spreigeach - active voice
neo-ghuthach - voiceless
\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

Latvian: zavêt (“to cast a spell”)
Lithuanian: žavė́ti (“to fascinate, to charm”)
Slavic: *zъvati (“to call”) (see there for further descendants)

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
10
Q

ῥήτωρ

ῥητορῐκός

A

PUBLIC SPEAKING - RHETORIC

THE ART OF PERSUASION

ῥητορῐκός • (rhētorikós) m
feminine ῥητορῐκή
neuter ῥητορῐκόν

Concerning public speaking or oration, rhetorical.

Aristotle’s Rhetoric (Ancient Greek: Ῥητορική, romanized: Rhētorikḗ; Latin: Ars Rhetorica[1]) is an ancient Greek treatise on the art of persuasion, dating from the 4th century BCE.

________________________________________

ῥήτωρ (“public speaker”) +‎ -ῐκός 
ῥήτωρ • (rhḗtōr) m (genitive ῥήτορος); third declension
Noun
orator, public speaker
politician, statesman
attorney, court advocate
judge
rhetorician.

From εἴρω (“I speak”).
Consists of ῥή- (rhḗ-) +‎ -τωρ (-tōr).

SUFFIX
-τωρ • (-tōr) m (genitive -τορος); third declension
Used to form agent nouns
δώτωρ (dṓtōr, “a giver”), from δίδωμι (dídōmi, “to give”)

_____________________________________
LATIN

rhētor m (genitive rhētoris); third declension

teacher of rhetoric.
(derogatory) orator, rhetorician.

rhetorical (not comparable)
Part of or similar to rhetoric.

The use of language as a means to persuade.

A rhetorical question is one used merely to make a point, with no response expected.
Not earnest, or presented only for the purpose of an argument.

rhetorical question (plural rhetorical questions)
A question posed only for dramatic or persuasive effect.
(colloquial) A question to which the asker does not expect an answer.
Are you nuts? Don’t answer that – it’s a rhetorical question.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
11
Q

τάξη

τᾰ́σσω

Αταξία

Ευταξία

εντάξει

A

ORDER - CLASS - ARRANGEMENT

τάξη • (táxi) f (plural τάξεις)
Noun
class (set sharing attributes)
(biology, taxonomy) order.

τάξη ( order, class, arrangement)
τᾰ́σσω (to order)
Αταξία (out of order - disorder)
Ευταξία (in good order - good shape)
εντάξει (in order)

________________________________

τᾰ́ξῐς • (táxis) f (genitive τᾰ́ξεως or τᾰ́ξῐος); third declension
arrangement, ordering
battle array, order of battle
(military) rank, line of soldiers
post, place, position, rank
division, brigade, company, cohort
band, company
arrangement, disposition, manner, nature
assessment
order, good order
duty
order, class

______________________________________

From τᾰ́σσω (tássō, “I arrange”, “I order”, aorist passive participial stem: τᾰγ-, tag-) +‎ -σῐς (-sis)

τᾰ́σσω • (tássō)
Verb
(transitive) to arrange, put in order
(transitive, military) to arrange soldiers, array, marshal
(passive) to fall in, form up
(transitive) to post, station
(transitive) to appoint, assign
(transitive) to undertake
(transitive) to order, command
(transitive) to assess payments
(transitive) to agree upon
(transitive) to impose punishments, laws.

from Proto-Indo-European *teh₂g-.
Cognate with Latin tangō and taxō.

τᾰ́ττω • (táttō)
Verb
Attic form of τᾰ́σσω (tássō)

SUFFIX
-σῐς •
Added to verb stems to form abstract nouns or nouns of action, result or process.

______________________________________
LATIN

taxō (present infinitive taxāre, perfect active taxāvī, supine taxātum); first conjugation
VERB
I feel, I touch sharply, I handle.
I charge, I twit, I reproach, I censure.
I rate, I appraise, I value, I estimate.
I judge, I compute, I reckon, I estimate.

tangō (present infinitive tangere, perfect active tetigī, supine tāctum); third conjugation
Verb
(transitive) I touch, grasp.
Nōlī mē tangere.
Don't touch me.
(transitive) I reach, arrive at.
(transitive) I attain to.
(transitive) I move, affect.
(transitive) I come home to.

___________________________________

Old English þaccian (“to touch, pat”).
More at thack, thwack.

þaccian
Verb
to touch softly, stroke
to pat
to strike gently, tap; to clap
to beat
to put one thing into another, add to.

_____________________________________

εντάξει • (entáxei) (indeclinable)
Adjective
in order. all right.
ἐν (“in”) + τάξει (“order”)
Univerbation of the Katharevousa phrase εν τάξει, modelled after Ancient Greek ἐν (“in”) τάξει (“order”), the latter a dative form of τάξις. 

εντάξει • (entáxei)
Interjection.
In order, all right, alright, OK.

τᾰ́ξει • (táxei)
Noun n.
dative singular of τᾰ́ξῐς (táxis)

______________________________________

Αταξία
In disorder. Not ordered.

______________________________________

Ευταξία
In good order.
______________________________________
ENTROPY

εντροπία

From Ancient Greek ἔργον (“work”) + Ancient Greek τροπή (“transformation”)

A measure of the disorder in the system.
A measure of the amount of energy in a physical system that cannot be used to do work.
The capacity factor for thermal energy that is hidden with respect to temperature.
The dispersal of energy; how much energy is spread out in a process, or how widely spread out it becomes, at a specific temperature.
A measure of the amount of information and noise present in a signal.
The tendency of a system that is left to itself to descend into chaos.

__________________________________

τρέπω • (trépō)
Verb
I turn.

τρέπω • (trépo) (simple past έτρεψα, passive τρέπομαι)
Verb
divert, convert
τρέπομαι σε φυγή ― 
Ι flee, run away
τράπηκε σε φυγή ― 
S/he fled
ετράπη εις φυγήν (in ancient fashion) ― 
S/he fled
turn, veer.
ανατρέπω (“to thwart, to overturn”)
αποτρέπω (“to avert, to dissuade”)
παρεκτρέπομαι (“to misbehave”)
μετατρέπω (“to transform, to convert”)
επιτρέπω (“to allow”)
προτρέπω (“to incite, to encourage”)
τρόπος • (trópos) m (genitive τρόπου); second declension
Noun
a turn, way, manner, style
a trope or figure of speech
a mode in music
a mode or mood in logic
the time and space on the battlefield when one side's belief turns from victory to defeat, the turning point of the battle.
From τρέπω (trépō) +‎ -ος (-os).
τροπή • (tropḗ) f (genitive τροπῆς); first declension
Noun
a turning, turn back, retreat, return.
turning away the enemy, a rout
solstice
trope.
From τρέπω (trépō) +‎ -η (-ē).
SUFFIX
-η
Added to verbal stems ending in a consonant to form an action noun.

τροπῐκός • (tropikós) m (feminine τροπῐκή, neuter τροπῐκόν); first/second declension
Adjective
of or pertaining to a turn or change
of or pertaining to the solstice
of or pertaining to a trope or figure.
From τροπή (tropḗ, “a turn, turning, solstice, trope”) +‎ -ῐκός (-ikós).

τροπαῖος • (tropaîos) m (feminine τροπαίᾱ, neuter τροπαῖον); first/second declension
Adjective
of a turning or change.
of or for defeat.
Routing the enemy.
turning away, averting.
From τροπή (tropḗ, “turn”) +‎ -ιος (-ios, adjective suffix).

τρόπαιον • (trópaion) n (genitive τροπαίου); second declension
Noun
trophy, a monument to an enemy’s defeat.
From τροπαῖος (tropaîos, “of defeat”), from τροπή (tropḗ, “rout, turning of an enemy”).

_____________________________________

ενθαλπία
in-warm
the measure of heat within a material system.
From Ancient Greek ἐνθάλπω (“to warm in”)
enthalpy (countable and uncountable, plural enthalpies)
(physics, chemistry) In thermodynamics, a measure of the heat content of a chemical or physical system.
H=U+pV
where H is enthalpy, U is internal energy, p is pressure, and V is volume.

_____________________________________

ακαταστασία • (akatastasía) f (uncountable)
Noun
mess, disorder, confusion
changeability (of weather)

ακατάστατος • (akatástatos) m 
feminine ακατάστατη
neuter ακατάστατο
Adjective 
untidy, messy, disordered, variable.

PREFIX
ακατά-
from α (not) + κατά (intensifier) = very much not

χάος • (cháos) n
Noun
(singular only) chaos
(singular only, figuratively) disorder, mess
(singular only, mathematics) chaos.
χᾰ́ος • (kháos) n 
genitive χᾰ́εος or χᾰ́ους
Noun
the primordial state of existence
space, air
abyss, chasm
infinite darkness.

Related to χάσκω (kháskō, “to open the mouth, gape, yawn”)
from Proto-Indo-European *ǵʰan- / *gʰan- (“to yawn, to gape”) with inchoative verbal suffix -σκω

SUFFIX
-σκω
verb, incomplete action, behavior in progress.
inchoative verbal suffix.

χᾰ́σκω • (kháskō)
Verb
to yawn, gape, open wide.
(chiefly in Comic Poets) to gape in eager expectation.
to yawn from weariness, ennui or inattention.
(less common) to speak with open mouth, to utter.
To open and swallow.

χάσμα • (khásma) n 
genitive χάσματος
Noun
hollow, chasm, gulf
open mouth
space, expanse.
From χάσκω (“I yawn, gape”) +‎ -μα (result noun suffix).

SUFFIX
-μα (result noun suffix).

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
12
Q

Ἰωνᾶς

Jonas

A

DOVE

Original Word: Ἰωνᾶς, ᾶ, ὁ
Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine
Transliteration: Iónas
Phonetic Spelling: (ee-o-nas')
Short Definition: Jonah
Definition: (Hebrew), Jonah, the Hebrew prophet.

Jonah (or Jonas), a fisherman, father of the apostle Peter: Matthew 16:17.

Of Hebrew origin (Yonah); Jonas (i.e. Jonah), the name of two Israelites – Jonas.

see HEBREW Yonah

_____________________________________________
JONAH = PROPHET

Yonah: an Israelite prophet
Original Word: יוֹנָה
Part of Speech: Proper Name Masculine
Transliteration: Yonah
Phonetic Spelling: (yo-naw')
Short Definition: Jonah

The same as yownah; Jonah, an Israelite – Jonah.

_____________________________________________
YONAH = DOVE

yonah: dove
Original Word: יוֹנִים
Part of Speech: Noun Feminine
Transliteration: yonah
Phonetic Spelling: (yo-naw')
Short Definition: dove

allowing itself to be snared); simile of return of exiles, like eager flight of doves Hosea 11:11, of ships with white outspread sails Isaiah 60:8.

simile of mourning

figurative of beauty (only Canticles): עֵינַיִךְ יוֺנִים thine eyes are (those of) doves Songs 1:15; Songs 4:1.

Probably from the same as yayin; a dove (apparently from the warmth of their mating) – dove, pigeon.

____________________________________________

YAYIN = WINE

yayin: wine
Original Word: יָ֫יִן
Part of Speech: Noun Masculine
Transliteration: yayin
Phonetic Spelling: (yah'-yin)
Short Definition: wine

common drink, for refreshment .

article of commerce Ezekiel 27:18; Nehemiah 13:15

among supplies in strongholds 2Chronicles 11:11

intoxicating, unfair for kings.

metaphor of wisdom’s drink Proverbs 9:2,5.

of ׳יs wrath Jeremiah 25:15.

of confusion sent by ׳י, יַיִן תַּרְעֵלָה wine of reeling Psalm 60:5.

of ׳יs awaking for vengeance, like a wine-shouter Psalm 78:65;

of Babylon’s fierce power Jeremiah 51:7;

of love Songs 5:1; יֵין חֲמָסִים Proverbs 4:17;

in simile of one bursting with words Job 32:19;

of disheartened prophet Jeremiah 23:9 (כְּגֶבֶר עֲבָרוֺיַיִן);

of lover’s mouth Cant 7:10 (see above); love is better than wine Cant 1:2; 4:10.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
13
Q

Μωσῆς

Μωϋσέως

Μωσῆ

Μωσεῖ

A

MOSES

The agent by whom ׳י (Yah) gave us the law.

Original Word: Μωσῆς, έως, ὁ
Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine
Transliteration: Móusés
Phonetic Spelling: (moce-yoos')
Short Definition: Moses
Definition: Moses; met: the books of Moses, the Pentateuch.

the famous leader and legislator of the Israelites in their migration from Egypt to Palestine.

a word which signifies in Egyptian water-saved?

By metonymy, equivalent to the Books of Moses.

Or Moses (mo-sace’), or Mouses (mo-oo-sace’) of Hebrew origin; (Mosheh) Moseus, Moses, or Mouses (i.e. Mosheh), the Hebrew lawgiver – Moses.

Mosheh: a great Isr. leader, prophet and lawgiver
Original Word: מֹשֶׁה
Part of Speech: Proper Name Masculine
Transliteration: Mosheh
Phonetic Spelling: (mo-sheh')
Short Definition: Moses.

Moses, the great Hebrew leader, prophet and lawgiver (probably = Egyptian mes, mesu, child.

agent by whom ׳י (Yah) gave law.

From mashah; drawing out (of the water), i.e. Rescued; Mosheh, the Israelite lawgiver – Moses.

Strong's Concordance
mashah: to draw
Original Word: מָשָׁה
Part of Speech: Verb
Transliteration: mashah
Phonetic Spelling: (maw-shaw')
Short Definition: drew, to draw out water.

(Talmud) wash the hands; Zinjirli משׂי[י] perhaps wash oneself.

A primitive root; to pull out (literally or figuratively) – draw(out).

From mashah; drawing out (of the water), i.e. Rescued; Mosheh, the Israelite lawgiver – Moses.

Rescued from drowning in the turbulent waters caused by ‘the pathogen’. The cure to wickedness.

Original Word: Μωσῆς, έως, ὁ
Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine
Transliteration: Móusés
Phonetic Spelling: (moce-yoos')
Definition: Moses, a leader of Isr
Usage: Moses; met: the books of Moses, the Pentateuch.

a word which signifies in Egyptian water-saved,
i. e. ‘saved from water’

the Hebrew form מֹשֶׁה, which in Exodus 2:10 is derived from מָשָׁה to draw out)

the genitive ends in Μωσέως (as if from the nominative Μωυσευς), in the Sept. Μωσῆ, as Numbers 4:41, 45, 49, etc. dative Μωσῆ (as in the Sept., cf. Exodus 5:20; Exodus 12:28; Exodus 24:1; Leviticus 8:21, etc.) and Μωσεῖ (for the manuscripts and accordingly the editors vary between the two (but T WH Μωσῆ only in Acts 7:44 (influenced by the Sept.?).

Mosheh: a great Isr. leader, prophet and lawgiver
Original Word: משֶׁה
Part of Speech: Proper Name Masculine
Transliteration: Mosheh
Phonetic Spelling: (mo-sheh’)
Definition: a great Israelite leader, prophet and lawgiver.

mashah: to draw, pull out
Original Word: מָשָׁה
Part of Speech: Verb
Transliteration: mashah
Phonetic Spelling: (maw-shaw')
Definition: to draw.

מָשָׁה] verb draw (Arabic cleanse uterus of camel, Aramaic clean, stroke, the face, etc.; מְשָׁא (Talmud) wash the hands; Zinjirli משׂי[י] perhaps wash oneself,
Qal Perfect suffix מִןהַֿמַּיִם מְשִׁיתִהוּ Exodus 2:10 out of the water I drew him (used to explain משֶׁה, but see this below)

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
14
Q

Ἰωσήφ

A

God Adds

Original Word: Ἰωσήφ, ὁ
Part of Speech: Proper Noun, Indeclinable
Transliteration: Ióséph
Phonetic Spelling: (ee-o-safe')
Short Definition: Joseph
Definition: Joseph, a proper name.

Of Hebrew origin (Yowceph); Joseph, the name of seven Israelites – Joseph.

Strong's Concordance
Yoseph: "he increases," a son of Jacob, also the name of several Israelites
Original Word: יוֹסֵף
Part of Speech: Proper Name Masculine
Transliteration: Yoseph
Phonetic Spelling: (yo-safe')
Short Definition: Joseph

“he increases,” a son of Jacob, also the name of several Isr.

as founder of a tribal division ׳מַטֵּה יו ( = Manasseh)

Yehoseph: Joseph
Original Word: יְהוֹסֵף
Part of Speech: Proper Name Masculine
Transliteration: Yehoseph
Phonetic Spelling: (yeh-ho-safe')
Short Definition: Joseph
yasaph: to add
Original Word: יָסַף
Part of Speech: Verb
Transliteration: yasaph
Phonetic Spelling: (yaw-saf')
Short Definition: again

יָסַף verb meaning to add.

Yoseph: "he increases," a son of Jacob, also the name of several Israelites
Original Word: יוֹסֵף
Part of Speech: Proper Name Masculine
Transliteration: Yoseph
Phonetic Spelling: (yo-safe')
Short Definition: add

Future of yacaph; let him add (or perhaps simply active participle adding); Joseph, the name of seven Israelites – Joseph. Compare Yhowceph.
see HEBREW yacaph

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
15
Q

Ήλιος

ήλιος

A

HELIOS - THE SUN

ήλιος • (ílios) m (plural ήλιοι)

sun (star that the Earth orbits)
Η Γη περιστρέφεται γύρω από τον ήλιο. ― I Gi peristréfetai gýro apó ton ílio. ― The Earth revolves around the sun.
(by extension) sunlight, daylight
(by extension) sunny weather
sun (any star orbited)
(figuratively) sunflower.

ἥλιος

________________________________________

from Proto-Indo-European *sóh₂wl̥.
*sóh₂wl̥ n
sun.

from Proto-Hellenic *hāwélios
*hāwélios m
sun

From Ancient Greek Ἥλιος (Hḗlios, “sun”).

Helios
(Greek mythology) The god of the Sun; son of Hyperion and Theia, brother of Selene and Eos, father of Phaeton amongst others. His Roman counterpart is Sol.

________________________________________
SANSKRIT

सूर • (sū́ra) m

the Sun

________________________________________
LATIN

from Latin sōl (“sun”)

sol m (plural soles)

sun
sunlight
sunny side (of a place)
quítate do sol ― go away from sunny side
daylight (time between sunrise and sunset)

Borrowed from Spanish sol (“sun”)

sol (plural sols)

A Spanish-American gold or silver coin, now the main currency unit of Peru (also new sol), or a coin of this value.

sol (plural sols)
(historical) An old French coin worth 12 deniers.

From Proto-Italic *soliðos, from Proto-Indo-European *solh₂-i-dʰ-o-s (“entire”), suffixed form of root *solh₂- (“integrate, whole”).

solidus m (genitive solidī); second declension

A solidus: a Roman ~23-carat gold coin introduced by Diocletian in AD 301.
(Medieval) A bezant: the solidus’s debased Byzantine successors.
(Medieval) A shilling, as a unit of account or silver coin.
c. 1300, Tractatus de Ponderibus et Mensuris
Libra continet viginti solidos
The [London] pound contains twenty shillings.
________________________________________

Ἡλῐόδωρος • (Hēliódōros) m (genitive Ἡλῐοδώρου); second declension

A male given name, equivalent to English Heliodorus.

From Ἥλῐος (Hḗlios, “the god Helios”) +‎ δῶρον (dôron, “gift”).

________________________________________

αλεξήλιο n (alexílio, “parasol”)
ηλιάζω (iliázo, “to sunbathe, to dry in the sun”)
ηλιακωτό n (iliakotó, “sunny spot, sun trap”)
ηλίανθος m (ilíanthos, “sunflower”)
ηλίαση f (ilíasi, “sunstroke”)
ηλιαχτίδα f (iliachtída, “sunbeam”)
ήλιο n (ílio, “helium”)
ηλιοθεραπεία f (iliotherapeía, “sunbathing, sun therapy”)
ηλιόλουστος (ilióloustos, “sunny”)
ηλιόλουτρο n (ilióloutro, “sunbathing, sun therapy”)
ηλιόφωτος (iliófotos, “sunny”)
ηλιόχαρος (iliócharos, “sunny”)
ηλιοψημένος (iliopsiménos, “suntanned”)
λιάζω (liázo, “to sunbathe, to dry in the sun”)
λιακάδα f (liakáda, “sunshine”)
λιακωτό n (liakotó, “sunny spot, sun trap”)

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
16
Q

יִשְׂרָאֵל

Yisrael

Israel

A

God Strives - Struggle with God

Yisrael: "God strives," 
another name of Jacob and his desc.
Original Word: יִשְׂרָאֵל
Part of Speech: Proper Name Masculine
Transliteration: Yisrael
Phonetic Spelling: (yis-raw-ale')

from sarah and el

“God strives,”

another name of Jacob and his desc.

El persisteth, persevereth (or jussive Let El persist) usually - El contendeth or Let El contend.

Egyptian Y-si-r-‘l

undivided kingdom, whole people of…

׳יִשׂ = Northern tribes, distinguished from Judah.

usually of Northern kingdom, till its fall.

׳יִשׂ also = Judah

Chronicles: ׳יִשׂ of whole people.

׳בְּנֵי יִשׂ, (1) of undivided people

׳יִשׂ = the laity, opposed to priests.

From sarah and ‘el; he will rule as God; Jisrael, a symbolical name of Jacob; also (typically) of his posterity: –Israel.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
17
Q

Sarah

שָׂרָה

A
sarah: to persist, exert oneself, persevere
Original Word: שָׂרָה
Part of Speech: Verb
Transliteration: sarah
Phonetic Spelling: (saw-raw')
Short Definition: contended.

to persist, exert oneself, persevere.

שָׂרָה verb persist, exert oneself, persevere.

A primitive root; to prevail.

have power (as a prince).

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
18
Q

EL

אֵל

A
el: God, in pl. gods
Original Word: אֵל
Part of Speech: Noun Masculine
Transliteration: el
Phonetic Spelling: (ale)
Short Definition: God

goddess אלת
Phoenician, Palmyrene
Nabataean, Sabean

applied to men of might and rank.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
19
Q

Παλμύρα

Palmyra

Palmyrene

A

The Greek name Παλμύρα (Latinized Palmyra) is first recorded by Pliny the Elder in the 1st century AD.

It is generally believed that “Palmyra” derives from “Tadmor” and two possibilities have been presented by linguists; one view holds that Palmyra was an alteration of Tadmor.[8] According to the suggestion by Schultens, “Palmyra” could have arisen as a corruption of “Tadmor”, via an unattested form “Talmura”, changed to “Palmura” by influence of the Latin word palma (date “palm”),[2] in reference to the city’s palm trees, then the name reached its final form “Palmyra”.[11] The second view, supported by some philologists, such as Jean Starcky, holds that Palmyra is a translation of “Tadmor” (assuming that it meant palm), which had derived from the Greek word for palm, “Palame”.

An alternative suggestion connects the name to the Syriac tedmurtā (ܬܕܡܘܪܬܐ) “miracle”, hence tedmurtā “object of wonder”, from the root dmr “to wonder”

According to this theory, “Tadmor” derives from the Hurrian word tad (“to love”) with the addition of the typical Hurrian mid vowel rising (mVr) formant mar.[12] Similarly, according to this theory, “Palmyra” derives from the Hurrian word pal (“to know”) using the same mVr formant (mar).

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
20
Q

Ἑβραῖος

A

A Hebrew.

Heber, an ancestor of Christ.

Of Hebrew origin (Eber); Eber, a patriarch.

Part of Speech: Adjective
Transliteration: Hebraios
Phonetic Spelling: (heb-rah'-yos)
Short Definition: a Hebrew
Definition: a Hebrew, particularly one who speaks Hebrew (Aramaic).

Ἑβραῖος (WH Ἐβραῖος, see their Introductory § 408), ἑβραιου, ὁ, a Hebrew (עִבְרִי a name first given to Abraham, Genesis 14:13, afterward transferred to his posterity descended from Isaac and Jacob; by it in the O. T. the Israelites are both distinguished from and designated by foreigners, as afterward by Pausanias, Plutarch, others. The name is now generally derived from עֵבֶר for הַנָּהָר עֵבֶר, i. e. of the region beyond the Euphrates, whence עִבְרִי equivalent to one who comes from the region beyond the Euphrates.

Original Word: Ἕβερ, ὁ
Part of Speech: Proper Noun, Indeclinable
Transliteration: Eber
Phonetic Spelling: (eb-er’)
Short Definition: Eber
Definition: Eber, father of Peleg and son of Shelah.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
21
Q

Ἰσραηλίτης

A

an Israelite; a descendant of the elect-nation of Israel.

Israēlítēs (“Israelite”) has a positive (covenant) overtone, implying someone is a true covenant-believer.

In contrast, 1445 /Hebraíos (“Jew”) in the NT has a negative implication of being hostile to Christ, the true Messiah.

one of the race of Israel, a name held in honor.
(see Ἰσραήλ)

From Israel; an “Israelite”, i.e. Descendant of Israel (literally or figuratively) – Israelite.

Original Word: Ἰσραηλίτης, ου, ὁ
Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine
Transliteration: Israelites
Phonetic Spelling: (is-rah-ale-ee'-tace)
Short Definition: an Israelite
Definition: an Israelite, one of the chosen people of Israel, a Jew.
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
22
Q

Ἰσραήλ

A

Original Word: Ἰσραήλ, ὁ
Part of Speech: Proper Noun, Indeclinable
Transliteration: Israél
Phonetic Spelling: (is-rah-ale’)
Short Definition: Israel
Definition: (Hebrew), Israel, surname of Jacob, then the Jewish people, the people of God.

Israél: Israel, the name of the Jewish people and their land.

Israel; the elect-nation of God in the OT “consummated by the inclusion of Gentile believers in the NT to form the body of Christ”

Israel, a name given to the patriarch Jacob (and borne by him in addition to his former name from Genesis 32:28 on): ὁ οἶκος Ἰσραήλ, the family or descendants of Israel, the race of Israel (A. V. the house of Israel)

By metonymy, for the posterity of Israel i. e. the Israelites (a name of especially honor because it made reference to the promises of salvation through the Messiah, which were given to Jacob in preference to Esau, and to be fulfilled to his posterity (see Ἰουδαῖος)

ὁ Ἰσραήλ κατά σάρκα, Israelites by birth, i. e. Jews.

in an emphatic sense, οὐ γάρ πάντες οἱ ἐξ Ἰσραήλ κτλ., for not all those that draw their bodily descent from Israel are true Israelites, i. e. are those whom God pronounces to be Israelites and has chosen to salvation.

Of Hebrew origin (Yisra’el); Israel (i.e. Jisrael), the adopted name of Jacob, including his descendants (literally or figuratively) – Israel.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
23
Q

Ναθαναήλ

A

Gift of God, Given of God.

Original Word: Ναθαναήλ, ὁ
Part of Speech: Proper Noun, Indeclinable
Transliteration: Nathanaél
Phonetic Spelling: (nath-an-ah-ale’)
Short Definition: Nathanael
Definition: Nathanael, of Cana in Galilee, an early disciple, probably to be identified with Bartholomew.

Nathanael (probably the same as Bartholomew)

Ναθαναήλ, ὁ (נְתַנְאֵל, gift of God), Nathanael, an intimate disciple of Jesus.

Of Hebrew origin (Nthane’l); Nathanael (i.e. Nathanel), an Israelite and Christian – Nathanael.

Nethanel: "given of God," the name of a number of Isr.
Original Word: נְתַנְאֵל
Part of Speech: Proper Name Masculine
Transliteration: Nethanel
Phonetic Spelling: (neth-an-ale')

from nathan and el

“given of God,” the name of a number of Isr.

נָתַן - Nathan
nathan: to give, put, set
Original Word: נָתַן
Part of Speech: Verb
Transliteration: nathan
Phonetic Spelling: (naw-than')
Short Definition: give
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
24
Q

Ναζαρέτ

A

Original Word: Ναζαρέτ, ἡ
Part of Speech: Proper Noun, Indeclinable
Transliteration: Nazara or Nazaret or Nazareth
Phonetic Spelling: (nad-zar-eth’)
Short Definition: Nazareth
Definition: Nazareth, a city of Galilee, where Jesus lived before His ministry.

Nazareth, a city in Galilee.

Nazareth, a town of lower Galilee, mentioned neither in the O. T., nor by Josephus, nor in the Talmud (unless it is to be recognized in the appellation נֵצֶר בֶּן, given there to Jesus Christ). It was built upon a hill, in a very lovely region and was distant from Jerusalem a three days’ journey, from Tiberias eight hours (or less); it was the home of Jesus its present name is en Nazirah, a town of from five to six thousand inhabitants.

As respects the Hebrew form of the name, it is disputed whether it was נֵצֶר ‘a sprout’, ‘shoot’

Nazaret, a place in Palestine.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
25
Q

יְהוּדָה

Yehudah

Judah

A
Yehudah: probably "praised," a son of Jacob, also his desc., the S. kingdom, also four Israelites
Original Word: יְהוּדָה
Part of Speech: Proper Name Masculine
Transliteration: Yehudah
Phonetic Spelling: (yeh-hoo-daw')
Short Definition: Judah

probably from yadah

object of praise

son of Jacob and Leah, explained by Leah’s words I will praise.

בְּנֵי יְהוּדָה sons of Judah

tribe descended from Judah.

nation, of southern kingdom under dynasty of David, as distinguished from northern kingdom of Ephraim or Israel.

A Levite in Ezra’s time.

וִֽיהוּדָה֙ - Judah

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
26
Q

יָדָה

yadah

A
yadah: to throw, cast
Original Word: יָדָה
Part of Speech: Verb
Transliteration: yadah
Phonetic Spelling: (yaw-daw')
Short Definition: thanks

throw, cast on or in - meaning publish?

Publicly acknowledge your association with.

give thanks, confess (originally acknowledge ?) is commonly derived, perhaps from gestures accompanying the act.

give thanks, laud, praise.

confess, profess.

cast out, make confession, praise, shoot, give thankful.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
27
Q

יָד

yad

A
yad: hand
Original Word: יָד
Part of Speech: Noun Feminine
Transliteration: yad
Phonetic Spelling: (yawd)
Short Definition: hand

Metaphorically:
The Monetary Power, Military Power and Legal Power conferred to an occupant of an office.

especially figurative of consecrating or installing (as priest)

Investiture into office with its accompanying commission and powers.

(certainly) of offering gifts to.

man is work of God’s hand.

taking an oath.

one’s hand bringing deliverance to, gaining success, by force.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
28
Q

Ἰούδας

A
Original Word: Ἰούδας, α, ὁ
Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine
Transliteration: Ioudas
Phonetic Spelling: (ee-oo-das')
Short Definition: Judah, Judas, Jude
Definition: Judah, Judas, Jude.

Judah, Judas, the name of several Isr., also one of the twelve tribes of Isr., also the Southern kingdom.

the fourth son of the patriarch Jacob.

metonymy, the tribe of Judah, the descendants of Judah:

ὁ οἶκος Ιουδα, citizens of the kingdom of Judah.

Judah (or Judas) an unknown ancestor of Christ.

Judas surnamed the Galilaean, a man who at the time of the census under Quirinus (better Quirinius), excited a revolt in Galilee: Acts 5:37 (Josephus, Antiquities 18, 1, 1, where he is called ὁ Γαυλανιτης because he came from the city Gamala, near the Lake of Galilee in lower Gaulanitis; but he is called also ὁ Γαλιλαῖος by Josephus.

Judas, surnamed Barsabas.

Judas, an apostle, John 14:22, who is called Ἰούδας Ἰακώβου in Luke 6:16.

Judas, the brother of our Lord: Matthew 13:55.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
29
Q

Ἰουδαῖος

A
Original Word: Ἰουδαῖος, αία, αῖον
Part of Speech: Adjective
Transliteration: Ioudaios
Phonetic Spelling: (ee-oo-dah'-yos)
Short Definition: Jewish
Definition: Jewish.

belonging to the Jewish race.

Jewish as respects birth, race, religion; a Jew.

before the exile citizens of the kingdom of Judah; after the exile all the Israelites.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
30
Q

Ἰουδαῖοι

A

Ἰουδαῖοι is used of converts from Judaism, Jewish Christians.

The apostle John, inasmuch as agreeably to the state of things in his day he looked upon the Jews as a body of men hostile to Christianity, with whom he had come to see that both he and all true Christians had nothing in common as respects religious matters, even in his record of the life of Jesus not only himself makes a distinction between the Jews and Jesus, but ascribes to Jesus and his apostles language in which they distinguish themselves from the Jews, as though the latter sprang from an alien race: John 11:8; John 13:33. And those who (not only at Jerusalem, but also in Galilee, cf. John 6:41, 52) opposed his divine Master and his Master’s cause — especially the rulers, priests, members of the Sanhedrin, Pharisees — he does not hesitate to style οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι, since the hatred of these leaders exhibits the hatred of the whole nation toward Jesus.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
31
Q

Ἱεροσόλυμα

Jerusalem

A

Original Word: Ἱεροσόλυμα, ατος, τά, ἡ
Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine; Noun, Neuter
Transliteration: Hierosoluma
Phonetic Spelling: (hee-er-os-ol’-oo-mah)
Short Definition: Jerusalem
Definition: the Greek form of the Hebrew name: Jerusalem.

Hierosólyma, dwelling of peace.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
32
Q

יְרוּשָׁלַ֫םִ

Yerushalaim

Foundation of peace.

A

Yerushalaim or Yerushalayim: probably “foundation of peace,” capital city of all Isr.
Original Word: יְרוּשָׁלַ֫םִ
Part of Speech: proper name, of a location
Transliteration: Yerushalaim or Yerushalayim
Phonetic Spelling: (yer-oo-shaw-lah’-im)

Original Word: יְרוּאֵל
Part of Speech: Proper Name Location
Transliteration: Yruw'el
Phonetic Spelling: (yer-oo-ale')
Short Definition: Jeruel

יְרוּאֵל (founded of El)

From yarah and ‘el; founded of God; Jeruel, a place in Palestine – Jeruel.

YARAH
yarah or yara: to throw, shoot
Original Word: יָרָה
Part of Speech: Verb
Transliteration: yarah or yara
Phonetic Spelling: (yaw-raw')
Short Definition: teach
archers (2), archers shot (1), archers* (2), cast (3)

News, inform, information.
publish, make public.
let it be known.
Throw or cast into the public realm.

specially of the authoritative direction (see תּוֺרָה) given by priests on matters of ceremonial observance.

the priests give such ‘direction’ for hire; less, technically, of Moses.

EL
Original Word: אֵל
Part of Speech: Noun Masculine
Transliteration: el
Phonetic Spelling: (ale)
Short Definition: God
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
33
Q

Γαλιλαία

גְּלִילִים

A
Original Word: Γαλιλαία, ας, ἡ
Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine
Transliteration: Galilaia
Phonetic Spelling: (gal-il-ah'-yah)
Short Definition: Galilee
Definition: Galilee, a district towards the southern end of the Roman province Syria; the northern division of Palestine.

the circle or circuit, by which name even before the exile a certain district of northern Palestine was designated.

Of Hebrew origin (Galiyl); Galiloea (i.e. The heathen circle), a region of Palestine – Galilee.

galil: a turning, folding
Original Word: גְּלִילִים
Part of Speech: Adjective
Transliteration: galil
Phonetic Spelling: (gaw-leel')
Short Definition: pivots

adjective - turning, folding (= revolving)
Of the leaves of a door pivot on the cylinder of a hinge.

From galal; a valve of a folding door (as turning); also a ring (as round) – folding, ring.

see HEBREW galal
Original Word: גָּלַל
Part of Speech: Verb
Transliteration: galal
Phonetic Spelling: (gaw-lal')
Short Definition: roll

and the heavens shall roll up like a book.

roll, roll up or along (intransitive)

Pilpel Perfect וְגִלְגַּלְתִּיךָ consecutive Jeremiah 51:25 and I will roll thee down from (מִן) the rocks (subject ׳י; object Babylon under figure of mountain)

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
34
Q

Ἰωάννης

A

GOD GIVES GRACIOUSLY

Yhvh: the proper name of the God of Israel
Original Word: יְהוָֹה
Part of Speech: Proper Name
Transliteration: Yhvh
Phonetic Spelling: (yeh-ho-vaw’)
Definition: the proper name of the God of Israel.
Nomen ineffable.

chanan: beseech
Original Word: חָנַן
Part of Speech: Verb
Transliteration: chanan
Phonetic Spelling: (khaw-nan')
Definition: to show favor, be gracious
Original Word: Ἰωάννης, ου, ὁ
Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine
Transliteration: Ióannés
Phonetic Spelling: (ee-o-an'-nace)
Short Definition: John
Definition: John: the Baptist, the apostle, a member of the Sanhedrin, or John Mark.

John the Baptist, the son of Zacharias the priest and Elisabeth, the forerunner of Christ. By order of Herod Antipas he was cast into prison and afterward bebeaded: Matthew 3:1; Matthew 14:3, and often in the historical books of the N. T.; Josephus, Antiquities 18, 5, 2 (B. D. American edition, under the word ).

John the apostle, the writer of the Fourth Gospel, son of Zebedee and Salome, brother of James the elder.

He is that disciple who (without mention by name) is spoken of in the Fourth Gospel as especially dear to Jesus, and according to the traditional opinion is the author of the Apocalypse.

the father of the apostle Peter.

A member of the Sanhedrin.

regard as the author of the Apocalypse, and accordingly, esteem him as an eminent prophet of the primitive Christians and as the person referred to in Revelation 1:1, 4, 9; Revelation 21:2 Rec.; Revelation 22:8.

Original Word: יוֹחָנָן
Part of Speech: Proper Name Masculine
Transliteration: Yochanan
Phonetic Spelling: (yo-khaw-nawn')
Short Definition: Johanan
A form of Yhowchanan; Jochanan, the name of nine Israelites -- Johanan.

yō·w·ḥā·nān — 13 Occurrences
1 Chronicles 3:15
HEB: יֹאשִׁיָּ֔הוּ הַבְּכוֹר֙ יוֹחָנָ֔ן הַשֵּׁנִ֖י יְהוֹיָקִ֑ים
KJV: [were], the firstborn Johanan, the second
INT: of Josiah the firstborn Johanan and the second Jehoiakim

1 Chronicles 6:9
HEB: הוֹלִ֥יד אֶת־ יוֹחָנָֽן׃
KJV: and Azariah begat Johanan,
INT: and Azariah the father Johanan

Ezra 8:12
HEB: וּמִבְּנֵ֣י עַזְגָּ֔ד יוֹחָנָ֖ן בֶּן־ הַקָּטָ֑ן
KJV: of Azgad; Johanan the son
INT: the sons of Azgad Johanan the son of Hakkatan

Nehemiah 12:23
HEB: וְעַד־ יְמֵ֖י יֽוֹחָנָ֥ן בֶּן־ אֶלְיָשִֽׁיב׃
KJV: even until the days of Johanan the son
INT: up to the days of Johanan the son of Eliashib

Jeremiah 40:16
HEB: אֲחִיקָם֙ אֶל־ יוֹחָנָ֣ן בֶּן־ קָרֵ֔חַ
KJV: said unto Johanan the son
INT: of Ahikam about Johanan the son of Kareah

Jeremiah 41:11
HEB: וַיִּשְׁמַע֙ יוֹחָנָ֣ן בֶּן־ קָרֵ֔חַ
KJV: But when Johanan the son of Kareah,
INT: heard Johanan the son of Kareah

Jeremiah 41:13
HEB: יִשְׁמָעֵ֔אל אֶת־ יֽוֹחָנָן֙ בֶּן־ קָרֵ֔חַ
KJV: saw Johanan the son
INT: were with Ishmael Johanan the son of Kareah

Jeremiah 41:14
HEB: וַיֵּ֣לְכ֔וּ אֶל־ יֽוֹחָנָ֖ן בֶּן־ קָרֵֽחַ׃
KJV: and went unto Johanan the son
INT: and went unto Johanan the son of Kareah

Jeremiah 41:15
HEB: אֲנָשִׁ֔ים מִפְּנֵ֖י יֽוֹחָנָ֑ן וַיֵּ֖לֶךְ אֶל־
KJV: escaped from Johanan with eight men,
INT: men from Johanan and went to

Jeremiah 41:16
HEB: וַיִּקַּח֩ יוֹחָנָ֨ן בֶּן־ קָרֵ֜חַ
KJV: Then took Johanan the son of Kareah,
INT: took Johanan the son of Kareah

Jeremiah 42:8
HEB: וַיִּקְרָ֗א אֶל־ יֽוֹחָנָן֙ בֶּן־ קָרֵ֔חַ
KJV: Then called he Johanan the son
INT: called about Johanan the son of Kareah

Jeremiah 43:4
HEB: וְלֹֽא־ שָׁמַע֩ יוֹחָנָ֨ן בֶּן־ קָרֵ֜חַ
KJV: So Johanan the son of Kareah,
INT: did not obey Johanan the son of Kareah

Jeremiah 43:5
HEB: וַיִּקַּ֞ח יוֹחָנָ֤ן בֶּן־ קָרֵ֙חַ֙
KJV: But Johanan the son of Kareah,
INT: took Johanan the son of Kareah

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
35
Q

YHVH

יהוה

Jehovah

A

Nomen ineffable

Yhvh: the proper name of the God of Israel
Original Word: יְהוָֹה

Part of Speech: Proper Name
Transliteration: Yhvh
Phonetic Spelling: (yeh-ho-vaw’)
Definition: the proper name of the God of Israel.

havah: to become.

The one bringing into being, life-giver.

Giver of existence, creator.

He who brings to pass.

Performer of his promises.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
36
Q

HAVAH

A

To Become

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
37
Q

YEHU

A

There it shall be.

yə·hū — 1 Occurrence
Ecclesiastes 11:3 
HEB: הָעֵ֖ץ שָׁ֥ם יְהֽוּא׃ 
KJV: falleth, there it shall be.
INT: the tree there shall be

Interlinear Greek • Interlinear Hebrew • Strong’s Numbers • Englishman’s Greek Concordance • Englishman’s Hebrew Concordance • Parallel Texts

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
38
Q

Adon - Adonai

אָדוֹן

אֲדֹנָי

A

MY MASTER - MY LORD

Adonai is the perpetual substitute for the ineffable Name Yahve.

אָדוֹן • (adón) m
Lord, Master.

From Hebrew אָדוֹן‎ (adón, “lord”).

From Hebrew אֲדֹנָי‎ (ādônay, “My Lord”); used in place of the Tetragrammaton YHWH as a name of the God of the Hebrews during prayer recitation. In many christian languages the same word is used for “Mr.” and “My Lord” addressing God, e.g. German Herr, Portuguese Senhor, Greek κύριος (kýrios), Serbo-Croatian Gospod.

Adonai is the plural of Adon, with the suffix of the possessive pronoun, first person, singular number.

It may be looked upon as a plurale abstractum, and as such it would indicate the fullness of divine sway and point to God as the Lord of lords.

Whenever therefore, the word Yahve occurs in the text, the Jew will read Adonai.

The possessive pronoun has no more significance in this word than it has in Rabbi (my master), Monsieur, or Madonna.

אֲדֹנֵי־‎ (ăḏōnê, “lords of”) +‎ ־י‎ (i, “of mine”)

אֲדוֹנִי • (ăḏônî)
sir, my lord (used when addressing a man)
Singular construct form of אָדוֹן‎‎ with first-person personal pronoun as possessor.

אדון
Perhaps related to דִּין‎ (dín, “law”). Compare Ugaritic 𐎀𐎄𐎚 (ảdt, “lady”).

אָדוֹן • (adón) m (plural indefinite אֲדוֹנִים‎, singular construct אֲדוֹן־, plural construct אֲדוֹנֵי־‎)
lord
(preceding a man’s name) Mr.

FEMININE FORM
גברתי
גְּבִרְתִּי • (g'virtí) f
miss, madam, my lady (used in addressing a woman)
my lady
גְּבֶרֶת. (g'véret) +‎ ־ִי‎ (í)
־י • (transliteration needed)
(-í/-ái) My, of mine, me (one suffix form of the first-person singular personal pronoun).
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
39
Q

κύριος

A

POWER OVER OTHERS

Summit - Most High - Supreme - Top
Highest Authority

From κῦρος (kûros, “supremacy”) +‎ -ιος (-ios, adjective suffix), from Proto-Indo-European *ḱewH- (“to swell, spread out, be strong, prevail”). Cognate with κύω (kúō), Latin cumulus, cavus.

supremacy (usually uncountable, plural supremacies)
The quality of being supreme.
Power over all others.
(in combination) The ideology that the specified group is superior to others or should have supreme power over them.

supreme (comparative supremer or more supreme, superlative supremest or most supreme)
Dominant, having power over all others.
Greatest, most excellent, extreme, most superior, highest, or utmost.

κύριος • (kýrios) m (plural κύριοι)
mister (title conferred on an adult male)
master (someone who has control over something or someone)
sir (an address to any male)

As an adjective
κῡ́ρῐος • (kū́rios) m (feminine κῡρῐ́ᾱ, neuter κῡ́ρῐον); first/second declension
(of people): ruling, governing, having power
(of things): decisive, critical, authorized, valid, legal, entitled
(of times): fixed, set, appointed
(of language): literal
main, major, primary, principal.

κῡρίᾱ • (kūríā)
inflection of κῡ́ριος (kū́rios):
nominative and vocative singular feminine
nominative and accusative and vocative dual feminine
κῡρίᾱ • (kūríā) f (genitive κῡρίᾱς); first declension
authority, power
lady, mistress
ma’am, madam.

κυρία • (kyría) f (plural κυρίες)
madam
lady.

(abbreviation): κα (ka, “Mrs, Ms”)
κύριος m (kýrios, “mister”)
Κύριος m (Kýrios, “Lord”)

-ῐος • (-ios) m (feminine -ῐ́ᾱ, neuter -ῐον); first/second declension
Suffix added to nouns or adjectives, forming adjectives: pertaining to, belonging to.

Proto-Indo-European/-yós
Creates adjectives from nouns.
Adjectival form.

Κύριος m (Kýrios, “Lord”) (Christianity)
κυρία f (kyría, “madam”)
Κυριακή f (Kyriakí, “Sunday”)
σαββατοκύριακο n (savvatokýriako, “weekend”)
See also	Edit
δεσποινίς f (despoinís, “miss”)
Adjective	
κύριος • (kýrios) m (feminine κύρια, neuter κύριο)
main, principal, most important.

Compare
From Proto-Indo-European *ku-m-olo,
from *ḱewh₁- (“to swell”); see also Lithuanian saunas (“firm, fit, solid, capable”), Ancient Greek κύω (kúō), and Sanskrit श्वयति (śvayati, “swell”).
Pronunciation
(Classical) IPA(key): /ˈku.mu.lus/, [ˈkʊ.mʊ.ɫʊs]
Noun
Compare - Latin cumulus m (genitive cumulī); second declension
heap, pile
surplus
summit

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
40
Q

κα

A

Mrs.

κα • (ka)

Abbreviation of κυρία (kyría): Mrs, Ms
Synonyms	Edit
κ (k)
See also	Edit
δ (d, “Miss”)
δις (dis, “Miss”)
κ (k, “Mr”)
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
41
Q

Lord

A

LAIRD
The Scottish title Laird is a shortened form of ‘laverd’ which is an old Scottish word deriving from an Anglo-Saxon term meaning ‘Lord’ and is also derived from the middle English word ‘Lard’ also meaning ‘Lord’. The word is generally used to refer to any owner of a landed estate and has no meaning in heraldic terms and its use is not controlled by the Lord Lyon.

HOUSE OF LORDS
The House of Lords of the United Kingdom, also known as the House of Peers, is the upper house of the Parliament of the United Kingdom. Like the House of Commons, it meets in the Palace of Westminster.[2] Officially, the full name of the house is the Right Honourable the Lords Spiritual and Temporal of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland in Parliament assembled.

LORDS OF APPEAL IN ORDINARY
Lords of Appeal in Ordinary, commonly known as Law Lords, were judges appointed under the Appellate Jurisdiction Act 1876 to the British House of Lords in order to exercise its judicial functions, which included acting as the highest court of appeal for most domestic matters. The House of Lords lost its judicial functions upon the establishment of the Supreme Court of the United Kingdom in October 2009.

PEERS
The Hereditary peers form part of the peerage in the United Kingdom. As of 2016 there are 820 hereditary peers[1]. The numbers of peers - of England, Scotland, Ireland, Great Britain, and the UK - whose titles are the highest they hold (i.e. are not subsidiary titles) are: dukes, 24 (non-royal); marquesses, 34; earls, 193; viscounts, 112; barons, 445.
Not all hereditary titles are titles of the peerage. For instance, baronets and baronetesses may pass on their titles, but they are not peers. Conversely, the holder of a non-hereditary title may belong to the peerage, as with life peers. Peerages may be created by means of letters patent, but the granting of new hereditary peerages has largely dwindled; only seven hereditary peers have been created after 1965, four of them members of the British royal family.
Before 1999, peers were entitled to sit in the House of Lords, but since the House of Lords Act 1999 was passed, only 92 are permitted to do so, unless they are also life peers.[2] Peers are called to the House of Lords with a writ of summons.

LETTERS PATENT
Letters patent (always in the plural) are a type of legal instrument in the form of a published written order issued by a monarch, president, or other head of state, generally granting an office, right, monopoly, title, or status to a person or corporation. Letters patent can be used for the creation of corporations or government offices, or for the granting of city status or a coat of arms. Letters patent are issued for the appointment of representatives of the Crown, such as governors and governors-general of Commonwealth realms, as well as appointing a Royal Commission. In the United Kingdom they are also issued for the creation of peers of the realm. A particular form of letters patent has evolved into the modern patent (referred to as a utility patent or design patent in United States patent law) granting exclusive rights in an invention (or a design in the case of a design patent). In this case it is essential that the written grant should be in the form of a public document so other inventors can consult it to avoid infringement and also to understand how to "practice" the invention, i.e., put it into practical use.
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
42
Q

οὐροβόρος

A

TAIL EATER

The term derives from Ancient Greek: οὐροβόρος,

from οὐρά (oura), “tail” + βορά (bora), “food”,

from βιβρώσκω (bibrōskō), “I eat”.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
43
Q

NAZARITE - NAZIRITE

Hebrew word נזיר‬ nazir meaning “consecratedy” or “separated”

A

ONE WHO TAKES VOWS

One who takes a vow and promises to observe and obey the law.

In the Hebrew Bible, a nazirite or nazarite is one who voluntarily took a vow described in Numbers 6:1–21. “Nazarite” comes from the Hebrew word נזיר‬ nazir meaning “consecratedy” or “separated”.[1] This vow required the person to:

Abstain from wine, wine vinegar, grapes, raisins, intoxicating liquors,[2] vinegar made from such substances,[3] and eating or drinking any substance that contains any trace of grapes.[4]
Refrain from cutting the hair on one’s head; but to allow the locks of the head’s hair to grow.[5]
Not to become ritually impure by contact with corpses or graves, even those of family members.[6]
After following these requirements for a designated interval (which would be specified in the individual’s vow), the person would immerse in a mikveh and make three offerings: a lamb as a burnt offering (olah), a ewe as a sin-offering (hatat), and a ram as a peace offering (shelamim), in addition to a basket of unleavened bread, grain offerings and drink offerings, which accompanied the peace offering. They would also shave their head in the outer courtyard of the Jerusalem Temple and then place the hair on the same fire as the peace offering. (Numbers 6:18)

The nazirite is described as being “holy unto YHWH” (Numbers 6:8), yet at the same time must bring a sin offering. This has led to divergent approaches to the nazirite in the Talmud, and later authorities, with some viewing the nazirite as an ideal, and others viewing him as a sinner.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
44
Q

στέφανος

Stephanos

A

ENCIRCLE - CROWN - STAFF - WREATH - BELT

from stephó (to encircle)

that which surrounds, i.e. a crown

Original Word: στέφανος, ου, ὁ
Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine
Transliteration: stephanos
Phonetic Spelling: (stef'-an-os)
Definition: that which surrounds, a crown
Usage: a crown, garland, honor, glory.

4735 stéphanos – properly, a wreath (garland), awarded to a victor in the ancient athletic games (like the Greek Olympics); the crown of victory (versus 1238 /diádēma, “a royal crown”).

[4735 (stéphanos) is used of a plaited wreath (“crown”), like the one made of thorns placed on the head of Christ at His trial (Mt 27:29, Mk 15:17; Jn 19:2,5).]

Metaphorically, the eternal blessedness which will be given as a prize to the genuine servants of God and Christ: in other words, those who have been persuaded they ‘already possess’ eternal life, hence are without fear of death, courageous and filled with abundant love having knowledge they receive the gift of life moment to moment, day to day, by which all things derive their value and worth.

From an apparently primary stepho (to twine or wreathe); a chaplet (as a badge of royalty, a prize in the public games or a symbol of honor generally; but more conspicuous and elaborate than the simple fillet, diadema), literally or figuratively – crown.

διάδημα
from diadeó (to bind around)
Original Word: διάδημα, ατος, τό
Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter
Transliteration: diadéma
Phonetic Spelling: (dee-ad'-ay-mah)
Definition: a diadem, a crown
Usage: a head-wreath, crown, diadem.
1238 diádēma – properly, a royal crown: "a narrow filet encircling the brow," a "kingly ornament for the head" (R. Trench, 78).

1238 /diádēma (“a royal crown”) is used three times in the NT – referring to: a) the pagan empires of ancient history which opposed God (Rev 12:3); b) the end-times coalition led by Antichrist (Rev 13:1); and c) the infinite majesty (kingship) of Christ (Rev 19:12).

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
45
Q

Ἄννα

Hannah

Hebrew חַנָּה‎ (ḥannâ)

A

ANNE - HANNA - ANNE

The Latinate and New Testament form of Ann, from Ancient Greek Ἄννα (Ánna), equal to the Hebrew female name חַנָּה‎ (ḥannâ) of Old Testament, meaning “grace, gracious”.

Proper noun Edit
חַנָּה • (kḥaná) f [pattern: קַטְלָה]

A female given name, Hannah, Hana or Chana.
Hannah (biblical character)

From the Hebrew חַנָּה‎ (ḥannâ), meaning favour, grace, or graced with child.

Ἄννα • (Ánna) f (genitive Ἄννᾱς); ? declension

Hannah (biblical character)
A female given name, equivalent to English Anna or Hannah.

ANU
A female given name, variant of Anna.
Anu m
(Sumerian, Assyrian and Babylonian mythology) Anu (god of heaven)

Cuneiform sign AN.
𒀭Cuneiform sumer

𒀭
AN "heaven"
DINGIR "deity"
Sumerian: AN, DINGIR
Akkadian: ìl
Hittite: an
AN-KI "heaven and earth"
(logogram) goddess
Proto-Semitic/ *šamāy-
*šamāy-
sky, heaven.
Akkadian: 𒀭 (šamû [AN])
Hebrew: שָׁמַיִם‎ (šāmáyim)
Phoenician: 𐤔𐤌𐤌‎ (šmm)
Ugaritic: 𐎌𐎎𐎎 (šmm), 𐎌𐎎𐎊𐎐 (šmyn)

___________________________________

שָׁמָיִם

שָׁמַיִם • (shamáyim) m pl (singular construct שְׁמֵי־‎, Biblical Hebrew pausal form שָׁמָיִם)
(plural only) The sky, skies, heavens, heaven.
(figuratively) God.

שְׁחָקִים • (sh’khakím) m pl
heavens, sky.

שוכן שחקים‎ (shokhén sh’khakím)

____________________________

𐤔𐤌𐤌 (šmm)
heaven

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
46
Q

אביאל

Avi-EL

Avalon

A

GOD IS MY FATHER

Abiel < Hebrew אביאל‎ (Avi’el), עלבון-אבי‎ (‘Avi-‘alvon‘) “God is my father”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
47
Q

עֲזָאזֵל

Azazel

Azaz-EL

A

SCAPE GOAT - DEBT BEARER

Azazel

A fallen angel in some traditions of Judaism, Christianity, and Islam.

Satan.

Hebrew עֲזָאזֵל‎, Arabic عَزَازِيل‎ (ʿazāzīl).

Azazel m
(Christian mythology) Azazel (a fallen angel)

Uncertain; perhaps from עָזַז‎ (azáz, “to be strong, impudent”) +‎ אֵל‎ (él, “god, God”).
The English word scapegoat comes from an interpretation as…
coming from עֵז‎ (éz, “goat”) +‎ אזֵל‎ (ozél, “escapes”).

עֲזָאזֵל • (azazél) m

Azazel.
Leviticus 16:8, with translation from the King James Version:
ונתן אהרן על שני השעירם גורלות גורל אחד לה׳ וגורל אחד לעזאזל׃‎
And Aaron shall cast lots upon the two goats one lot for the LORD and the other lot for the scapegoat.

From scape +‎ goat; coined by Tyndale, interpreting Hebrew עֲזָאזֵל‎ (“azazél”) (Leviticus 16:8, 10, 26), from an interpretation as coming from עֵז‎ (ez, “goat”) and אוזל‎ (ozél, “escapes, used up”).

אָזַל • (azál) (pa’al construction)
to be used up, be exhausted, be gone, evaporated.
1 Samuel 9:7, with translation of the King James Version:
‏וַיֹּאמֶר שָׁאוּל לְנַעֲרוֹ וְהִנֵּה נֵלֵךְ וּמַה־נָּבִיא לָאִישׁ כִּי הַלֶּחֶם אָזַל מִכֵּלֵינוּ וּתְשׁוּרָה אֵין־לְהָבִיא לְאִישׁ הָק׳ מָה אִתָּנוּ׃‎‎
Then said Saul to his servant, But, behold, if we go, what shall we bring the man? for the bread is spent in [literally from] our vessels, and there is not a present to bring to the man of G-d: what have we?

עֵז • (éz) f (plural indefinite עִזִּים‎, masculine counterpart תַּיִשׁ‎) [pattern: קֵטֶל]
a (female) goat

OR

עַז • (áz) (feminine עַזָּה‎, masculine plural עַזִּים‎, feminine plural עַזּוֹת‎) [pattern: קֶטֶל]

mighty, strong
intense

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
48
Q

Ἀζαραήλ

Azrahel

Hebrew עֲזַרְאֵל‎ (ʿăzarʾēl)

A

ANGEL OF DEATH

From Latin Azrahel, from Ancient Greek Ἀζαραήλ (Azaraḗl), from Biblical Hebrew עֲזַרְאֵל‎ (ʿăzarʾēl), possibly via Aramaic (compare Classical Syriac ܥܲܙܪܵܐܹܝܠ‎ (ʿazrāʾēl)).

Azrael

The angel of death in Catholic and Orthodox Christianity, and in Islam.
Synonyms Edit
(personification of death): Death, the Grim Reaper, the reaper, the pale rider, the rider, the angel of death, the Shinigami, psychopomp.

Azrael m

(Christianity, Judaism, Islam) Azrael (angel of death)

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
49
Q

בֵּית‎ אֵל

Beth-EL

A

HOUSE OF GOD

From Hebrew בֵּית‎ אֵל‎‎ (beth el, literally “house of God”).

From Latin Bēthlehēmum,

from Ancient Greek Βηθλεέμ (Bēthleém),

from Hebrew בֵּית לֶחֶם‎ (bet léchem). Doublet of bedlam.

Bethlehem (plural Bethlehems)

(obsolete) A lunatic asylum.
(architecture) In the Ethiopic church, a small building attached to a church edifice, in which the bread for the Eucharist is made.

Bēthlehēmum n (genitive Bēthlehēmī); second declension
Bethlehem (a town of the tribe of Judah, the birthplace of David and of Christ, now Bēt Laḥm)

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
50
Q

Βηθλεέμ

Bethlehem

בּית לחם‎

A

HOUSE OF BREAD

Borrowed from Hebrew בּית לחם‎ (bet léchem).

Βηθλεέμ • (Bēthleém) f (indeclinable)

Bethlehem • (Bēthleém) f (indeclinable)

Bethlehem

From בֵּית‎ (bet, “house of”) +‎ לֶחֶם‎ (lékhem, “bread”)

בֵּית לֶחֶם • (bet lékhem) f (Biblical Hebrew pausal form בֵּית לָחֶם)
Bethlehem (a city)

בַּיִת • (báyit) m (plural indefinite בָּתִּים‎, singular construct בֵּית־, plural construct בָּתֵּי־‎, Biblical Hebrew pausal form בָּיִת) [pattern: קֶטֶל]

לֶחֶם • (lékhem) m (singular construct לֶחֶם־, Biblical Hebrew pausal form לָחֶם) [pattern: קֶטֶל]
bread
(archaic or poetic) food
(poetic) grain from which bread is made
house
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
51
Q

Δανιήλ

Daniel

דניּאל‎

A

DANIEL - GOD IS MY JUDGE

Daniel < Ancient Greek Δανιήλ (Daniḗl), from Hebrew דניּאל‎ (daniyél, “God is my judge”) < דון‎ (“to judge”) + אֵל‎ (el, “God”)

דוּן • (dun)
bare infinitive (gerund) of דן‎ (dan)

Verb Edit
דָּן • (dan) (pa’al construction)
To discuss; construed with על‎ (al, “on”).
(transitive) To judge.

דָּן • (dan)
Dan (one of the Israelite tribes).
Dan (the region of Ancient Israel occupied by this tribe).
A male given name.

עַל • (ál)
Super-: above; more than; larger than.
עַל • (al)
(literally) On, on top of.
(figuratively) On.
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
52
Q

Ιεζεκιήλ

Ezekiel

יְחֶזְקֵאל

A

EZEKIEL - GOD STRENGTHENS

Ezekiel < Hebrew יְחֶזְקֵאל‎ (Yḥezq’el) “God strengthens”

Hebrew יְחֶזְקֵאל‎ (“God strengthens”).

יְחֶזְקֵאל • (yekhezkel)
A male given name, Yechezkel or Yehezkel, equivalent to English Ezekiel.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
53
Q

Γαβριήλ

Gabriel

גבריאל‎

A

GABRIEL - SERVANT - MAN OF GOD - HERO

Gabriel < Hebrew גבריאל‎ (Gavri’el, “man of God”), from גֶּבֶר‎ (géver, “man”) and אֵל‎ (el, “God”)

גְּבַר • (gəḇar)
absolute form of גַּבְרָא‎ (gaḇrā)
From Proto-Semitic *gabr-, compare Aramaic גַּבְרָא‎ (gaḇrā, “man”), Ge’ez (gäbr, “servant”).

גָּבַר • (gavár) (pa’al construction)
to become stronger, gain power
to overpower, conquer, vanquish, defeat.

גֶּבֶר • (géver) m (plural indefinite גְּבָרִים‎, feminine counterpart גְּבֶרֶת‎) [pattern: קֶטֶל]

man (an adult male human being)
strong man, hero.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
54
Q

Μιχαήλ

Michael

מיכאל‎

A

MICHAEL - WHO IS LIKE GOD

Michael < Hebrew מיכאל‎ (Mikha’el, “who is like God?”)

מִי‎ (mí, “who [is]”) +‎ כַּ־‎ (cha-, “like”) +‎ אֵל‎ (él, “God”) = “Who is like God?”

Greek: Μιχαήλ (Michaḯl), Μιχάλης (Michális)

In the New Testament Michael leads God’s armies against Satan’s forces in the Book of Revelation, where during the war in heaven he defeats Satan. In the Epistle of Jude Michael is specifically referred to as “the archangel Michael”. Christian sanctuaries to Michael appeared in the 4th century, when he was first seen as a healing angel, and then over time as a protector and the leader of the army of God against the forces of evil.

55
Q

Ναθαναήλ

נְתַנְאֵל

A

NATHANAEL - GIFT OF GOD

God has given.

Nathanael, Nethanel < Hebrew Nitan’el “Gift of god”

From Ancient Greek Ναθαναήλ (Nathanaḗl), from Biblical Hebrew נְתַנְאֵל‎ (Netan’el, literally “God has given”).

Ναθαναήλ • (Nathanaḗl) m (indeclinable)

Nathanael (apostle)
A male given name

Borrowed from Ancient Greek Ναθαναήλ (Nathanaḗl), from Hebrew נְתַנְאֵל‎ (Netan’el, “God has given”).

56
Q

Ραφαήλ

רפאל

A

RAPHAEL - GOD HEALS

Raphael < Hebrew Rifa’el “God heals”

From Hebrew רָפָאֵל‎ (Rāfāʾēl) meaning “God cures” or “God has healed”.

57
Q

Σαμουήλ

Samuel

שְׁמוּאֵל

A

SAMUEL - ONE WHO LISTENS TO GOD

Samuel < Hebrew שְׁמוּאֵל‎ (Shmu’el, “Name of God”)

שְׁמוּאֵל • (shmu’él)

Samuel (biblical figure)
A male given name, Samuel
Samuel I and II (taken as one book)

Borrowed from Latin Samuel, from Ancient Greek Σαμουήλ (Samouḗl), from Biblical Hebrew שְׁמוּאֵל‎ (šəmûʾēl, literally “the one who listens to God”).

58
Q

שלימיל

A

SHLIMIL - SCMUCK - A LOOSER

Yiddish שלימיל‎ (shlimil).

schlemiel (plural schlemiels)

A loser or a fool.
A person who is clumsy or who hurts others emotionally.

59
Q

Ιλιάδα

אליהו

A

ELIJAH - MY GOD IS YHWH

Elijah < Hebrew Eliya, Eliyahu “God is Yahweh”

From Hebrew אליהו‎ (Eliyahu, “My God is Yahweh”). Confer with Joel.

Elijah

(religion) An Israelite prophet in the Abrahamic religions

60
Q

Ιωσήφ

יוסף

יוֹאֵל

A

JOSEPH - GOD ADDS

JOEL - (JAH-EL) YHWH IS GOD

Hebrew יוֹאֵל‎ (yoél, “Yahweh (is) God”)

As a medieval French and English given name, it is also a rendering of the Breton saint’s name Judicaël (related to Joyce and Jocelyn).

Confer with Elijah.

Jocelyn
Middle English male given name
Old French Joscelin,
German Gautzelin, diminutive of names beginning with the tribal name Gaut “a Geat, a Goth”, the root form of which probably comes from
Proto-Germanic *Gautalinþiz; also used as a diminutive form of the
Breton name Josse ( =Joyce).
It survived as a surname and was revived as a given name in the nineteenth century.

Yoselin
A female given name, a modern variant of Jocelyn.

Yoselyn
A female given name, a modern variant of Jocelyn, by folk etymology interpreted as a feminine form of Jose/José.

JOSEPH
An old French vernacular form of Joseph.
(in the Bible) a Hebrew patriarch, son of Jacob and oldest son of Rachel. He was given a coat of many colors by his father, but was then sold by his jealous brothers into captivity in Egypt, where he attained high office.

Latin Iosephus - Josephus
Borrowed from Ancient Greek Ἰωσήφ (Iōsḗph), from Hebrew יוֹסֵף‎ (yoséf).

JOSÉ
An old French vernacular form of Joseph.

From Old Portuguese Josef, from Latin Iōsephus, from Ancient Greek Ἰωσήφ (Iōsḗph), from Hebrew יוסף‎.

Third-person singular jussive of הוֹסִיף‎ (hosíf, “to add”), thus meaning “may he add”.

יוסף • (yosef, yoysef) m
Joseph (biblical character)
A male given name: Joseph.

Joyce
Medieval English given name from Old French Josse, name of a seventh century saint Latinized as Jodocus, from Breton Iodoc, diminutive of iudh (“lord”), from Proto-Celtic *yowdos.
*yowdos m[1]
decider, judge, lord.
From Proto-Indo-European *h₂yew-dʰ-, from *h₂yew- (“justice, law”).

Arabic: يوسف‎ (Yūsuf)
Old Armenian: Յովսէփ (Yovsēpʿ)
Armenian: Հովսեփ (Hovsepʿ)
Dutch: Jozef
English: Joseph
French: Joseph, José
Galician: Xosé
German: Josef
Gothic: 𐌹𐍉𐍃𐌴𐍆 (iōsēf)
Greek: Ιοσήφ (Iosíf)
Irish: Seosamh
Italian: Giuseppe
Latin: Ioseph, Joseph
Polish: Józef
Portuguese: José
Russian: Иосиф (Iosif)
Spanish: José
61
Q

Χριστούγεννα

A

NOEL - YULE - GOD IS BORN

  • gene-
  • genə-, also *gen-, Proto-Indo-European root meaning “give birth, beget,” with derivatives referring to procreation and familial and tribal groups.

It is the hypothetical source of/evidence for its existence is provided by:

Sanskrit janati “begets, bears,” janah “offspring, child, person,”
Sanskrit janman- “birth, origin,” jatah “born;” Avestan zizanenti “they bear;”

Greek gignesthai “to become, happen,” genos “race, kind,” gonos “birth, offspring, stock;”

Latin gignere “to beget,” gnasci “to be born,”
Latin genus (genitive generis) “race, stock, kind; family, birth, descent, origin,”
Latin genius “procreative divinity, inborn tutelary spirit, innate quality,”
Latin ingenium “inborn character,” possibly germen “shoot, bud, embryo, germ;”

Lithuanian gentis "kinsmen;" 
Gothic kuni "race;" 
Old English cennan "beget, create," gecynd "kind, nature, race;" 
Old High German kind "child;" 
Old Irish ro-genar "I was born;" 
Welsh geni "to be born;" 
Armenian cnanim "I bear, I am born."

Noel (n.)
late 14c., nowel “feast of Christmas,” from Old French noel “the Christmas season,” variant of nael, from Latin natalis (dies) “birth (day),” in Church Latin in reference to the birthday of Christ, from natus, past participle of nasci “be born” (Old Latin gnasci), from PIE root *gene- “give birth, beget.” The modern word in English, with the sense “a Christmas carol” (1811) probably is a separate borrowing from French. As a masc. proper name, from Old French, probably literally “of or born on Christmas.”

yule (n.)
Old English geol, geola “Christmas Day, Christmastide,” which is cognate with Old Norse jol (plural), the name of a heathen feast, later taken over by Christianity; the Germanic word is of unknown origin. The Old English (Anglian) cognate giuli was the Anglo-Saxons’ name for a two-month midwinter season corresponding to Roman December and January, a time of important feasts but not itself a festival.

Yuletide
tide (n.)
Old English tid “point or portion of time, due time, period, season; feast-day.
(canonical hour)
from Proto-Germanic *tīdi- “division of time”
Old Saxon tid,
Dutch tijd,
Old High German zit,
German Zeit “time”),
from PIE *di-ti- “division, division of time,”
suffixed form of root *da- “to divide.”
Old English heahtid “high tide” meant “festival, high day.”

After conversion to Christianity the word narrowed to mean “the 12-day feast of the Nativity” (which began Dec. 25), but was replaced by Christmas by 11c., except in the northeast (areas of Danish settlement), where it remained the usual word.
Revived 19c. by writers to mean “the Christmas of ‘Merrie England.’ “ First direct reference to the Yule log is 17c. According to some sources, Old Norse jol was borrowed into Old French as jolif, hence Modern French joli “pretty, nice,” originally “festive” (see jolly).

jolly (adj.)
c. 1300 (late 13c. as a surname, late 14c. as the name of a dog), “merry, cheerful, naturally of a happy disposition; comical; suggesting joy or merriment,”
Old French jolif “festive, merry; amorous; pretty” (12c., Modern French joli “pretty, nice”), a word of uncertain origin. It has an apparent cognate in Italian giulivo “merry, pleasant.”
It is often suggested that the word is ultimately Germanic,
Old Norse jol “a winter feast” (see yule).
OED, however, finds this “extremely doubtful,” based on “historic and phonetic difficulties.” Perhaps the French word is from Latin gaudere “to rejoice,” from PIE *gau- “to rejoice” (see joy).
Meaning “great, remarkable, uncommon” is from 1540s, hence its use as a general intensifier in expressions of admiration. Colloquial meaning “somewhat drunk” is from 1650s. As an adverb from early 15c., “stoutly, boldly.” For loss of -f, compare tardy, hasty. Related: Jolliness. Jolly robin “handsome or charming man, gaily dressed man, dandy” is from late 14c.
Broader Middle English senses, mostly now lost, include “vigorous, strong, youthful” (c. 1300); “amorous; lecherous; ready to mate; in heat” (c. 1300); “pleasing, beautiful, handsome; noble-looking; handsomely dressed” (c. 1300); playful, frisky (mid-14c.); “arrogant, overweening, foolish” (mid-14c.).

joy (n.)
c. 1200, “feeling of pleasure and delight;” c. 1300, “source of pleasure or happiness,”
Old French joie “pleasure, delight, erotic pleasure, bliss, joyfulness” (11c.),
Latin gaudia “expressions of pleasure; sensual delight,”
plural of gaudium “joy, inward joy, gladness, delight; source of pleasure or delight,”
Latin gaudere “rejoice,”
PIE root *gau- “to rejoice”
Greek gaio “I rejoice,”
Middle Irish guaire “noble”).

62
Q

אֱלִישָׁע

Elish’a

A

ALICIA - GOD IS SALVATION

Elisha < Hebrew Elish’a “God is salvation”

Hebrew אֱלִישָׁע‎ (Elisha’).

A prophet, a disciple and successor of Elijah.
A male given name of biblical origin, in quiet use since the 17th century.
A female given name in occasional use, apparently confused with Elizabeth or Alicia.

63
Q

Ἐλισάβετ

אלישבע

A

ELIZABETH - GOD IS MY OATH

From the Ancient Greek Ἐλισάβετ (Elisábet),
a transliteration of the Old Testament Biblical

Hebrew אלישבע‎ (Elisheva, “my God is an oath”).

See El and שבועה‎.

שְׁבוּעָה • (sh’vu’a) f (plural indefinite שְׁבוּעוֹת‎)
oath.

אֱלִישֶׁבַע
Elisheba = “my God has sworn” or “God is an oath”

_________________________________

Ἐλισάβετ • (Elisábet) f (indeclinable)
(Christianity, Koine) Elizabeth (mother of John the Baptist)

Bέτα f (Béta)
Ελίζα f (Elíza)
Έλσα f (Élsa)
Ζαμπέτη f (Zampéti)
Ζαμπέτα f (Zampéta)
Ισαβέλλα f (Isavélla)
Λίλη f (Líli)
Λίζα f (Líza)
Μπέτυ f (Béty)

אֱלִישֶׁבַע • (elishéva) m

A female given name
Descendants	Edit
Ancient Greek: Ἐλισάβετ (Elisábet)
→ Gothic: 𐌰𐌹𐌻𐌴𐌹𐍃𐌰𐌱𐌰𐌹𐌸 (aileisabaiþ)
Greek: Ελισάβετ (Elisávet)
Dutch: Elisabet
English: Elisabeth, Elizabeth
Italian: Elisabetta
Spanish: Isabel
64
Q

Ishmael

ישמעאל

A

ISHMAEL - TO LEARN BY HEARING

From Hebrew יִשְׁמָעֵאל‎ (yishma’él (yišmāʿēl), “God hears, God will hear”).
Ishmael < Hebrew ישמעאל‎ (Yisma’el) “God hears”

From יִשְׁמַע‎ (yishmá’, yišmaʿ) +‎ אֵל‎ (‘él, ʾēl), literally “God hears”.

שְׁמַע • (šᵊmaʿ)
to hear

שָׁמַע • (shamá’) (pa’al construction, passive counterpart נִשְׁמַע‎)
to hear
to listen

(in the Bible) a son of Abraham, by his wife Sarah’s maid, Hagar, driven away with his mother after the birth of Sarah’s son Isaac (Gen. 16:12). Ishmael (or Ismail) is also important in Islamic belief as the traditional ancestor of Muhammad and of the Arab peoples.

Apparently the only nations descended from Sarah and Abraham were the Hebrews, the Ishmaelites , the Midianites, and the Edomites.

Synonyms Edit
שְׁמַע יִשְׂרָאֵל‎ (sh’má’ yisra’él)

Shema
The central declaration of faith of Judaism, recited at least twice daily by religious Jews.

שֵׁמַע • (shéma’) m (plural indefinite שמעים‎, singular construct שמע־, plural construct שמעי־‎) [pattern: קֵטֶל]
audio

(Abrahamic religions) The eldest son of Abraham and his wife’s handmaiden Hagar who were cast out after the birth of Isaac; traditionally the ancestor of the Arabs via the Ishmaelites.

65
Q

Βαβυλών

Βαβυλώνα

A

BABYLON - GATE OF GOD

𒆍 - (bābu) - DOOR - GATE
𒀭 - (ilu) - GOD
𒊏 - (ra) - PUSHED

Traditionally derived from 𒆍𒀭𒊏
(KA-ILU- RA) - bāb ili - (gate of god”),
but this is contested now.

Hittite:
It means “to beat”, “to push”
“He (𒊏) pushed my (-𒈬) Children into the (𒀀) Water.”

From Latin Babylōn,

from Ancient Greek Βαβυλών (Babulṓn),

from Akkadian 𒆍𒀭𒊏𒆠 (bābili [KA2.DINGIR.RAKI],

literally “Gate of God”),

translation of Sumerian 𒆍𒀭𒊏 (KA.DINGIR); the name of the ancient Chaldean capital and Biblical city of the Apocalypse.

The city and tower in the land of Shinar where the confusion of languages took place, according to the Bible.

Babel (plural Babels)
A confused mixture of sounds and voices, especially in different languages. [from 16th c.]
A place or scene of noise and confusion. [from 16th c.]
A tall, looming structure. [from 16th c.]

Βᾰβῠλών • (Babulṓn) f (genitive Βᾰβῠλῶνος); third declension

Babel
Babylon

From Latin Babel, from Biblical Hebrew בָּבֶל‎ (bāḇel, “Babylon”), from Akkadian 𒆍𒀭𒊏𒆠 (bāb ili, “gate of God”), translation of Sumerian 𒅗𒀭 (KA.DINGIR); in Genesis associated with the idea of confusion.

𒆍 (bābu)
𒀭 (ilu)

𒆍 - (bābu) - DOOR - GATE
𒀭 - (ilu) - GOD

66
Q

Νικόδημος - νικόδημος

νῖκος

δέω

δῆμος

ἔργον

A

VICTORIOUS PEOPLE

FROM VICTORY NOT BY VICTORY

Christ’s work already done for you.
The collective accomplishment of man’s work.
The collection of man’s perfected laws.
The collection of man’s wisdom.

CONQUEST - TRIUMPH

from nikos and démos
_____________________________

Original Word: νῖκος, ους, τό
Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter
Transliteration: nikos
Phonetic Spelling: (nee'-kos)
Definition: victory
Usage: victory.

Cognate: 3534 níkos (a neuter noun) – victory, particularly the results of a conquest. In the NT, this victory always refers to the conquest accomplished for the believer by Christ (cf. Mt 12:20; 1 Cor 15:54) – which conquered all the powers of darkness (sin). Accordingly, death can not exert conquest over the believer (1 Cor 15:55). See 3528 (nikáō).

Reflection: Christ has already won the day! Thus the believer doesn’t fight for victory – but rather from victory!

The results of Christ’s conquest come through faith, i.e. they are transferred by grace to the regenerated believer (1 Cor 15:57).

_____________________________

FROM NIKÉ

Original Word: νίκη, ης, ἡ
Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine
Transliteration: niké
Phonetic Spelling: (nee'-kay)
Definition: victory
Usage: victory, a victorious principle.
níkē (a feminine noun) – conquest; a particular expression of victory, resulting from receiving (obeying) the faith Christ imparts (i.e. His inworked persuasion). See 3528 (nikáō).

From nike; a conquest (concretely), i.e. (by implication) triumph – victory.

____________________________

démos: a district or country, the common people, esp. the people assembled
Original Word: δῆμος, οῦ, ὁ
Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine
Transliteration: démos
Phonetic Spelling: (day’-mos)
Definition: a district or country, the common people, the people assembled
Usage: properly: the people, especially citizens of a Greek city in popular assembly, but in NT, multitude, rabble.

1218 dḗmos (from 1210 /déō, “to bind, tie”) – people bound (tied) together by similar laws or customs (like citizens in an ancient Greek city forming an assembly, cf. 1577 /ekklēsía).

In the NT, 1218 (dḗmos) refers to people unified in conviction and showing it in public opinion, i.e. their “collective persuasion.”

[1218 (dḗmos) is the root of the English word, “democracy.” Ancient Greek used 1218 (dḗmos) for “the body politic” (J. Thayer).]

δῆμος, δήμου ὁ, the people, the mass of the people assembled in a public place:

____________________________

Original Word: Φαρισαῖος, ου, ὁ
Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine
Transliteration: Pharisaios
Phonetic Spelling: (far-is-ah’-yos)
Definition: a Pharisee, member of a Jewish religious sect
Usage: a Pharisee, one of the Jewish sect so called.

67
Q

δημιουργός

δέω

δῆμος

ἔργον

A

ARCHITECT - RULE CREATOR - RULER

DEMI-URGE

δέω - bind, tie, yoke.

From démos and ergon.
From demos and ergon; a worker for the people, i.e. Mechanic (spoken of the Creator) – maker.

démiourgos: builder, maker, creator.

Original Word: δημιουργός, οῦ, ὁ
Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine
Transliteration: démiourgos
Phonetic Spelling: (day-me-oor-gos')
Definition: builder, maker, creator
Usage: an artisan, builder, maker; one who labors for the public.

1217 dēmiourgós (from 1218 /dḗmos, “a unified group of people” and 2014 /epiphaínō, “work”) – properly, someone working on behalf of a group of people (used only in Heb 11:10). See 1218 (dēmos).

universally, the author of any work, an artisan, framer, builder: τεχνιτεσς καί δημιουργός,

__________________________________

démos: a district or country, the common people, esp. the people assembled
Original Word: δῆμος, οῦ, ὁ
Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine
Transliteration: démos
Phonetic Spelling: (day’-mos)
Definition: a district or country, the common people, the people assembled
Usage: properly: the people, especially citizens of a Greek city in popular assembly, but in NT, multitude, rabble.

1218 dḗmos (from 1210 /déō, “to bind, tie”) – people bound (tied) together by similar laws or customs (like citizens in an ancient Greek city forming an assembly, cf. 1577 /ekklēsía).

In the NT, 1218 (dḗmos) refers to people unified in conviction and showing it in public opinion, i.e. their “collective persuasion.”

[1218 (dḗmos) is the root of the English word, “democracy.” Ancient Greek used 1218 (dḗmos) for “the body politic” (J. Thayer).]

_________________________________

deó: to tie, bind
Original Word: δέω
Part of Speech: Verb
Transliteration: deó
Phonetic Spelling: (deh'-o)
Definition: to tie, bind
Usage: I bind, tie, fasten; I impel, compel; I declare to be prohibited and unlawful.

to bind, to fasten with chains, to throw into chains.

ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ οὐ δέδεται, figuratively for these bonds of mine in no way hinder its course, i. e. the preaching, extension, and efficacy of the gospel, 2 Timothy 2:9; the bodies of the dead, which were accustomed to be bound with bandages and linen cloths: ὁ τεθνηκώς δεδεμονος τούς πόδας καί τάς χεῖρας κειριας, bound hand and foot with grave-cloths, John 11:44; τό σῶμα ὀθονίοις (Tdf. 2, 7 ἐν ὀθονίοις), to swathe in linen cloths, John 19:40.

  1. metaphorically,
    a. Satan is said δῆσαι a woman bent together, i. e. by means of a demon, as his messenger, taking possession of the woman and preventing her from standing upright, Luke 13:16 cf. Luke 13:11.
    b. to bind, i. e. put under obligation, namely, of law, duty, etc.
    c. to forbid, prohibit, declare to be illicit.
    _________________________________

ἔργον

ergon: work
Original Word: ἔργον, ου, τό
Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter
Transliteration: ergon
Phonetic Spelling: (er'-gon)
Definition: work
Usage: work, task, employment; a deed, action; that which is wrought or made, a work.

érgon (from ergō, “to work, accomplish”) – a work or worker who accomplishes something. 2041 /érgon (“work”) is a deed (action) that carries out (completes) an inner desire (intension, purpose).

business, employment, that with which anyone is occupied.

διδόναι τίνι τό ἔργον αὐτοῦ); Acts 14:26 (πληροῦν); 1 Timothy 3:1; thus of the work of salvation committed by God to Christ: διδόναι and τελειουν, John 17:4; of the work to be done by the apostles and other Christian teachers, as well as by the presiding officers of the religious assemblies.

the work which one does, service which one either performs or ought to perform.

the work of one (i. e. incumbent upon him)

assigned by one and to be done for his sake: τό ἔργον τοῦ Θεοῦ τελειουν, used of Christ.

τῶν χειρῶν, things formed by the hand of man

εἰς ἔργον διακονίας, Ephesians 4:12, which means either to the work in which the ministry consists, the work performed in undertaking the ministry, or to the execution of the ministry. of that which one undertakes to do, enterprise, undertaking.

any product whatever, anything accomplished by hand, art, industry, mind.

of the arrangements of God for men’s salvation.

τό ἔργον τοῦ Θεοῦ, what God works in man, i. e. a life dedicated to God and Christ.

68
Q

Φαρισαῖος

A

ELITE - SEPARATIST FROM SIN

EXCLUSIVE SECT - All are not welcome.

MAKE DISTINCT - We are better than you.

We are above the law of the community people.

MAKE UNEQUAL - Higher Rights.

of Hebrew origin, cf. parash
parash: scatter
Original Word: פָרָשׁ
Part of Speech: Verb
Transliteration: parash
Phonetic Spelling: (paw-rash')
Definition: to make distinct, declare.

מָּרַשׁ verb make distinct, declare (Late Hebrew seperate oneself.

_________________________________

οὖτος ἦλθεν πρὸς αὐτὸν νυκτὸς καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῶ.

(He) Nicodemus came to him by night and said to (him) Jesus.

νύξ, νυκτός - by night
Metaphorically, the time when work ceases, i. e. the time of death, John 9:4; the time for deeds of sin and shame, the time of moral stupidity and darkness, Romans 13:12; the time when the weary and also the drunken give themselves up to slumber, put for torpor and sluggishness,

_________________________________

They sought for distinction and praise by the observance of external rites and by the outward forms of piety, such as ablutions, fastings, prayers, and alms-giving; and, comparatively negligent of genuine piety, they prided themselves on their fancied good works.

They were bitter enemies of Jesus and his cause; and were in turn severely rebuked by him for their avarice, ambition, hollow reliance on outward works, and affectation of piety in order to gain notoriety.

Original Word: Φαρισαῖος, ου, ὁ
Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine
Transliteration: Pharisaios
Phonetic Spelling: (far-is-ah’-yos)
Definition: a Pharisee, member of a Jewish religious sect
Usage: a Pharisee, one of the Jewish sect so called.

5330 Pharisaíos – properly, “a separatist, a purist”; a Pharisee.”

[“Pharisee” is derived from the Aramaic term, peras (“to divide and separate”). This literally refers to a “separatist”; hence, a Pharisee was someone “separated from sin.”]

They held strenuously to a belief in the existence of good and evil angels, and to the expectation of a Messiah; and they cherished the hope that the dead, after a preliminary experience either of reward or of penalty in Hades, would be recalled to life by him and be requited each according to his individual deeds. In opposition to the usurped dominion of the Herods and the rule of the Romans, they stoutly upheld the theocracy and their country’s cause, and possessed great influence with the common people. According to Josephus (Antiquities 17, 2, 4) they numbered more than 6,000.

69
Q

Λάζαρος

A

WHOM GOD HELPS

El’azar
Lazarus

Λάζαρος, Λαζαρου, ὁ (rabb. לַעְזָר, apparently the same as אֶלְעָזָר, whom God helps (cf. Philo, quis haeres § 12); according to others, equivalent to עֶזֶר לֹא, without help), Lazarus;
1. an inhabitant of Bethany, beloved by Christ and raised from the dead by him: John 11:1ff, ; .

  1. an imaginary person, extremely poor and wretched: Luke 16:20, 23-25.
    contr. of Heb. Of Elazar.
Elazar: "God has helped," six Israelites
Original Word: אֶלְעָזָר
Part of Speech: Proper Name Masculine
Transliteration: Elazar
Phonetic Spelling: (el-aw-zawr')
Definition: "God has helped", six Israelites. 

Probably of Hebrew origin (El’azar); Lazarus (i.e. Elazar), the name of two Israelites (one imaginary) – Lazarus.

Eleazar the priest Exodus 6:23.

Azar 
To help, succor
azar: to help, succor
Original Word: עָזַר
Part of Speech: Verb
Transliteration: azar
Phonetic Spelling: (aw-zar')
Definition: to help, succor
NAS Exhaustive Concordance
Word Origin
a prim. root
Definition
to help, succor
NASB Translation
70
Q

ἱερός

ἱερεῖς

ἱερόν

A

PRIEST

ἱερεῖς
priests
N-AMP

hiereus: a priest
Original Word: ἱερεύς, έως, ὁ
Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine
Transliteration: hiereus
Phonetic Spelling: (hee-er-yooce')
Definition: a priest
Usage: a priest, one who offers sacrifice to a god (in Jewish and pagan religions; of Christians only met.).

hiereús (from 2413 /hierós, “sacred because belonging to the Temple”) – a priest. 2409 /hiereús (“priest”) is used in the NT:

metaphorically, of Christians, because, purified by the blood of Christ and brought into close contact with God, they devote their life to him alone (and to Christ):

From hieros; a priest (literally or figuratively) – (high) priest.

Original Word: ἱερός, ά, όν
Part of Speech: Adjective
Transliteration: hieros
Phonetic Spelling: (hee-er-os')
Definition: sacred, a sacred thing, a temple
Usage: sacred, holy, set apart.

hierós (an adjective) – properly, sacred (because associated with God’s sanctuary, the Temple); consecrated to deity and therefore “holy,” i.e. inviolably sacred because acceptable for God’s service.

ἱερός, ἱερά, ἱερόν
sacred, consecrated to the deity, pertaining to God: ἱερά γράμματα, sacred Scriptures, because inspired by God, treating of divine things and therefore to be devoutly revered,

71
Q

Λευίτας

Λευΐ

לֵוִי

A

LEVI - LEVITES (of the tribe of Levi)

3019 [e]
Leuitas
Λευίτας  ,
Levites
N-AMP

Original Word: Λευΐτης, ου, ὁ
Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine
Transliteration: Leuités
Phonetic Spelling: (lyoo-ee’-tace)
Definition: a Levite, a descendant of Levi
Usage: a Levite, properly a man of the tribe of Levi; hence: a priest’s assistant, an under priest, as the members of that tribe were charged with this duty.

Original Word: Λευΐ, ὁ
Part of Speech: Proper Noun, Indeclinable
Transliteration: Leui
Phonetic Spelling: (lyoo’-ee)
Definition: Levi, the name of several Israelites
Usage: (Hebrew), Levi, (a) an ancestor of Jesus, (b) another ancestor of Jesus, (c) third son of Jacob, the patriarch, and founder of a tribe named after him, (d) son of Alphaeus, and called Matthew, a revenue officer and one of the twelve apostles of Jesus.

The third son of the patriarch Jacob by his wife Leah, the founder of the tribe of Israelites which bears his name: Hebrews 7:5, 9; (Revelation 7:7).

Levi: a son of Jacob, also the tribe descended from him
Original Word: לֵוִי
Part of Speech: Proper Name Masculine
Transliteration: Levi
Phonetic Spelling: (lay-vee’)
Definition: a son of Jacob, also the tribe descended from him.

_______________________________________

From Hebrew לֵוִי‎, a name in the book of Genesis.

The third son of Jacob, by his wife Leah.
1611, King James Version of the Bible, Genesis 35:22b-26:
Now the sons of Jacob were twelve: 23 The sons of Leah; Reuben, Jacob’s firstborn, and Simeon, and Levi, and Judah, and Issachar, and Zebulun: 24 The sons of Rachel; Joseph, and Benjamin: 25 And the sons of Bilhah, Rachel’s handmaid; Dan, and Naphtali: 26 And the sons of Zilpah, Leah’s handmaid; Gad, and Asher: these are the sons of Jacob, which were born to him in Padan-aram.

One of the Biblical tribes of Israelites, descended from Levi;

The tribe from which priests were selected.

1611, King James Version of the Bible, Joshua 13:33
But unto the tribe of Levi Moses gave not any inheritance: the Lord God of Israel was their inheritance, as he said unto them.
A male given name.
A Jewish surname​.

72
Q

Ἱεροσόλυμα

Ἱεροσολύμων

A

JERUSALEM - DWELLING OF PEACE

Hebrew origin Yerushalaim

Hierosoluma: Jerusalem, the capital of united Isr. and Judah
Original Word: Ἱεροσόλυμα, ατος, τά, ἡ
Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine; Noun, Neuter
Transliteration: Hierosoluma
Phonetic Spelling: (hee-er-os-ol’-oo-mah)
Definition: Jerusalem, the capital of united Israel and Judah.

Cognate: 2414 Hierosólyma (a neuter noun, occurring about 60 times) – properly, “dwelling of peace,” referring to the city of Jerusalem (see also OT 3389/Yerúshálayim). See 2419 (Hierousalm, the feminine noun-form).

[OT Hebrew uses only one gender (term) for “Jerusalem” (OT 3389/Yerúshalayim).]

73
Q

יְרוּשָׁלַם

Yerushalem

yarah-shalem

Jerusalem

Yruwshalayim {yer-oo- shaw-lah’-yim}

A

FOUNDATION OF PEACE

from yarah and shalem

probably “foundation of peace,” capital city of all Isr.

Yerushalaim or Yerushalayim: probably “foundation of peace,” capital city of all Isr.
Original Word: יְרוּשָׁלַם
Part of Speech: proper name, of a location
Transliteration: Yerushalaim or Yerushalayim
Phonetic Spelling: (yer-oo-shaw-lah’-im)
Definition: probably “foundation of peace”, capital city of all Isr.

possession of peace (or Salem’s possession)

foundation of Shalem

(Shalem = God of peace, = ׳י)

Uru (city) + Salim

it remained the capital until taken by Nebuchadrezzar, B.C. 588

it became the chief home of the returned exiles.

__________________________________

yarah
yarah or yara: to throw, shoot
Original Word: יָרָה
Part of Speech: Verb
Transliteration: yarah or yara
Phonetic Spelling: (yaw-raw')
\: to throw, shoot
cast (= lay, set), corner-stone.
shalam: amends
Original Word: שָׁלַם
Part of Speech: Verb
Transliteration: shalam
Phonetic Spelling: (shaw-lam')
Definition: to be complete or sound.

be safe, secure, free from fault,

II. make over, resign to,

IV. resign or submit oneself, especially to God,

whence participle Muslim,
and infinitive Isl¹m properly submission to God;

Isl¹m = Islam

Assyrian šalâmu, be complete, unharmed, be paid; Aramaic שְׁלֵים, be complete, safe, ᵑ7 peaceful; Old Aramaic שלם reward, repay (Pa; in proper name); compare Sabean סלם peace.

be complete, finished, ended.

be sound, uninjured.

make whole or good, restore thing lost or stolen.

be repaid, requited.

To be in a Covenant of peace.

Yerushalem: the capital city of all Isr.
Original Word: יְרוּשֶׁלֵם
Part of Speech: Proper Name Location
Transliteration: Yerushalem
Phonetic Spelling: (yer-oo-shaw-lame')
Definition: the capital city of all Isr
74
Q

ἱερά γράμματα

A

SACRED (Holy) SCRIPTURE

Sacred Scriptures, because inspired by God, treating of divine things and therefore to be devoutly revered,

75
Q

Yehudah

A

I WILL PRAISE THEE / TO THROW, CAST

Yehudah: probably “praised,” a son of Jacob, also his desc., the S. kingdom, also four Israelites
Original Word: יְהוּדָה
Part of Speech: Proper Name Masculine
Transliteration: Yehudah
Phonetic Spelling: (yeh-hoo-daw’)
Definition: probably “praised”, a son of Jacob, also his desc., the S. kingdom, also four Israelites.

probably from yadah.

of a territory Judah (treated Genesis 29:35; Genesis 49:8

Derived from Hoph`al of ידה = praised, object of praise.

Son of Jacob and Leah
Explained by Leah’s words I will praise ׳י Genesis 29:35 (J); compare Jacob’s prediction, thy brethren shall praise thee Genesis 49:8

Tribe descended from Judah Deuteronomy 33:7

nation, of southern kingdom under dynasty of David, as distinguished from northern kingdom of Ephraim or Israel:
Hosea 4:15; Jeremiah 2:28; 2Chronicles 12:12 +; of the returned exiles Nehemiah 4:4; עַם יהודה 2 Kings 14:21

Levite, Ezra’s time, Ezra 10:23.

Priest - Nehemiah 12:36.

From yadah; celebrated; Jehudah (or Judah), the name of five Israelites; also of the tribe descended from the first, and of its territory – Judah.

_______________________________

yadah: to throw, cast
Original Word: יָדָה
Part of Speech: Verb
Transliteration: yadah
Phonetic Spelling: (yaw-daw')
Definition: to throw, cast.

MEANING:
Confess.
Give praise.
Give thanks.

Give thanks, confess (originally acknowledge ?) is commonly derived, perhaps from gestures accompanying the act.

___________________________________

76
Q

Εμμανουήλ

עִמָּנוּאֵל

אַיִל

A

IMMANUEL (Immanuw’el)

God is with us. God is among us.

Unchecked Copy BoxIsa 7:14 - Therefore the Lord himself shall give you a sign; Behold, a virgin shall conceive, and bear a son, and shall call his name Immanuel. H410 H6005
Tools
Unchecked Copy BoxIsa 8:8 - And he shall pass through Judah; he shall overflow and go over, he shall reach even to the neck; and the stretching out of his wings shall fill the breadth of thy land, O Immanuel. H6005 H410

From the Hebrew name עִמָּנוּאֵל (‘Immanu’el) meaning “God is with us”,

from the roots

עִם (‘im) meaning “with”

and…

אֵל (‘el) meaning “God”.

______________________________________

23 Behold, a virgin shall be with child, and shall bring forth a son, and they shall call his name Emmanuel, which being interpreted is, God with us. The gospel of Matthew was written by an author who believed that Jesus was the promised Messiah, “God with us”.

______________________________________

אֵל - EL

The KJV translates Strong’s H410 in the following manner:

God (213x),

god (16x),

power (4x),

mighty (5x),

goodly (1x),

great (1x),

idols (1x),

Immanuel (with H6005) (2x),

might (1x),

strong (1x).
___________________________________________

אַיִל - RAM

The KJV translates Strong’s H352 in the following manner:

ram(s) (156x),

post(s) (21x),

mighty (men) (4x),

trees (2x),

lintel (1x),

oaks (1x).

__________________________________________

RAM (‘ayil) = Blood Offering - Blood Atonement.

RAM = Blood Price.

The Iliad begins perhaps nine years after the Greek armies first laid seige to Troy, seeking revenge for the …. Ajax appeals bluntly to the custom of the blood-price paid for wrongful death which prevents feuds like this…

The Iliad Compassion and Forgiveness Quotes. See more famous quotes from literature … the blood price, or the price for a child who was killed, and the guilty one, when he has largely repaid…

and gasps away his life, the blood-price for Patroclus, Menoetius’ gallant son he’s killed and stripped!”

But the folk were gathered in the place of assembly; for there a strife had arisen, and two men were striving about the blood-price of a man slain…

Achilles in Iliad is one of the most controversial and disputed issues in Home- ric law. It is challenging both … disputed over the blood-price of a man who had been killed:

At this point in the Iliad, Achilles has moved to a new level of rage: beyond the insult to his honor that originally motivated his withdrawal from the Greek … had arisen, and two men were disputing over the blood price.

KJV Strong’s H352 matches the Hebrew אַיִל (‘ayil).
“ram” AND “H352”
occurs in 80 verses in the KJV.

Unchecked Copy BoxGen 15:9 - And he said unto him, Take me an heifer of three years old, and a she goat of three years old, and a ram H352 of three years old, and a turtledove, and a young pigeon.
Tools
Unchecked Copy BoxGen 22:13 - And Abraham lifted up his eyes, and looked, and behold behind him a ram H352 caught in a thicket by his horns: and Abraham went and took the ram, H352 and offered him up for a burnt offering in the stead of his son.
Tools
Unchecked Copy BoxExo 29:15 - Thou shalt also take one ram; H352 and Aaron and his sons shall put their hands upon the head of the ram. H352
Tools
Unchecked Copy BoxExo 29:16 - And thou shalt slay the ram, H352 and thou shalt take his blood, and sprinkle it round about upon the altar.
Tools
Unchecked Copy BoxExo 29:17 - And thou shalt cut the ram H352 in pieces, and wash the inwards of him, and his legs, and put them unto his pieces, and unto his head.
Tools
Unchecked Copy BoxExo 29:18 - And thou shalt burn the whole ram H352 upon the altar: it is a burnt offering unto the LORD: it is a sweet savour, an offering made by fire unto the LORD.
Tools
Unchecked Copy BoxExo 29:19 - And thou shalt take the other ram; H352 and Aaron and his sons shall put their hands upon the head of the ram. H352
Tools
Unchecked Copy BoxExo 29:20 - Then shalt thou kill the ram, H352 and take of his blood, and put it upon the tip of the right ear of Aaron, and upon the tip of the right ear of his sons, and upon the thumb of their right hand, and upon the great toe of their right foot, and sprinkle the blood upon the altar round about.
Tools
Unchecked Copy BoxExo 29:22 - Also thou shalt take of the ram H352 the fat and the rump, and the fat that covereth the inwards, and the caul above the liver, and the two kidneys, and the fat that is upon them, and the right shoulder; for it is a ram H352 of consecration:
Tools
Unchecked Copy BoxExo 29:26 - And thou shalt take the breast of the ram H352 of Aaron’s consecration, and wave it for a wave offering before the LORD: and it shall be thy part.
Tools
Unchecked Copy BoxExo 29:27 - And thou shalt sanctify the breast of the wave offering, and the shoulder of the heave offering, which is waved, and which is heaved up, of the ram H352 of the consecration, even of that which is for Aaron, and of that which is for his sons:
Tools
Unchecked Copy BoxExo 29:31 - And thou shalt take the ram H352 of the consecration, and seethe his flesh in the holy place.
Tools
Unchecked Copy BoxExo 29:32 - And Aaron and his sons shall eat the flesh of the ram, H352 and the bread that is in the basket, by the door of the tabernacle of the congregation.
Tools
Unchecked Copy BoxLev 5:15 - If a soul commit a trespass, and sin through ignorance, in the holy things of the LORD; then he shall bring for his trespass unto the LORD a ram H352 without blemish out of the flocks, with thy estimation by shekels of silver, after the shekel of the sanctuary, for a trespass offering:
Tools
Unchecked Copy BoxLev 5:16 - And he shall make amends for the harm that he hath done in the holy thing, and shall add the fifth part thereto, and give it unto the priest: and the priest shall make an atonement for him with the ram H352 of the trespass offering, and it shall be forgiven him.
Tools
Unchecked Copy BoxLev 5:18 - And he shall bring a ram H352 without blemish out of the flock, with thy estimation, for a trespass offering, unto the priest: and the priest shall make an atonement for him concerning his ignorance wherein he erred and wist it not, and it shall be forgiven him.
Tools
Unchecked Copy BoxLev 6:6 - And he shall bring his trespass offering unto the LORD, a ram H352 without blemish out of the flock, with thy estimation, for a trespass offering, unto the priest:
Tools
Unchecked Copy BoxLev 8:18 - And he brought the ram H352 for the burnt offering: and Aaron and his sons laid their hands upon the head of the ram. H352
Tools
Unchecked Copy BoxLev 8:20 - And he cut the ram H352 into pieces; and Moses burnt the head, and the pieces, and the fat.
Tools
Unchecked Copy BoxLev 8:21 - And he washed the inwards and the legs in water; and Moses burnt the whole ram H352 upon the altar: it was a burnt sacrifice for a sweet savour, and an offering made by fire unto the LORD; as the LORD commanded Moses.
Tools
Unchecked Copy BoxLev 8:22 - And he brought the other ram, H352 the ram H352 of consecration: and Aaron and his sons laid their hands upon the head of the ram. H352
Tools
Unchecked Copy BoxLev 8:29 - And Moses took the breast, and waved it for a wave offering before the LORD: for of the ram H352 of consecration it was Moses’ part; as the LORD commanded Moses.
Tools
Unchecked Copy BoxLev 9:2 - And he said unto Aaron, Take thee a young calf for a sin offering, and a ram H352 for a burnt offering, without blemish, and offer them before the LORD.
Tools
Unchecked Copy BoxLev 9:4 - Also a bullock and a ram H352 for peace offerings, to sacrifice before the LORD; and a meat offering mingled with oil: for to day the LORD will appear unto you.
Tools
Unchecked Copy BoxLev 9:18 - He slew also the bullock and the ram H352 for a sacrifice of peace offerings, which was for the people: and Aaron’s sons presented unto him the blood, which he sprinkled upon the altar round about,
Tools
Unchecked Copy BoxLev 9:19 - And the fat of the bullock and of the ram, H352 the rump, and that which covereth the inwards, and the kidneys, and the caul above the liver:
Tools
Unchecked Copy BoxLev 16:3 - Thus shall Aaron come into the holy place: with a young bullock for a sin offering, and a ram H352 for a burnt offering.
Tools
Unchecked Copy BoxLev 16:5 - And he shall take of the congregation of the children of Israel two kids of the goats for a sin offering, and one ram H352 for a burnt offering.
Tools
Unchecked Copy BoxLev 19:21 - And he shall bring his trespass offering unto the LORD, unto the door of the tabernacle of the congregation, even a ram H352 for a trespass offering.
Tools
Unchecked Copy BoxLev 19:22 - And the priest shall make an atonement for him with the ram H352 of the trespass offering before the LORD for his sin which he hath done: and the sin which he hath done shall be forgiven him.
Tools
Unchecked Copy BoxNum 5:8 - But if the man have no kinsman to recompense the trespass unto, let the trespass be recompensed unto the LORD, even to the priest; beside the ram H352 of the atonement, whereby an atonement shall be made for him.
Tools
Unchecked Copy BoxNum 6:14 - And he shall offer his offering unto the LORD, one he lamb of the first year without blemish for a burnt offering, and one ewe lamb of the first year without blemish for a sin offering, and one ram H352 without blemish for peace offerings,
Tools
Unchecked Copy BoxNum 6:17 - And he shall offer the ram H352 for a sacrifice of peace offerings unto the LORD, with the basket of unleavened bread: the priest shall offer also his meat offering, and his drink offering.
Tools
Unchecked Copy BoxNum 6:19 - And the priest shall take the sodden shoulder of the ram, H352 and one unleavened cake out of the basket, and one unleavened wafer, and shall put them upon the hands of the Nazarite, after the hair of his separation is shaven:

___________________________________________

Yeshua (ישוע‬, with vowel pointing יֵשׁוּעַ‬ – yēšūă’ in Hebrew) was a common alternative form of the name יְהוֹשֻׁעַ‬ (“Yehoshua” – Joshua) in later books of the Hebrew Bible and among Jews of the Second Temple period. … The Hebrew spelling Yeshua ( ישוע‬) appears in some later books of the Hebrew Bible.

__________________________________________

Jesus (IPA: /ˈdʒiːzəs/) is a masculine given name derived from the name Iēsous (Greek: Ἰησοῦς), the Greek form of the Hebrew name Yeshua (Hebrew: ישוע‎). As its roots lie in the name Yeshu, it is etymologically related to another biblical name, Joshua.

__________________________________________

The name Jesus is derived from the Hebrew name Yeshua, which is based on the Semitic root y-š-ʕ (Hebrew: ישע‎), meaning “to deliver; to rescue.”

___________________________________________

Ο Ιησούς - ישוע - Yeshua

Yeshua (ישוע, with vowel pointing יֵשׁוּעַ – yēšūă‘ in Hebrew) was a common alternative form of the name יְהוֹשֻׁעַ (“Yehoshua” – Joshua) in later books of the Hebrew Bible and among Jews of the Second Temple period.

It is often translated as “He saves,” to conform with Matthew 1:21: “She will bear a Son; and you shall call His name Jesus, for He will save His people from their sins” (NASB).

__________________________________________

Joshua (/ˈdʒɒʃuə/) or Jehoshua (Hebrew: יְהוֹשֻׁעַ Yehoshuʿa)[a] is the central figure in the Hebrew Bible’s Book of Joshua. According to the books of Exodus, Numbers and Joshua, he was Moses’ assistant and became the leader of the Israelite tribes after the death of Moses.[3] His name was Hoshea (הוֹשֵׁעַ) the son of Nun, of the tribe of Ephraim, but Moses called him Joshua (Numbers 13:16), the name by which he is commonly known. The name is shortened to Yeshua in Nehemiah (Nehemiah 8:17). According to the Bible he was born in Egypt prior to the Exodus.

According to biblical chronology, Joshua lived some time in the late Bronze Age. According to Joshua 24:29, Joshua died at the age of 110.

The English name “Joshua” is a rendering of the Hebrew language Yehoshua, meaning “Yahweh is salvation”

77
Q

θεά

θεῖος

θεϊκός

θείας

θεῖον

A

DIVINE

θεά - feminine
θεός - masculine
θεές - plural

θεά •
goddess
goddess (adored or idealized woman)

θέα • (théa) f
NOUN
View, sight.

From the root of θεάομαι and θαῦμα.

θεάομαι • (theáomai) (Attic, Koine)
VERB (passive)
I view, watch, observe, gaze.
I contemplate
I review.
θαῦμᾰ • (thaûma) n (genitive θαύμᾰτος); third declension
IPA(key): /tʰâu̯.ma/
IPA(key): /ˈtʰaw.ma/
IPA(key): /ˈθaβ.ma/
That which is gazed upon or contemplated.
A wonder, marvel, something strange.
(in the plural) jugglers' tricks.
The feeling of wonder, astonishment.
Greek: θαύμα (thávma)
IPA(key): /ˈθavma/
θαύμα • (thávma) n (plural θαύματα)
(Religion) miracle, supernatural event
(Figuratively) marvel, wonder.
θαυμάζω • (thaumázō)
VERB
From θαῦμα (“wonder, marvel”) +‎ -άζω
denominative verb suffix.
(active)
to wonder, marvel, be astonished
(with accusative) to look on with wonder and amazement, to wonder at
to revere, honor, admire, worship
to say with astonishment
(with genitive) to wonder at, marvel at
(rarely with dative) to wonder at
(passive)
to be looked at with wonder
to be admired.

θαυμᾰστός - (adjective)
θαυμᾰστός • (thaumastós) m (feminine θαυμᾰστή, neuter θαυμᾰστόν); first/second declension
From θαυμάζω (“to admire, be surprised at”) +‎
-τος (adjective suffix).
Wonderful, marvellous.
460 BCE – 420 BCE, Herodotus, Histories 1.0
Admirable.
θαυμαστός • (thavmastós) m (feminine θαυμαστή, neuter θαυμαστό)
admirable, wonderful, fine, splendid
(archaic) brave (splendid)
θαυμαστός καινούριος κόσμος ―
brave new world.

θαυμάζω • (thavmázo) (simple past θαύμασα, passive θαυμάζομαι)
VERB
admire, feel admiration for
look up to, look at with wonder
be impressed by.

θαυμασμός • (thavmasmós) m (plural θαυμασμοί)
NOUN
Admiration, adoration, appreciation.
θαυμᾰσμός • (thaumasmós) m (genitive θαυμᾰσμοῦ); second declension
A wondering.
From θαυμάζω (thaumázō, “I wonder”).

Alternative Forms
θώϋμᾰ (thṓüma), θῶμᾰ (thôma) – Ionic

θεῖος • (theîos) m (feminine θείᾱ, neuter θεῖον); first/second declension
ADJECTIVE
Of or from the gods or God, divine
(religion) Belonging or sacred to a god, holy
Superhuman (used of heroic figures)
Imperial.
From Proto-Hellenic *tʰḗhyos,
from Proto-Indo-European *dʰéh₁s-yo-,
from *dʰéh₁s.
Equivalent to θεός (“god”) +‎ -ιος (adjectival suffix).
Cognate with Latin fēriae.

θεῖον • (theîon) n (genitive θείου); second declension
Divinity.
(plural) the acts of the gods.
θεῖον • (theîon) n (genitive θείου); second declension
Sulfur.
From Proto-Indo-European *dʰewh₂- (“smoke, haze”), implying an original meaning of “fumigant”, the same root as θυμιάω (thumiáō, “to burn, smoke”).
_________________________________________

θεᾱτής (theātḗs)
θεᾱτός (theātós)
θέᾱτρον (théātron)
θέατρο n (théatro, “theatre”)
αθέατος (athéatos, “invisible”)
θεωρέω (theōréō)
θεωρίᾱ (theōríā)
θεωρός (spectator)

θεᾱτής • (theātḗs) m (genitive θεᾱτοῦ); first declension (Attic, Koine)
NOUN
One who sees or goes to see.

460 BCE – 420 BCE, Herodotus, Histories 3.139
spectator, member of the audience in the theater
423 BCE, Aristophanes, The Clouds 575
one who contemplates
384 BCE – 322 BCE, Aristotle, Nicomachean Ethics 1098a.31.

θεατής • (theatís) m (plural θεατές)
Spectator, observer, viewer, onlooker.
θεάομαι (theáomai, “to gaze at”) +‎ -της (-tēs, masculine agent noun suffix)

θεατός • (theatós) m (feminine θεατή, neuter θεατό)
ADJECTIVE
visible, in sight, seen.

θέᾱτρον • (théātron) n (genitive θεᾱ́τρου); second declension
NOUN
theatre, gathering place
Play, spectacle.
From θεάομαι (“to view”) +‎ -τρον
-τρον • (-tron) n (genitive -τρου); second declension
Forms instrument nouns.

θεωρός • (theōrós) m (genitive θεωροῦ); second declension
Spectator.
Envoy sent to consult an oracle.
From θέᾱ (“sight”) + ὁράω (“I see”). 
Although with partial signification...
from θεός (“god”).

θεωρῐ́ᾱ • (theōríā) f (genitive θεωρῐ́ᾱς); first declension
NOUN
sending of state-ambassadors (θεωροί)
Embassy, mission
Sight, spectacle, viewing
Consideration, theory, speculation.
From θεωρός (“spectator”) +‎ -ῐ́ᾱ
-ῐ́ᾱ • (-íā) f (genitive -ῐ́ᾱς); first declension
Added to stems of adjectives, or rarely to the stems of verbs, to form feminine abstract nouns.

θεωρέω • (theōréō)
VERB
I am sent (as a θεωρός (theōrós) to consult an oracle
I look at, spectate, observe
(of the mind) I contemplate, consider
(abstract) I speculate, theorize.
to be a spectator, look at, behold
to view attentively, take a view of, survey
to view mentally, consider
to see
to perceive with the eyes, to enjoy the presence of one
to discern, descry
to ascertain, find out by seeing
____________________________________________

θεῖος, θεία, θεῖον (Θεός) (from Homer down), divine.

From theos; godlike (neuter as noun, divinity): - divine, godhead.

Original Word: θεῖος, α, ον
Part of Speech: Adjective
Transliteration: theios
Phonetic Spelling: (thi'-os)
Definition: divine
Usage: divine; subst: the Deity.
HELPS Word-studies
2304 theíos (an adjective, derived from 2316 /theós, "God") – divine, manifesting the characteristics of God's nature.

2304 /theíos (“divine nature”) ties God’s essence to His self-manifestation, permitting all people to know Him by observing His attributes.

[See also the discussion of: general revelation (cf. 2304 /theíos) and special revelation (cf. 2320 /theótēs) at 601 /apokalýptō (“reveal”) and 602 /apokálypsis (“revelation”).

______________________________________

Original Word: θεός, οῦ, ὁ
Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine; Noun, Masculine
Transliteration: theos
Phonetic Spelling: (theh'-os)
Definition: God, a god
Usage: (a) God, (b) a god, generally.
HELPS Word-studies
2316 theós (of unknown origin) – properly, God, the Creator and owner of all things (Jn 1:3; Gen 1 - 3).

[Long before the NT was written, 2316 (theós) referred to the supreme being who owns and sustains all things.]

_______________________________________

θεῐ̈κός • (theïkós) m (feminine θεῐ̈κή, neuter θεῐ̈κόν); first/second declension

Alternative form of θεῖος (theîos)
θεϊκός • (theïkós) m (feminine θεϊκή, neuter θεϊκό)
divine, godlike.

________________________________________

LATIN - Divus
From the same source as deus.

dīvus (feminine dīva, neuter dīvum); first/second declension
of or belonging to a deity; divine
godlike, godly.

From Old Latin deiuos,

from Proto-Italic *deiwos,

from Proto-Indo-European *deywós.

An o-stem derivative from *dyew- (“sky, heaven”), from which also diēs and Iuppiter.

Cognates with with Ancient Greek Ζεύς,
Διεύς (Zeús, Dieús),

Sanskrit देव (devá),

Avestan 𐬛𐬀𐬉𐬎𐬎𐬀‎ (daēuua),

Welsh duw,

Lithuanian dievas,

From Latin - fēriae f pl (genitive fēriārum); first declension
A holy day; a festival, a holiday.
A vacation.
(figuratively) Any occasion of rest, peace, or leisure.
From Proto-Italic *fēz-io-, *fēzja-,
from Proto-Indo-European *dʰeh₁s-yo-,
from *dʰéh₁s (“god, godhead, deity”),
related to Latin fēstus (“festive”).
Cognate with Ancient Greek θεῖος (theîos, “divine”)

Latin - fēstus (feminine fēsta, neuter fēstum); first/second declension
Of or pertaining to holidays; festive, festal, joyful, merry.
From Proto-Italic *fēs-tos, from Proto-Indo-European *dʰeh₁s-tos, from *dʰéh₁s (“god, godhead, deity; sacred place”). See also fānum and fēriae.

Latin - fānum n (genitive fānī); second declension
shrine, temple, sanctuary, place dedicated to a deity.
From Proto-Italic *faznom, from Proto-Indo-European *dʰh₁s-nóm, from *dʰéh₁s (“god; sacred place”). See feriae.

_________________________________________

Persian دیو‎ (div, “demon”).
• (dêv) (plural دیوان‎ (dêvân) or دیوها‎ (dêv-hâ)

From Avestan 𐬛𐬀𐬉𐬎𐬎𐬀‎ (daēva). See daeva for more.

daeva (plural daevas)
(Zoroastrianism) A supernatural entity of disagreeable nature.

Daeva (Avestan: 𐬛𐬀𐬉𐬎𐬎𐬀 daēuua) is an Avestan language term for a particular sort of supernatural entity with disagreeable characteristics. In the Gathas, the oldest texts of the Zoroastrian canon, the daevas are “gods that are (to be) rejected”. This meaning is – subject to interpretation – perhaps also evident in the Old Persian “daiva inscription” of the 5th century BCE. In the Younger Avesta, the daevas are divinities that promote chaos and disorder. In later tradition and folklore, the dēws (Zoroastrian Middle Persian; New Persian divs) are personifications of every imaginable evil.

Daeva, the Iranian language term, should not be confused with the devas of Indian religions. While the word for the Vedic spirits and the word for the Zoroastrian entities are etymologically related, their function and thematic development is altogether different. The once-widespread notion that the radically different functions of Iranian daeva and Indic deva (and ahura versus asura) represented a prehistoric inversion of roles is no longer followed in 21st century academic discourse (see In comparison with Vedic usage for details).[citation needed]

Equivalents for Avestan daeva in Iranian languages include Pashto, Balochi, Kurdish dêw, Persian dīv/deev, all of which apply to demons, monsters, and other villainous creatures. The Iranian word was borrowed into Old Armenian as dew, Georgian as devi, and Urdu as deo, with the same negative associations in those languages. In English, the word appears as daeva, div, deev, and in the 18th century fantasy novels of William Thomas Beckford as dive.

It has been speculated that the concept of the daevas as a malevolent force may have been inspired from the Scythian gods.

Ahura (Avestan: 𐬀𐬵𐬎𐬭𐬀) is an Avestan language designation for a particular class of Zoroastrian angelic divinities.

Etymology
Avestan ahura “lord” derives from Indo-Iranian *Hásuras, also attested in an Indian context as Rigvedic asura. As suggested by the similarity to the Old Norse æsir, Indo-Iranian *Hásuras may have an even earlier Indo-European root.

It is commonly supposed[1][2][3] that Indo-Iranian *Hásuras was the proper name of a specific divinity with whom other divinities were later identified.

For obscure reasons, the Oxford English Dictionary lists asura, rather than ahura, as a Zoroastrian term.[citation needed]

Asura
Asuras (Sanskrit: असुर) are a class of divine beings or power-seeking deities related to the more benevolent Devas (also known as Suras) in Hinduism.

Deva (/ˈdeɪvə/; Sanskrit: देव, Deva) means “heavenly, divine, anything of excellence”, and is also one of the terms for a deity in Hinduism.[1] Deva is a masculine term; the feminine equivalent is Devi.

In the earliest Vedic literature, all supernatural beings are called Devas[2][3][4] and Asuras.

Borrowed from Persian دیو‎ (div).

دیو • (dev) m (Hindi spelling देव)

demon
jinn

دیو • (daiv) m (Hindi spelling दैव)

deva
deity
god
celestial being

______________________________________

From Sanskrit दैव (daiva).

Adjective
Edit
दैव • (daiva)

belonging to or coming from the gods, divine, celestial
sacred to the gods
royal
depending on fate, fatal.

______________________________________________
ROYAL

Borrowed from Old French roial (Modern French royal), from Latin rēgālis, from rēx (“king”). Doublet of regal (“befitting a king”) and real (“unit of currency”). Cognate with Spanish real.

royal (comparative more royal, superlative most royal)
Of or relating to a monarch or their family.

(of a monarch): kingly (of a king), monarchical, princely (of a prince), queenly (of a queen), regal.

____________________________________

Englishman's Concordance
θείας (theias) — 2 Occurrences
2 Peter 1:3 Adj-GFS
GRK: ἡμῖν τῆς θείας δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ
NAS: seeing that His divine power
KJV: his divine power
INT: to us the divine power of him

2 Peter 1:4 Adj-GFS
GRK: τούτων γένησθε θείας κοινωνοὶ φύσεως
NAS: partakers of [the] divine nature,
KJV: partakers of the divine nature,
INT: these you might become of [the] divine partakers nature.

θεῖον (theion) — 1 Occurrence
Acts 17:29 Adj-ANS
GRK: ἀνθρώπου τὸ θεῖον εἶναι ὅμοιον
NAS: not to think that the Divine Nature is like
KJV: not to think that the Godhead is like
INT: of man that which [is] divine to be like.

_____________________________________

SULFER AND BRIMSTONE

Englishman's Concordance
θεῖον (theion) — 2 Occurrences
Luke 17:29 N-ANS
GRK: πῦρ καὶ θεῖον ἀπ' οὐρανοῦ
NAS: fire and brimstone from heaven
KJV: fire and brimstone from heaven,
INT: fire and sulphur from heaven
Revelation 9:17 N-NNS
GRK: καπνὸς καὶ θεῖον 
NAS: fire and smoke and brimstone.
KJV: smoke and brimstone.
INT: smoke and brimstone.

______________________________________

WILL

θέλημά

Matthew 6:10 N-NNS
GRK: γενηθήτω τὸ θέλημά σου ὡς
NAS: come. Your will be done,
KJV: come. Thy will be done in
INT: let be done the will of you as
Matthew 7:21 N-ANS
GRK: ποιῶν τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πατρός
NAS: but he who does the will of My Father
KJV: he that doeth the will of my
INT: does the will the Father.

___________________________________________

DERIVED TERMS

ἀναθεωρέω (anatheōréō)
ἀποθεωρέω (apotheōréō)
διαθεωρέω (diatheōréō)
ἐνθεωρέω (entheōréō)
ἐπιθεωρέω (epitheōréō)
θεώρημα (theṓrēma)
θεώρησις (theṓrēsis)
θεωρητικός (theōrētikós)
θεωρητός (theōrētós)
καταθεωρέω (katatheōréō)
παραθεωρέω (paratheōréō)
περιθεωρέω (peritheōréō)
προαποθεωρέω (proapotheōréō)
προεπιθεωρέω (proepitheōréō)
προθεωρέω (protheōréō)
προσθεωρέω (prostheōréō)
συνεπιθεωρέω (sunepitheōréō)
συνθεωρέω (suntheōréō)
ὑποθεωρέω (hupotheōréō)
78
Q

Ἰούδα

Ἰούδας Ἰσκαριώτης

A

JUDAS ISCHARIOT

Judas from the city of Kerioth.

Judah
Yehudah: probably “praised,” a son of Jacob, also his desc., the S. kingdom, also four Israelites
Original Word: יְהוּדָה
Part of Speech: Proper Name Masculine
Transliteration: Yehudah
Phonetic Spelling: (yeh-hoo-daw’)
Definition: probably “praised”, a son of Jacob, also his desc., the S. kingdom, also four Israelites.

___________________________________

Kerioth (Hebrew: קְרִיּוֹת, Kriyot) is the name of two cities mentioned in the Hebrew Bible. The spelling Kirioth appears in the King James Version of Amos 2:2.[1]

A town in the south of Judea (Joshua 15:25). Judas Iscariot was probably a native of this place, and hence his name Iscariot. It has been identified with the ruins of el-Kureitein, about 10 miles south of Hebron. (See Hazor).
A city of Moab (Jeremiah 48:24,48:41), called Kirioth (Amos 2:2).

(קריות) - Krayot
The Krayot are a cluster of four small cities and one neigbourhood founded in the 1930s on the outskirts of the city of Haifa, Israel, in the Haifa Bay area. The Krayot include Kiryat Yam, Kiryat Motzkin, Kiryat Bialik, Kiryat Ata and Kiryat Haim.

Qeriyyoth: a city in Judah, also a city in Moab
Original Word: קְרִיּוֹת
Part of Speech: Proper Name Location
Transliteration: Qeriyyoth
Phonetic Spelling: (ker-ee-yoth’)
Definition: a city in Judah, also a city in Moab.

1 in Judah Joshua 15:25 (αἱ πόλεις; whence, as supposed, Judas אִישׁ קְרִיּוֺת), perhaps †aryatên, approximately 12 miles south of Hebron, BuhlGeogr. 182.

2 in Moab, Καριωθ, αἱ πόλεις; MI13 קרית: Jeremiah 48:24, ׳הַקּ Jeremiah 48:41; Amos 2:2; perhaps = Ραββαθ Μωαβ = Μοαβ = Αρεοπολις (Euseb., see LagOnom. 277, 60 and others), modernRabba, approximately 11 miles south of Arnon, compare BuhlGeogr. 270.

Original Word: קִרְיָה
Part of Speech: Noun Feminine
Transliteration: qiryah
Phonetic Spelling: (kir-yaw')
Definition: qiryah: a town, city.
\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
yadah: to throw, cast
Original Word: יָדָה
Part of Speech: Verb
Transliteration: yadah
Phonetic Spelling: (yaw-daw')
Definition: give praise.

Ioudas: Judah, Judas, the name of several Israelites, also one of the twelve tribes of Isr., also the Southern kingdom
Original Word: Ἰούδας, α, ὁ
Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine
Transliteration: Ioudas
Phonetic Spelling: (ee-oo-das’)
Definition: Judah, Judas, the name of several Israelites, also one of the twelve tribes of Isr., also the Southern kingdom
Usage: Judah, Judas, Jude.

Judah, Judas, the name of several Isr., also one of the twelve tribes of Isr., also the Southern kingdom.

one of the apostles of Jesus, who betrayed him.

Judas, an apostle, John 14:22, who is called Ἰούδας Ἰακώβου.

________________________________

Iouda: Judah.
Original Word: Ἰούδα, ὁ
Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine
Transliteration: Iouda
Phonetic Spelling: (ee-oo-dah')
Definition: Judah
Usage: Judah, Judas, Jude.

Ιουδα (see Ἰούδας, at the beginning and 1), indeclinable, Judah, a proper name; in the Sept.:
1. the fourth son of the patriarch Jacob;

  1. the tribe that sprang from him.
  2. the region which this tribe occupied (cf. Winer’s Grammar, 114 (108)); so in the N. T. in Matthew 2:6 (twice); πόλις Ιουδα (Judges 17:8), a city of the tribe of Judah, Luke 1:39, where it is a matter of dispute what city is meant; the most probable conjecture seems to be that Hebron is referred to — a city assigned to the priests, situated ‘in the hill country’ (Χεβρων ἐν τῷ ὄρει Ιουδα, Joshua 21:11), the native place of John the Baptist according to Jewish tradition. (Cf. B. D. American edition under the word Juda, a City of.)

_________________________________

Of Hebrew origin (Yhuwdah or perhaps Yuttah); Judah (i.e. Jehudah or Juttah), a part of (or place in) Palestine – Judah.

Yehudah: probably “praised,” a son of Jacob, also his desc., the S. kingdom, also four Israelites
Original Word: יְהוּדָה
Part of Speech: Proper Name Masculine
Transliteration: Yehudah
Phonetic Spelling: (yeh-hoo-daw’)
Definition: probably “praised”, a son of Jacob, also his desc., the S. kingdom, also four Israelites.

78
Q

Ἰωάννης

A

JOHN - YEHOCHANAN - YAHU

Yehochanan
from Yhvh and Chanan.

Yehochanan: "the LORD has been gracious," the name of a number of Isr., also a son of Tobiah
Original Word: יְהוֹחָנָן
Part of Speech: Proper Name Masculine
Transliteration: Yehochanan
Phonetic Spelling: (yeh-ho-khaw-nawn')
Definition: "the LORD has been gracious"

the name of a number of Isr., a lso a son of Tobiah.

Of Hebrew origin (Yowchanan); Joannes (i.e. Jochanan), the name of four Israelites – John.

ἔδησεν 
Ιωανει 
Ἰωάνει 
Ιωανην 
Ἰωάνην 
Ιωανης 
Ἰωάνης 
Ἰωάννῃ 
Ἰωάννην 
Ἰωάννης 
Ἰωάννου 
Ιωανου 
Ἰωάνου

______________________________________________

John the apostle, the writer of the Fourth Gospel, son of Zebedee and Salome, brother of James the elder: Matthew 4:21; Matthew 10:2 (3); Mark 1:19; Mark 9:2, 38; Luke 5:10; Luke 6:14; Acts 1:13, and often; Galatians 2:9. He is that disciple who (without mention by name) is spoken of in the Fourth Gospel as especially dear to Jesus (John 13:23; John 19:26; John 21:7, 20), and according to the traditional opinion is the author of the Apocalypse, Revelation 1:1, 4, 9; Revelation 21:2 Rec.; . In the latter part of his life he had charge of the churches in Asia Minor, and died there at a very advanced age.

______________________________________________

YAH - יה

HU - יו

YAH - HU

YAHU

יה (Yah) = יהו (Yahu) = יו (Yu)

According to BDB Theological Dictionary, the name Jehu is a contracted form of the name יהוהוא (Jehuhu). This latter version doesn’t occur in Scriptures, but something similar happens with the name יהושע (Joshua), which was contracted into ישוע (Jeshua).

Hence, the name Jehu consists of two elements:

1) יה (Yah) = יהו (Yahu) = יו (Yu), which in turn are abbreviated forms of the Tetragrammaton; the name of the Lord: YHWH.
2) The third person singular, independent nominative pronoun הוא (hu’), meaning he, she or it:

המה
The masculine pronouns הם (hem) and המה (hemma) mean “they.” The feminine versions are הנה (henna) and הן (hen). The singular versions (meaning he and she) are הוא (hu) and היא (hi).

The similar verb המה (hama) means to be noisy, and that particularly of a “them”. The derived masculine noun המון (hamon) denotes a noisy multitude.

Meaning - (Yah Is He)
Etymology
From (1) the name of the Lord: יה (yah), and (2) the third person singular personal pronoun הוא (hu’), he.
Related names
• Via יה (yah): See the ‘browse by form’ menu for a long list of yah-names.
• Via הוא (hu’): Abihu, Baal-hamon, Ham, Haman, Hamonah, Hamon-gog, Malcam.

For a meaning of the name Jehu, NOBSE Study Bible Name List reads Yahweh Is He. Jones’ Dictionary of Old Testament Proper Names has The Lord Is He, and BDB Theological Dictionary proposes Yah Is He.

The singular versions of these pronouns are: הוא (hu) for the masculine ‘he’ and ‘it,’ and היא (hi) for the feminine ‘she’ and ‘it.’ Note that the form הוא (hw’) is also a verb, namely הוא (hawa’), which is an unusual variant of the more common verbs הוה (hawa I) and היה (haya), and all mean ‘to be’.

______________________________________________
HAYA - היה

Our verb היה (haya) means ‘to be doing something that defines the doer’ or in case of some unfolding event: to happen.

The Hebrew language is fundamentally dynamic, and as good as every occurrence of the verb היה (haya) expresses some essential behavior that defines the character which the text discusses. If there is nothing essential going on, the Hebrew language simply omits its verb (to be.)

______________________________________________
YESH - יש

IF simple presence needs to be expressed, Hebrew uses the particle of existence יש yesh, meaning ‘there is’ something but whether that something is doing something isn’t told. (See this complicated principle explained more graphically in our article To Be Is To Do.)

יש
The curious little word יש (yesh), marks existence.

It occurs as proper noun in Proverbs 8:21 (as the difficult to translate opposite of absence or nothing-there-ness)

But everywhere else it “draws attention to the existence or presence of an object or a quality”

It often simply means ‘there is’

(Genesis 31:29, Judges 17:13, 1 Samuel 20:8) or ‘there are’ (Judges 18:14, Ecclesiastes 6:11).

______________________________________________
YHWH - יְהוָֹה

from havah

יהוה was regarded as a nomen ineffable.

יַהְוֶה as Hiph`il of היה (=היה) the one bringing into being, life-giver.

giver of existence, creator.
he who brings to pass.
performer of his promises.

from היה he who causes to fall, rain or lightning.

But most take it as הוה (= היה)
The one who is.
The absolute and unchangeable one.
The existing, ever living, as self-consistent and unchangeable.
the one ever coming into manifestation as the God of redemption.

He will be it, i.e all that his servants look for he will approve himself (give evidence of being, assert his being.

יהוה is not used by E in Genesis, but is given Exodus 3:12-15 as the name of the God who revealed Himself to Moses at Horeb, and is explained thus : אֶהְיֶה עִמָּ֑ךְ I shall be with thee (Exodus 3:12), which is then implied in אֶהְיֶה אֲשֶׁר אֶהְיֶה I shall be the one who will be it, which then is given in the nominal form יהוה He who will be it.

Other interpretations are: I am he who I am, i.e. it is no concern of yours.

I am (this is my name), inasmuch as I am.

I am who I am, he who is essentially unnameable, inexplicable.

Yhvh: the proper name of the God of Israel
Original Word: יְהוָֹה
Part of Speech: Proper Name
Transliteration: Yhvh
Phonetic Spelling: (yeh-ho-vaw’)
Definition: the proper name of the God of Israel.

The pronunciation Jehovah was unknown until 1520, when it was introduced by Galatinus; but it was contested by Le Mercier, J. Drusius, and L. Capellus, as against grammatical and historical propriety.

______________________________________________

HAYAH

Had come.
Has come.
Came.
Come.
Coming.
Become.
Will have come.
Will be coming.

hayah: to fall out, come to pass, become, be.

Come into being, become.

Arise, appear, come.

Original Word: הָיָה
Part of Speech: Verb
Transliteration: hayah
Phonetic Spelling: (haw-yaw)
Definition: to fall out, come to pass, become, be.

Occur, take place, come about, come to pass.

Fall out, happen מֶההָֿיָה הַדָּבָר 1 Samuel 4:16 how has the matter fallen out, (gone, turned out)

וַיְהִי
and it came to pass.

Less often וְהָיָה Perfect consecutive and it shall come to pass, or frequentative,came to pass (repeatedly, etc.) usually (a) followed by simple Imperfect (c. 100 t.): a. with בְּ temporal.

act (1), administered* (1), allotted (1), am (13), appeared* (1), apply (1), became (85), became his and lived (1), became* (1), become (221), becomes (13), becoming (1), been (90), been done (2), befall (1), befallen (2), being (7), belong (9), belonged (4), belongs (2), brought (1), came (358), came into being (1), came expressly (1), cause (1), caused (1), come (86), come to pass (3), comes (2), comes to pass (1), committed (1), consists (1), continue (6), continued (3), correspond (1), decided* (1), done (4), done* (1), ended* (13), endure (3), event* (1), exhausted (1), existed (3), exists (2), extend (3), extended (3), fall (4), fallen (1)

______________________________________________

YAH

Yah: the name of the God of Israel
Original Word: יָהּ
Part of Speech: Proper Name
Transliteration: Yah
Phonetic Spelling: (yaw)
Definition: the name of the God of Israel.

contr. from Yhvh.

Yahweh, the proper name of the God of Israel.

Contraction for Yhovah, and meaning the same; Jah, the sacred name – Jah, the Lord, most vehement. Compare names in “-iah,” “- jah.”

______________________________________________
YSHA’-YAH

YEHOSHUA

Ysha'yah: Isaiah
Original Word: יְשַׁעְיָה
Part of Speech: Proper Name Masculine
Transliteration: Ysha'yah
Phonetic Spelling: (yesh-ah-yaw')
Definition: "salvation of Yah", four Israelites.

Yshayahuw {yesh-ah-yaw’-hoo}; from yasha’ and Yahh; Jah has saved; Jeshajah, the name of seven Israelites – Isaiah, Jesaiah, Jeshaiah.

Isaiah, Jesaiah, Jeshaiah.

______________________________________________

Ysha’yah
Salvation of Yah.

______________________________________________
YASHA

yasha: to deliver
Original Word: יָשַׁע
Part of Speech: Verb
Transliteration: yasha
Phonetic Spelling: (yaw-shah')
Definition: to deliver.

Be liberated, saved (properly placed in freedom; compare for the figurative הִרְחִיב, מֶרְחָב), from external evils.

Deliver, save (properly give width and breadth to, liberate), save from peril.

These are named מוֺשִׁיעַ saviour.

Of heroic men, saving the nation in war.

Specifically save, from evils and troubles.

Of God, who saves his people from external evils.

God is מוֺשִׁיעַ saviour.

there is no other salvation, the sword saves not Psalm Psalm 44:7

Save from moral troubles. Corruption.

Avenging, defend, deliverer, help, preserve, rescue, be safe.

A primitive root; properly, to be open, wide or free, i.e. (by implication) to be safe; causatively, to free or succor – X at all, avenging, defend, deliver(-er), help, preserve, rescue, be safe, bring (having) salvation, save(-iour), get victory.

avenged (1), avenging (2), brought salvation (2), deliver (27), delivered (8), deliverer (3), deliverers (1), deliverers who delivered (1), delivers (2), endowed with salvation (1), gained the victory (1), help (9), helped (5), preserve (1), safe (1), save (85), saved (33), saves (5), savior (13), surely will not save (1), victorious (1).

______________________________________________

CHANNAH

chanah: to decline, bend down, encamp
Original Word: חָנָה
Part of Speech: Verb
Transliteration: chanah
Phonetic Spelling: (khaw-naw')
Definition: to decline, bend down, encamp.

to aim at, incline towards, reach.

bend, curve, bend down.

Assyrian mûnu, mênu and tênû, couch, mânîtu, house.

encamp (properly verge toward, incline to, settle at, of goal of day’s march)

a single nomad.

of Israel at Exodus and in wilderness.

so they encamped (i.e. settled, or were settled) from Beersheba to the valley of Hinnom.

followed by אֶלֿ in same sense Joshua 11:5; metaphor of God’s hostility to apostate Jerusalem.

in sense of encamp, be or abide in encampment.

poetic of David in Jerusalem, Isaiah 29:1 city in which David fixed his camp.

abide in tents, camp, dwell, encamp, grow to an end, lie, pitch tent, rest in tent.

A primitive root (compare chanan); properly, to incline; by implication, to decline (of the slanting rays of evening); specifically, to pitch a tent; gen. To encamp (for abode or siege) – abide (in tents), camp, dwell, encamp, grow to an end, lie, pitch (tent), rest in tent.

__________________________________________

CHANAN

chanan: beseech
Original Word: חָנַן
Part of Speech: Verb
Transliteration: chanan
Phonetic Spelling: (khaw-nan')
Definition: to show favor, be gracious.

חָנַן verb shew favour, be gracious.

Aramaic חֲנַן ; Arabic yearn towards, long for, be merciful, compassionate, favourable, inclined towards.

derivatives annu, grace, favour.

in the bestowal of favours.

תּוֺרָֽתְךָ חָנֵּנִי
be gracious unto me (in giving) thy law.
Psalm 119:29.

usually in the bestowal of redemption from enemies, evils, and sins.

A primitive root (compare chanah); properly, to bend or stoop in kindness to an inferior; to favor, bestow; causatively to implore (i.e. Move to favor by petition) – beseech, X fair, (be, find, shew) favour(-able), be (deal, give, grant (gracious(-ly), intreat, (be) merciful, have (shew) mercy (on, upon), have pity upon, pray, make supplication, X very.

79
Q

Θεαίτητος

A

Theaetetus

Compound of θεός (theós, “god”) +‎ αἰτητός (aitētós, “asked, required”).

Θεαίτητος • (Theaítētos) m (genitive Θεαιτήτου); first declension

A male given name, equivalent to English Theaetetus

Theaetetus

A classical Greek mathematician credited with proving that there are precisely five regular convex polyhedra.

SUFFIX
-αἰτητός • (aitētós) m (feminine αἰτητή, neuter αἰτητόν); first/second declension
asked for
From αἰτέω (aitéō, “to ask”) +‎ -τος (-tos).

-τος • (-tos) m or f (neuter -τον); second declension
Suffix
Creates verbal adjectives of possibility, either active or passive (accented on the ultima, -τός)
Creates perfective passive verbal adjectives (usually accented recessively)
Forms adjectives from nouns (accented recessively)

80
Q

Δωροθέᾱ

Δωρόθεος

A

Dorothy

Δωροθέᾱ • (Dōrothéā) f (genitive Δωροθέᾱς); first declension

A female given name, equivalent to English Dorothy.

From δῶρον (dôron) +‎ θέα (théa). Feminine equivalent of Δωρόθεος (Dōrótheos).

Δωρόθεος • (Dōrótheos) m (genitive Δωροθέου); second declension
A male given name, equivalent to English Dorotheus

From δῶρον (dôron) +‎ θεός (theós).

δῶρον • (dôron) n (genitive δώρου); second declension
gift
hand’s width.

δίδωμι (dídōmi, “I give”)
δώρο • (dóro) n (plural δώρα)
gift, donation, present
bonus

81
Q

μονάς

A

MONAD - SINGULARITY

Monad (from Greek μονάς monas, “singularity” in turn from μόνος monos, “alone”)

Refers, in cosmogony, to the Supreme Being, divinity or the totality of all things.

The concept was reportedly conceived by the Pythagoreans and may refer variously to…

  1. a single source acting alone, or…
  2. to an indivisible origin, or…
  3. to both.

__________________________________

μόνος • (mónos) m (feminine μόνη, neuter μόνον); first/second declension (Attic, Koine, Byzantine)
Adjective 
alone, forsaken, solitary
only
unique.

___________________________________

μονᾰχός • (monakhós) m 
feminine μονᾰχή
neuter μονᾰχόν
Adjective
solitary, single.

μονᾰχός • (monakhós) m (genitive μονᾰχοῦ); second declension
Noun
monk, monastic.

From Ancient Greek μοναχός (monakhós, “single, solitary”), from μόνος (mónos, “alone”).

μοναχός • (monachós) m 
plural μοναχοί
feminine μοναχή
Noun
(religion) monk, friar.

__________________________________

καλόγερος • (kalógeros) m (plural καλόγεροι)
Noun
(religion) monk, friar
(figuratively, humorous) a solitary, ascetic, monkish person
coat rack, hatstand
(medicine) boil
great tit (bird)
(nautical) exposed rock at sea.

From Koine Greek καλόγηρος (kalógēros)
from καλός (“good”) +‎ γῆρας (“old age”)

γῆρᾰς • (gêras) n
genitive γήρᾰος
old age.
From Proto-Indo-European *ǵērh₂-s, a lengthened-grade derivative of *ǵerh₂- (“to grow old”). Cognate with Sanskrit जरा (jarā́, “old age”).

___________________________________
INDIVISIBLE ORIGIN

According to Hippolytus, the worldview was inspired by the Pythagoreans, who called the first thing that came into existence the “monad”, which begat (bore) the dyad (from the Greek word for two), which begat the numbers, which begat the point, begetting lines or finiteness, etc.[2] It meant divinity, the first being, or the totality of all beings, referring in cosmogony (creation theories) variously to source acting alone and/or an indivisible origin and equivalent comparators.

from the monad evolved the dyad; from it numbers; from numbers, points; then lines, two-dimensional entities, three-dimensional entities, bodies, culminating in the four elements earth, water, fire and air, from which the rest of our world is built up.

______________________________________

The term monad comes from the Greek feminine noun monas (nominative singular, μονάς), “one unit,” where the ending -s in the nominative form resolves to the ending -d in declension.[1]

In some gnostic systems the Supreme Being is known as the Monad, the One, the Absolute, Aiōn Teleos (the Perfect Aeon, αἰών τέλεος), Bythos (Depth or Profundity, Βυθός), Proarchē (Before the Beginning, προαρχή), Hē Archē (The Beginning, ἡ ἀρχή), the Ineffable Parent, and/or the primal Father.

____________________________________

Prominent Christian gnostics like Valentinus taught that the Monad is the high source of the Pleroma, the region of light constituting “the fullness of the Godhead.” Through a process of emanation, various divine entities and realms emerge from the One. Arranged hierarchically, they become progressively degraded due to their remoteness from the Father. The various emanations of the One, totaling thirty in number (or 365, according to Basilides), are called Aeons. Among them exist Christ (who resides close to the Father) and the lowest emanation, Sophia (wisdom), whose fall results in the creation of the material world.

_____________________________________

the Arab Christian Monoimus (c. 150-210) used the term Monad to mean the highest god that created lesser gods, or elements (similar to Aeons).

______________________________________

In some versions of Christian gnosticism, especially those deriving from Valentinius, a lesser deity known as the Demiurge had a role in the creation of the material world separate from the Monad.

In these forms of gnosticism, the God of the Old Testament, Yahweh, is often considered to have been the Demiurge, not the Monad.

______________________________________

The Apocryphon of John: The Secret Book of John written circa 180 ce gives the following description: “The Monad is a monarchy with nothing above it. It is he who exists as God and Father of everything, the invisible One who is above everything, who exists as incorruption, which is in the pure light into which no eye can look. “He is the invisible Spirit, of whom it is not right to think of him as a god, or something similar. For he is more than a god, since there is nothing above him, for no one lords it over him. For he does not exist in something inferior to him, since everything exists in him. For it is he who establishes himself. He is eternal, since he does not need anything. For he is total perfection.” [4] A being can have a relationship with a God but not the Monad as that would be a contradiction.[5] The Apocryphon of John was banned by the Christian Church and rediscovered among other gnostic texts in a large jar at Nag Hammadi, Egypt in 1945.

______________________________________
THE ABSOLUTE

Absolute (philosophy)

In idealist philosophy, the Absolute is “the sum of all being, actual and potential”.
In monistic idealism, it serves as a concept for the “unconditioned reality which is either the spiritual ground of all being or the whole of things considered as a spiritual unity.

_____________________________________
IDEALISM

In philosophy, idealism is the group of metaphysical philosophies that assert that reality, or reality as humans can know it, is fundamentally mental, mentally constructed, or otherwise immaterial. Epistemologically, idealism manifests as a skepticism about the possibility of knowing any mind-independent thing.

idealism asserts the primacy of consciousness as the origin and prerequisite of material phenomena. According to this view, consciousness exists before and is the pre-condition of material existence.

Consciousness creates and determines the material and not vice versa. Idealism believes consciousness and mind to be the origin of the material world and aims to explain the existing world according to these principles.

(Subjective idealism) takes as its starting point the given fact of human consciousness seeing the existing world as a combination of sensation. (Objective idealism) posits the existence of an objective consciousness which exists before and, in some sense, independently of human ones.

As an ontological doctrine, idealism goes further, asserting that all entities are composed of mind or spirit.[3] Idealism thus rejects those physicalist and dualist theories that fail to ascribe priority to the mind.

Idealism is a term with several related meanings. It comes via idea from the Greek idein (ἰδεῖν), meaning “to see”.

______________________________________

Materialism is a form of philosophical monism which holds that matter is the fundamental substance in nature, and that all things, including mental states and consciousness, are results of material interactions. According to philosophical materialism, mind and consciousness are by-products or epiphenomena of material processes (e.g. the biochemistry of the human brain and nervous system) without which they cannot exist. This concept directly contrasts with idealism, where mind and consciousness are first-order realities to which matter is subject and material interactions are secondary.

____________________________________
ONTOLOGY

Ontology is the philosophical study of being. More broadly, it studies concepts that directly relate to being, in particular becoming, existence, reality, as well as the basic categories of being and their relations.

Ontology often deals with questions concerning what entities exist or may be said to exist and how such entities may be grouped, related within a hierarchy, and subdivided according to similarities and differences.

The compound word ontology (“study of being”) combines onto- (Gr. ὄν, on,[2] gen. ὄντος, ontos, “being; that which is”) and -logia (Gr. -λογία, “logical discourse”).

Principal questions of ontology include:[citation needed]

“What can be said to exist?”
“What is a thing?”[8]
“Into what categories, if any, can we sort existing things?”
“What are the meanings of being?”
“What are the various modes of being of entities?”

Some philosophers, notably in the traditions of the Platonic school, contend that all nouns (including abstract nouns) refer to existent entities.[citation needed] Other philosophers contend that nouns do not always name entities, but that some provide a kind of shorthand for reference to a collection either of objects or of events. In this latter view, mind, instead of referring to an entity, refers to a collection of mental events experienced by a person; society refers to a collection of persons with some shared characteristics, and geometry refers to a collection of specific kinds of intellectual activities.

_______________________________________
NOMINALISM

Nominalism is a philosophical view which comes at least in two varieties. In one of them it is the rejection of abstract objects, in the other it is the rejection of universals.

Problem of Universals
In metaphysics, the problem of universals refers to the question of whether properties exist, and if so, what they are.[1] Properties are qualities or relations that two or more entities have in common. The various kinds of properties, such as qualities and relations, are referred to as universals.

Plato believed there to be a sharp distinction between the world of perceivable objects and the world of universals or forms: one can only have mere opinions about the former, but one can have knowledge about the latter. For Plato it was not possible to have knowledge of anything that could change or was particular, since knowledge had to be forever unfailing and general.[5] For that reason, the world of the forms is the real world, like sunlight, while the sensible world is only imperfectly or partially real, like shadows. This Platonic realism, however, in denying that the eternal Forms are mental artifacts, differs sharply with modern forms of idealism.

One of the first nominalist critiques of Plato’s realism was that of Diogenes of Sinope, who said “I’ve seen Plato’s cups and table, but not his cupness and tableness.”[6]

Plato’s student Aristotle disagreed with his tutor. Aristotle transformed Plato’s forms into “formal causes”, the blueprints or essences of individual things. Whereas Plato idealized geometry, Aristotle emphasized nature and related disciplines and therefore much of his thinking concerns living beings and their properties. The nature of universals in Aristotle’s philosophy therefore hinges on his view of natural kinds.

Consider for example a particular oak tree. This is a member of a species and it has much in common with other oak trees, past, present and future. Its universal, its oakness, is a part of it. A biologist can study oak trees and learn about oakness and more generally the intelligible order within the sensible world. Accordingly, Aristotle was more confident than Plato about coming to know the sensible world; he was a prototypical empiricist and a founder of induction. Aristotle was a new, moderate sort of realist about universals.

82
Q

ὄρνῡμῐ

A

ORIGIN

ὄρνῡμῐ • (órnūmi)
Verb
to set upon, let loose upon, move on
to awaken, arouse
to raise, excite
to stir up, encourage, exhort, cheer on.

From Proto-Indo-European *h₃er- (“to move, stir, spring”).
Cognates include Sanskrit ऋणोति (ṛṇóti) and
Latin orior.

The Epic athematic middle aorist form ὦρτο (ôrto) matches exactly with Sanskrit आर्त (ārta), the equivalent form of ऋणोति (ṛṇóti).

____________________________________
LATIN

orīgō f (genitive orīginis); third declension
Noun
a beginning, an origin.

From orior (“I rise”).

Latin - orior (present infinitive orīrī, perfect active ortus sum); fourth conjugation, deponent
Verb
I rise, get up.
I appear, become visible.
I am born, come to exist, originate.

From Proto-Indo-European *h₃er- (“to stir, rise”). Cognate with Ancient Greek ὄρνῡμι (órnūmi), Sanskrit ऋणोति (ṛṇóti).

*h₃er- (perfective)
to move, to stir
to rise, to spring.

____________________________________

ὦρτο • (ôrto)

(Epic) third-person singular aorist middle indicative of ὄρνῡμι (órnūmi)

____________________________________
SANSKRIT

ऋणोति • (ṛṇóti) (root ऋ, class 5 P) (Vedic ṛṇáuti)
Verb
to go, move
to rise, to tend upwards.

From Proto-Indo-Aryan *Hr̥náwti, from Proto-Indo-Iranian *Hr̥náwti, from Proto-Indo-European *h₃r̥-néw-ti, from *h₃er- (“to move, rise, spring”). Cognate with Hittite 𒅈𒉡𒍖𒍣 (ar-nu-uz-zi), Old Armenian յառնեմ (yaṙnem), Ancient Greek ὄρνῡμῐ (órnūmi), Avestan 𐬟𐬭𐬇𐬭𐬆𐬥𐬎𐬎𐬀𐬌𐬧𐬙𐬌‎ (frə̄rənuuaiṇti), English run.

इयर्ति • (iyarti) (root ऋ, class 3, type P, present)
Verb
to go.
Synonym: गच्छति (gacchati)
to move, shake.
to obtain, gain, acquire, reach, meet with.
to move, excite, raise (as voice, words, etc.)

84
Q

ἀδάμας

A

ADAM - NOT DOMESTICATED

Often derived from ἀ- (a-, “not”) + δαμνάω (damnáō, “conquer”), as “indomitable”.

δαμνάω • (damnáō)
Verb
Synonym of δαμάζω (damázō)

δᾰμᾰ́ζω • (damázō)
Verb
to tame, subdue, control
(of women) to give in marriage, violate, have sex with
to subdue, conquer, rule over
to kill
to overpower, overpower.

From Proto-Indo-European *demh₂-.
*demh₂-
to tame, domesticate.

Cognates include Sanskrit दाम्यति (dāmyati)
Latin domō.
domō (present infinitive domāre, perfect active domuī, supine domitum); first conjugation
Verb
I tame, break in
I subdue, conquer, vanquish.

Proto-Germanic adjective *tamaz.
*tamaz
Adjective
tame.

From Proto-Italic *domaō
*domaō
tame
subdue.

From Celtic: *damyeti (“to allow, permit, endure”)
From Proto-Indo-European *demh₂- (“to tame”).
Celtic: *damnati (“to subdue, break a horse”)
Old Irish: damnaid (“bind, subdue”)
Celtic: *damos, *damatos (“bull; domesticated animal”)
*damos m
ox
Old Irish
dam m (genitive daim)
ox
stag
(by extension) hero, champion.
Breton: dañvad (“sheep”)
Cornish: davas (“sheep”)
Old Irish: dam (“bull, deer”)
Irish: damh
Scottish Gaelic: damh

Hittite: 𒋫𒈠𒀸 (tamāšš-, “to press, push”)
Akkadian 𒀀𒁕𒈬 (adamu)

𒋤𒉘 (elmēšu [SUD.ÁG] “a valuable stone, perhaps amber”)

ENGLISH - Tame
From Middle English tame, tome, weak inflection forms of Middle English tam, tom, from Old English tam, tom (“domesticated, tame”), from Proto-Germanic *tamaz (“brought into the home, tame”), from Proto-Indo-European *demh₂- (“to tame, to dominate”). Cognate with Scots tam, tame (“tame”), Saterland Frisian tom (“tame”), West Frisian tam (“tame”), Dutch tam (“tame”), Low German Low German tamm, tahm (“tame”), German zahm (“tame”), Swedish tam (“tame”), Icelandic tamur (“tame”).

DOMESTICATE
dominus m (genitive dominī); second declension
Noun n
a master, possessor, ruler, lord, proprietor
an owner of a residence; the master of its servants and slaves
the master of a feast, the entertainer, host
the master of a play or of public games, the employer of players or gladiators
sir (greeting)

from Proto-Indo-European *dem- (“to build”): domus (“a house, a home”) +‎ -īnus.

SUFFIX
-īnus m (feminine -īna, neuter -īnum); first/second declension
Of or pertaining to; -ine; usually indicates a relationship of position, possession, or origin.
-ῐνος • (-inos) m (feminine -ῐ́νη, neuter -ῐνον); first/second declension
Added to nouns or adverbs to form adjectives relating to material, time, and so on: made of, during the time of
(with long ῑ) Forms adjectives of place: -ine
Βυζαντῖνος (Buzantînos, “Byzantine”)
from Proto-Indo-European *-iHnos.
*-iHnos
Creates adjectives of materials.
Examples:
‎collis (“hill”) + ‎-inus → ‎collīnus (“of the hills, growing on a hill”)
‎fungus (“mushroom, fungus”) + ‎-inus → ‎fungīnus (“of a mushroom”)
‎Liguria (“Liguria”) + ‎-inus → ‎Ligurīnus (“Ligurian”)

SANSKRIT
दाम्यति • (dā́myati)
Verb
to tame.

____________________________________
HARD STONE

ἀδαμάντινος

ἀδᾰμάντῐνος • (adamántinos) m (feminine ἀδᾰμαντῐ́νη, neuter ἀδᾰμάντῐνον); first/second declension
adamantine, of steel
hard as adamant.

From ἀδάμᾱς (adámās, “diamond; steel”) +‎ -ῐνος (-inos).

From Middle English adamant, adamaunt, from Latin adamantem, accusative singular form of adamās (“hard as steel”), from Ancient Greek ἀδάμας (adámas, “invincible”), from ἀ- (a-, “not”) + δαμάζω (damázō, “I tame”) or of Semitic origin.

adamant (comparative more adamant, superlative most adamant)
Adjective
(said of people and their conviction) Firm; unshakeable; unyielding; determined.

adamant (plural adamants)

An imaginary rock or mineral of impenetrable hardness; a name given to the diamond and other substances of extreme hardness.
An embodiment of impregnable hardness.
A magnet; a lodestone.

adamant m (plural adamantow)
Noun
The mineral, diamond
A gemstone made from diamond.

adhmaint f (genitive singular adhmainte, nominative plural adhmaintí)
Noun
adamant, lodestone; magnet.
From Latin adamantem, accusative singular form of adamās (“hard as steel”), from Ancient Greek ἀδάμας (adámas, “invincible”), from ἀ- (a-, “not”) + δαμάζω (damázō, “I tame”).

adamās m (genitive adamantis); third declension
Adamant; the hardest steel or iron; diamond; an object made of adamant.
Anything which is inflexible, firm or lasting.
(figuratively, of one’s character) Hard, unyielding, inexorable.
From Ancient Greek ἀδάμας (adámas, “unconquerable, invincible”), either from ἀ- (a-, “not”) + δαμνάω (damnáō, “conquer”) or of Semitic origin.

ἀδάμᾱς • (adámās) m or f (neuter ἀδάμαν); third declension
Adjective
(figuratively) fixed, unalterable
not to be broken, inflexible.

Adamantine has, throughout ancient history, referred to anything that was made of a very hard material. Virgil describes Tartarus as having a screeching gate protected by columns of solid adamantine (Aeneid book VI). Later, by the Middle Ages, the term came to refer to diamond, as it was the hardest material then known.

Adamant and similar words are used to refer to any especially hard substance, whether composed of diamond, some other gemstone, or some type of metal. Both adamant and diamond derive from the Greek word ἀδάμας, ἀδάμαντος (adamas, adamantos), meaning “untameable”. Adamantite and adamantium (a metallic name derived from the Neo-Latin ending -ium) are also common variants.

LODESTONE
A lodestone is a naturally magnetized piece of the mineral magnetite.[1][2] They are naturally occurring magnets, which can attract iron. The property of magnetism was first discovered in antiquity through lodestones.[3] Pieces of lodestone, suspended so they could turn, were the first magnetic compasses,[3][4][5][6] and their importance to early navigation is indicated by the name lodestone, which in Middle English means “course stone” or “leading stone”,[7] from the now-obsolete meaning of lode as “journey, way”.[8]

85
Q

Θάνατος

A

GOD OF DEATH

In Greek mythology, Thanatos (/ˈθænətɒs/;[1] Greek: Θάνατος, pronounced in Ancient Greek: [tʰánatos] “Death”,[2] from θνῄσκω thnēskō “to die, be dying”[3][4]) was the personification of death. He was a minor figure in Greek mythology, often referred to but rarely appearing in person.

His name is transliterated in Latin as Thanatus, but his equivalent in Roman mythology is Mors or Letum.

In Ancient Greek religion and Greek mythology, Death (Thanatos) is one of the children of Nyx (night). Like her, he is seldom portrayed directly. He sometimes appears in art as a bearded and winged man, less often as a winged and beardless youth. He has a twin, Hypnos, the god of sleep. Together, Thanatos and Hypnos generally represent a gentle death.

_______________________________

In ancient Roman myth and literature, Mors (also known as Letum)[1] is the personification of death equivalent to the Greek Thánatos and the Mara (Hindu goddess). The Latin noun for “death”, mors, genitive mortis, is of feminine gender, but surviving ancient Roman art is not known to depict Death as a woman.

Depictions of the Crucifixion of Christ sometimes show Mors standing at the foot of the cross.[7] Mors’ antithesis is personified as Vita, “Life.”

Mors is the offspring of Nox (Night), and sibling to the personification of sleep, Somnus.

Mors is often connected to Mars,[9] the Roman god of war; Pluto, the god of the underworld; and Orcus, god of death and punisher of perjurers. He also is not immune to being tricked or resisted.

Mot (lit. “Death”) was personified to Canaanites as a god of death. He was considered a son of the king of the gods, El. His contest with the storm god Baʿal forms part of the myth cycle discovered in the 1920s in the ruins of Ugarit.

86
Q

ᾍδης

A

UNDERWORLD - (lit). “NOT KNOW”

IGNORANCE

Original Word: ᾍδης, ου, ὁ
Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine
Transliteration: hadés
Phonetic Spelling: (hah'-dace)
Definition: Hades, the abode of departed spirits
Usage: Hades, the unseen world.
HELPS Word-studies
86 hádēs (from 1 /A "not" and idein/eidō, "see") – properly, the "unseen place," referring to the (invisible) realm in which all the dead reside, i.e. the present dwelling place of all the departed (deceased); Hades.

perhaps from alpha (as a neg. prefix) and eidon (3708)

Hades (/ˈheɪdiːz/; Greek: ᾍδης Hádēs; Ἅιδης Háidēs), in the ancient Greek religion and myth, is the god of the dead and the king of the underworld, with which his name became synonymous.[1] Hades was the eldest son of Cronus and Rhea, although the last son regurgitated by his father.[2] He and his brothers, Zeus and Poseidon, defeated their father’s generation of gods, the Titans, and claimed rulership over the cosmos. Hades received the underworld, Zeus the sky, and Poseidon the sea, with the solid earth, long the province of Gaia, available to all three concurrently. Hades was often portrayed with his three-headed guard dog Cerberus.

ᾍδης • (Hā́idēs) m (genitive ᾍδου); first declension (Attic)
Proper noun
Hades, the Greek god of the underworld
Hades, the realm of the dead
the grave, death
Hell.

Possibly Proto-Indo-European *n̥- (“not”) + *weyd- (“see”), meaning “that which is unseen”,[1] equivalent to ἀ- (a-) +‎ εἶδον (eîdon).

from *sm̥- (compounding stem) + *weyd- (“see”), meaning “see-together” or “uniter”,
equivalent to ἁ- (not) +‎ εἶδον (see)

Ἀΐδης • (Aḯdēs) m (genitive Ἀΐδᾱο or Ἀΐδεω); first declension
Noun
Epic form of ᾍδης (Hā́idēs)

Possibly Proto-Indo-European *n̥- (“not”) + *weyd- (“see”)

from *sm̥- (compounding stem) + *weyd- (“see”), meaning “see-together” or “uniter”

*sm̥-
one, with, together.
Zero grade form of the numeral stem *sem- (“one, together”).

equivalent to ἁ- (ha-) +‎ εἶδον (eîdon),
PREFIX
ᾰ̔- • (ha-)
The alpha copulativum, used to express union or likeness.

εἶδον (I saw)
εἴδομαι • (eídomai) (poetic)
to be seen, appear.
(reflexive, with dative) to make oneself like.
(intransitive) to be like, to look like.
The aorist tense, εἶδον (eîdon, “I saw”), has a related but different meaning, and its second aorist middle form, εἰδόμην (eidómēn), contrasts with the first aorist middle of this verb, εἰσᾰ́μην (eisámēn).
The perfect tense, οἶδα (oîda, “I know”), functions as a present tense word with its own meaning.

compare the very closely related οἶδα (to know)

From Proto-Indo-European *weyd- (“to know; see”)

Original Word: ἄλφα
Part of Speech: Indeclinable Letter (Noun)
Transliteration: alpha
Phonetic Spelling: (al’-fah)
Definition: alpha
Usage: alpha; the first letter of the Greek alphabet.

1 A – alpha, the first letter of the Greek alphabet. 1/a (alpha) is used as a prefix (called its “privative use”) and typically means “no” or “not” (= “un-,” “without”).

[Greek words, whose first letter (of the root) is alpha, can not take an “alpha-privative” to negate them, so the only way to express their “antithesis” is using a negative particle before them (e.g. mē, ou).]

In mythology, the Greek underworld is an otherworld where souls go after death. The original Greek idea of afterlife is that, at the moment of death, the soul is separated from the corpse, taking on the shape of the former person, and is transported to the entrance of the underworld.[1] The underworld itself—sometimes known as Hades, after its patron god—is described as being either at the outer bounds of the ocean or beneath the depths or ends of the earth.[2] It is considered the dark counterpart to the brightness of Mount Olympus with the kingdom of the dead corresponding to the kingdom of the gods.[3] Hades is a realm invisible to the living, made solely for the dead.[4]

___________________________________

Rivers
Edit
There are six main rivers that are visible both in the living world and the underworld. Their names were meant to reflect the emotions associated with death.[5]

The Styx is generally considered to be one of the most prominent and central rivers of the underworld and is also the most widely known out of all the rivers. It’s known as the river of hatred and is named after the goddess Styx. This river circles the underworld seven times.[6]

The Acheron is the river of pain. It’s the one that Charon, also known as the Ferryman, rows the dead over according to many mythological accounts, though sometimes it is the river Styx or both.[7]

The Lethe is the river of forgetfulness. It is associated with the goddess Lethe, the goddess of forgetfulness and oblivion. In later accounts, a poplar branch dripping with water of the Lethe became the symbol of Hypnos, the god of sleep.[8]

The Phlegethon is the river of fire. According to Plato, this river leads to the depths of Tartarus.

The Cocytus is the river of wailing.

Oceanus is the river that encircles the world,[9] and it marks the east edge of the underworld,[10] as Erebos is west of the mortal world.

____________________________________
RIVER LETHE

Lethe, the river of forgetfulness, was one of the five rivers of the Greek underworld, the other four being Styx, Acheron (the river of sorrow), Cocytus (the river of lamentation) and Phlegethon (the river of fire).

In Greek mythology, Lethe /ˈliːθi/ (Greek: Λήθη, Lḗthē; Ancient Greek: [lɛ́:tʰɛː], Modern Greek: [ˈliθi]) was one of the five rivers of the underworld of Hades. Also known as the Ameles potamos (river of unmindfulness), the Lethe flowed around the cave of Hypnos and through the Underworld, where all those who drank from it experienced complete forgetfulness. Lethe was also the name of the Greek spirit of forgetfulness and oblivion, with whom the river was often identified.

In Classical Greek, the word lethe (λήθη) literally means “oblivion”, “forgetfulness”, or “concealment”.

It is related to the Greek word for “truth”, aletheia (ἀλήθεια), which through the privative alpha literally means “un-forgetfulness” or “un-concealment”.

λήθη • (lḗthē) f (genitive λήθης); first declension
oblivion; forgetfulness.
Related to λανθάνω (lanthánō).
λᾰνθᾰ́νω • (lanthánō)
Verb
(active) to escape notice
(transitive) escape a person’s notice.
(transitive) to do [+participle or rarely infinitive = something] without being noticed [+accusative = by someone]
(intransitive) to do [+participle = something] without knowing it.

From Proto-Indo-European *lh₂-n-dʰ-, nasal infix present of *leh₂-dʰ-, dental extension of *leh₂- (“to be hidden, be covered”).

λήθω • (lḗthō)
Verb
Alternative form of λανθάνω (lanthánō) used especially in compounds.

____________________________________
RIVER STYX

In Greek mythology, Styx (/ˈstɪks/; Ancient Greek: Στύξ [stýks][citation needed]) is a deity and a river that forms the boundary between Earth and the Underworld, often called “Hades”, which is also the name of its ruler.

Styx was primarily a feature in the afterworld of classical Greek mythology, similar to the Christian area of Hell in texts such as The Divine Comedy and Paradise Lost. The ferryman Charon often is described as having transported the souls of the newly dead across this river into the underworld. Dante put Phlegyas as ferryman over the Styx and made it the fifth circle of Hell, where the wrathful and sullen are punished by being drowned in the muddy waters for eternity, with the wrathful fighting each other. In ancient times some believed that a coin (Charon’s obol) placed in the mouth of a dead person[3] would pay the toll for the ferry across the river to the entrance of the underworld. It was said that if someone could not pay the fee, they would never be able to cross the river. The ritual was performed by the relatives of the dead.

In Greek mythology, Charon or Kharon (/ˈkɛərɒn, -ən/; Greek Χάρων) is the ferryman of Hades who carries souls of the newly deceased across the rivers Styx and Acheron that divided the world of the living from the world of the dead. A coin to pay Charon for passage, usually an obolus or danake, was sometimes placed in or on the mouth of a dead person.[1] Some authors say that those who could not pay the fee, or those whose bodies were left unburied, had to wander the shores for one hundred years.

The name Charon is most often explained as a proper noun from χάρων (charon), a poetic form of χαρωπός (charopós), “of keen gaze”, referring either to fierce, flashing, or feverish eyes, or to eyes of a bluish-gray color. The word may be a euphemism for death.

Charon’s obol is an allusive term for the coin placed in or on the mouth[1] of a dead person before burial. Greek and Latin literary sources specify the coin as an obol, and explain it as a payment or bribe for Charon, the ferryman who conveyed souls across the river that divided the world of the living from the world of the dead.

_____________________________________
RIVER ARCHERON

The muddy river of obscurity.

The Acheron (/ˈækərən/; Ancient Greek: Ἀχέρων Acheron or Ἀχερούσιος Acherousios; Greek: Αχέροντας Acherontas) is a river located in the Epirus region of northwest Greece.

In ancient Greek mythology, Acheron was known as the “river of woe”, and was one of the five rivers of the Greek underworld.

The newly dead would be ferried across the Acheron by Charon in order to enter the Underworld.

The Acheron was sometimes referred to as a lake or swamp in Greek literature, as in Aristophanes’ The Frogs and Euripides’ Alcestis.

In Dante’s Inferno, the Acheron river forms the border of Hell. Following Greek mythology, Charon ferries souls across this river to Hell. Those who were neutral in life sit on the banks.

__________________________________
RIVER COCYTUS

Cocytus /koʊˈsaɪtəs/ or Kokytos /koʊˈkaɪtəs/ (Ancient Greek: Κωκυτός, literally “lamentation”) is a river in the underworld in Greek mythology.[1] Cocytus flows into the river Acheron, on the other side of which lies Hades, The Underworld, the mythological abode of the dead. There are five rivers encircling Hades: the Styx, Phlegethon, Lethe, Acheron and Cocytus.

Dante describes Cocytus as being the home of traitors and those who committed acts of complex fraud. Depending on the form of their treachery, inhabitants are buried in ice to a varying degree, anywhere from neck-high to completely submerged in ice. Cocytus is divided into four descending “rounds”, or sections:

Caina, after the Biblical Cain; traitors to blood relatives.
Antenora, after Antenor from the Iliad; traitors to country.
Ptolomea, after Ptolemy, governor of Jericho, who murdered his guests (1 Maccabees); traitors to guests. Here it is said that sometimes the soul of a traitor falls to Hell before Atropos cuts the thread, and their body is taken over by a fiend.
Judecca, after Judas Iscariot; traitors to masters and benefactors.

_____________________________________
RIVER PHLEGETHON

Φλεγέθων

From φλέγω • (phlégō)
Verb
I set on fire, burn, scorch
I kindle, arouse, inflame

In Greek mythology, the river Phlegethon (Φλεγέθων, English translation: “flaming”) or Pyriphlegethon (Πυριφλεγέθων, English translation: “fire-flaming”) was one of the five rivers in the infernal regions of the underworld, along with the rivers Styx, Lethe, Cocytus, and Acheron. Plato describes it as “a stream of fire, which coils round the earth and flows into the depths of Tartarus”.

Phlegethon

(Greek mythology) A river of fire in Hades.
1596, Edmund Spenser, The Faerie Queene, IV.2:
Firebrand of hell first tynd in Phlegeton, / By thousand furies, and from thence out throwen / Into this world, to worke confusion, / And set it all on fire by force vnknowen / Is wicked discord […].

_____________________________________
RIVER OCEANUS

Ὠκεᾰνός

Oceanus (/oʊˈsiːənəs/; Greek: Ὠκεανός Ōkeanós,[1] pronounced [ɔːkeanós]), also known as Ogenus (Ὤγενος Ōgenos or Ὠγηνός Ōgēnos) or Ogen (Ὠγήν Ōgēn),[2] was a divine figure in classical antiquity, believed by the ancient Greeks and Romans to be the divine personification of the ocean, which the Ancient Greeks perceived as an enormous river encircling the world.

Ὠκεᾰνός • (Ōkeanós) m (genitive Ὠκεᾰνοῦ); second declension

Oceanus, a Greek water god usually said to be a Titan, one of the sons of Uranus and Gaia.
The great freshwater river thought to encompass the world disc.
The great saline outer sea (the Atlantic), as opposed to the Mediterranean.

________________________________

Πλούτων • (Ploútōn) m (genitive Πλούτωνος); third declension

(Greek mythology) Hades, the god of the underworld.

From πλοῦτος (ploûtos) +‎ -ων (-ōn)
πλοῦτος
wealth, riches.

-ων • (-ōn)
Suffix
-ων • (-ōn) m or f (neuter -ον); third declension
Added to adjective stems to form comparative forms
Masculine singular of present, future, and second aorist active participles.
From Proto-Indo-European *-onts.
*(é)-onts
Forms adjectives from Caland system roots.

87
Q

Ὕπνος

A

GOD OF SLEEP

Not alert, unaware, mentally lazy.
Prone to Dream.

In Greek mythology, Hypnos (/ˈhɪpnɒs/; Greek: Ὕπνος, “sleep”)[1] is the personification of sleep; the Roman equivalent is known as Somnus.

Hypnos is the son of Nyx (“The Night”) and Erebus (“The Darkness”). His brother is Thanatos (“Death”). Both siblings live in the underworld (Hades) or in Erebus, another valley of the Greek underworld. According to rumors, Hypnos lived in a big cave, which the river Lethe (“Forgetfulness”) comes from and where night and day meet. His bed is made of ebony, on the entrance of the cave grow a number of poppies and other hypnotic plants.

Hypnos lived next to his twin brother, Thanatos (Θάνατος, “death personified”) in the underworld.

Hypnos’ mother was Nyx (Νύξ, “Night”), the deity of Night, and his father was Erebus, the deity of Darkness. Nyx was a dreadful and powerful goddess, and even Zeus feared to enter her realm.

88
Q

λήθη

A

OBLIVION

In philosophy, eternal oblivion (also referred to as non-existence or nothingness)[1][2][page needed] is the permanent cessation of one’s consciousness upon death. This concept is often associated with religious skepticism and atheism.[3]

According to contemporary scientific theories of consciousness, the brain is the basis of subjective experience, agency, self-awareness, and awareness of the surrounding natural world.[citation needed] When brain death occurs, all brain function permanently ceases. Many people who believe that death is a permanent cessation of consciousness also believe that consciousness is dependent upon the functioning of the brain. Scientific research has discovered that some areas of the brain, like the reticular activating system or the thalamus, appear to be necessary for consciousness, because damage to these structures or their lack of function causes a loss of consciousness.[citation needed]

Λήθη • (Lḗthē) f (genitive Λήθης); first declension
the river Lethe
Lethe, a naiad nymph in Greek mythology.
From λήθη (lḗthē, “a forgetting, forgetfulness”) from Ancient Greek λήθω (lḗthō, “to forget”), from Proto-Indo-European *leh₂- (“to hide”) (from which English lethargy (“sluggishness”)).

λήθη • (lḗthē) f (genitive λήθης); first declension
oblivion; forgetfulness.

oblivion (usually uncountable, plural oblivions)
Noun
The state of forgetting completely, of being oblivious, unconscious, unaware, as when sleeping, drunk, or dead.
The state of being completely forgotten, of being reduced to a state of non-existence, extinction, or nothingness, incl. through war and destruction. (Figuratively) for an area like hell, a wasteland.

oblivion f (oblique plural oblivions, nominative singular oblivion, nominative plural oblivions)
Old French noun
forgetfulness.

In the Apology of Socrates (written by Plato), after Socrates is sentenced to death, he addresses the court. He ponders the nature of death, and summarizes that there are basically two opinions about it. The first is that it is a migration of the soul or consciousness from this existence into another, and that the souls of all previously deceased people will also be there. This excites Socrates, because he will be able to conduct his dialectic inquiries with all of the great Greek heroes and thinkers of the past. The other opinion about death is that it is oblivion, the complete cessation of consciousness, not only unable to feel but a complete lack of awareness, like a person in a deep, dreamless sleep. Socrates says that even this oblivion does not frighten him very much, because while he would be unaware, he would correspondingly be free from any pain or suffering. Indeed, Socrates says, not even the great King of Persia could say that he ever rested so soundly and peacefully as he did in a dreamless sleep.

89
Q

Νύξ

A

GOD OF NIGHT

Nyx (/nɪks/;[1] Greek: Νύξ, Núx, “Night”;[2] Latin: Nox) is the Greek goddess (or personification) of the night. A shadowy figure, Nyx stood at or near the beginning of creation and mothered other personified deities such as Hypnos (Sleep) and Thanatos (Death), with Erebus (Darkness). Her appearances are sparse in surviving mythology, but reveal her as a figure of such exceptional power and beauty that she is feared by Zeus himself.

In Hesiod’s Theogony, Nyx is born of Chaos.[3] With Erebus (Darkness), Nyx gives birth to Aether (Brightness) and Hemera (Day).[4] Later, on her own, Nyx gives birth to Moros (Doom, Destiny), the Keres (Destruction, Death), Thanatos (Death), Hypnos (Sleep), the Oneiroi (Dreams), Momus (Blame), Oizys (Pain, Distress), the Hesperides, the Moirai (Fates), Nemesis (Indignation, Retribution), Apate (Deceit), Philotes (Friendship), Geras (Old Age), and Eris (Strife).[5]

Hesiod locates there the home of Nyx,[6] and the homes of her children Hypnos and Thanatos.[7] Hesiod says further that Nyx’s daughter Hemera (Day) left Tartarus just as Nyx (Night) entered it; continuing cyclicly, when Hemera returned, Nyx left.[8]

90
Q

Ἡμέρα

A

GOD OF DAYTIME

In Greek mythology Hemera (/ˈhɛmərə/; Ancient Greek: Ἡμέρα [hɛːméra] “Day”) was the personification of day and one of the Greek primordial deities. She is the goddess of the daytime and, according to Hesiod, the daughter of Erebus and Nyx (the goddess of night).

91
Q

Ἔρεβος

A

GOD OF DARKNESS

In Greek mythology, Erebus /ˈɛrɪbəs/,[1] also Erebos (Ancient Greek: Ἔρεβος, Érebos, “deep darkness, shadow”[2] or “covered”[3]), was often conceived as a primordial deity, representing the personification of darkness; for instance, Hesiod’s Theogony identifies him as one of the first five beings in existence, born of Chaos.

The perceived meaning of Erebus is “darkness”; the first recorded instance of it was “place of darkness between earth and Hades”. The name Ἔρεβος itself originates from PIE *h1regʷ-es/os- “darkness”[5][6] (cf. Sanskrit rájas, Gothic riqis, Old Norse røkkr).

In Greek literature, the name Erebus is also used as a region of the Greek underworld where the dead pass immediately after dying, and is sometimes used interchangeably with Tartarus.

92
Q

Αἰθήρ

A

GOD OF UPPER AIR

In Greek mythology, Aether (/ˈiːθər/; Ancient Greek: Αἰθήρ, Aither, pronounced [aitʰɛ̌ːr]) is one of the primordial deities. Aether is the personification of the “upper sky”.[1] He embodies the pure upper air that the gods breathe, as opposed to the normal air (ἀήρ, aer) breathed by mortals. Like Tartarus and Erebus, Aether may have had shrines in ancient Greece, but he had no temples and is unlikely to have had a cult.

The Roman mythographer Hyginus, says Aether was the son of Chaos and Caligo (Darkness).

Hyginus says further that the children of Aether and Day were Earth, Heaven, and Sea, while the children of Aether and Earth were “Grief, Deceit, Wrath, Lamentation, Falsehood, Oath, Vengeance, Intemperance, Altercation, Forgetfulness, Sloth, Fear, Pride, Incest, Combat, Ocean, Themis, Tartarus, Pontus; and the Titans, Briareus, Gyges, Steropes, Atlas, Hyperion, and Polus, Saturn, Ops, Moneta, Dione; and three Furies – namely, Alecto, Megaera, Tisiphone.”

Aristophanes states that Aether was the son of Erebus. However, Damascius says that Aether, Erebus and Chaos were siblings, and the offspring of Chronos (Father Time). According to Epiphanius, the world began as a cosmic egg, encircled by Time and Inevitability (most likely Chronos and Ananke) in serpent fashion.

Together they constricted the egg, squeezing its matter with great force, until the world divided into two hemispheres. After that, the atoms sorted themselves out. The lighter and finer ones floated above and became the Bright Air (Aether and/or Uranus) and the rarefied Wind (Chaos), while the heavier and denser atoms sank and became the Earth (Gaia) and the Ocean (Pontos and/or Oceanus).

93
Q

Χρόνος

A

GOD OF TIME

Chronos (/ˈkroʊnɒs/; Greek: Χρόνος, “time”, pronounced [kʰrónos], also transliterated as Khronos or Latinised as Chronus) is the personification of time in pre-Socratic philosophy and later literature.

Chronos already was confused with, or perhaps consciously identified with, the Titan Cronus in antiquity due to the similarity in names.[2] The identification became more widespread during the Renaissance, giving rise to the allegory of “Father Time” wielding the harvesting scythe[3].

He was depicted in Greco-Roman mosaics as a man turning the Zodiac Wheel.[4] Chronos might also be contrasted with the deity Aion as cyclical Time[5] (see aeon).

Father Time is the personification of time. In recent centuries he is usually depicted as an elderly bearded man, sometimes with wings, dressed in a robe and carrying a scythe and an hourglass or other timekeeping device (which represents time’s constant one-way movement, and more generally and abstractly, entropy).

As an image “Father Time’s origins are curious”.[1] The ancient Greeks themselves began to confuse chronos, their word for time, with the agricultural god Cronos, who had the attibute of a harvester’s sickle.

The Romans equated Cronos with Saturn, who also had a sickle, and was treated as an old man, often with a crutch. The wings and hour-glass were early Renaissance additions, and he eventually became a companion of the Grim Reaper, personification of Death, often taking his scythe. He may have as an attribute a snake with its tail in its mouth, an ancient Egyptian symbol of eternity.

Around New Year’s Eve, the media (in particular editorial cartoons) use the convenient trope[3] of Father Time as the personification of the previous year (or “the Old Year”) who typically “hands over” the duties of time to the equally allegorical Baby New Year (or “the New Year”) or who otherwise characterizes the preceding year.[4][5] In these depictions, Father Time is usually depicted wearing a sash with the old year’s date on it.

Time (in his allegorical form) is often depicted revealing or unveiling the allegorical Truth, sometimes at the expense of a personification of Falsehood, Fraud, or Envy. This theme is related to the idea of veritas filia temporis (Time is the father of Truth).

In Greek mythology, Cronus, Cronos, or Kronos (/ˈkroʊnəs/ or /ˈkroʊnɒs/, US: /-oʊs/, from Greek: Κρόνος, Krónos), was the leader and youngest of the first generation of Titans, the divine descendants of Uranus, the sky, and Gaia, the earth. He overthrew his father and ruled during the mythological Golden Age, until he was overthrown by his own son Zeus and imprisoned in Tartarus. According to Plato, however, the deities Phorcys, Cronus, and Rhea were the eldest children of Oceanus and Tethys.[1]

Cronus was usually depicted with a harpe, scythe or a sickle, which was the instrument he used to castrate and depose Uranus, his father.

The Kronia was an Athenian festival held in honor of Cronus (Kronos) on the 12th day of Hekatombaion, the first month of the Attic calendar and roughly equivalent to the latter part of July and first part of August. The festival was also celebrated in parts of Ionia, and in these places the month was known as Kronion after the festival.[1]

Summer (Θέρος)
1	Hekatombaion (Ἑκατομβαιών)	July/August
2	Metageitnion (Μεταγειτνιών)	August/September
3	Boedromion (Βοηδρομιών)	September/October
Autumn (Φθινόπωρον)
4	Pyanepsion (Πυανεψιών)	October/November
5	Maimakterion (Μαιμακτηριών)	November/December
6	Poseideon (Ποσειδεών)	December/January
Winter (Χεῖμα)
7	Gamelion (Γαμηλιών)	January/February
8	Anthesterion (Ἀνθεστηριών)	February/March
9	Elaphebolion (Ἑλαφηβολιών)	March/April
Spring (Ἔαρ)
10	Mounichion (Μουνιχιών)	April/May
11	Thargelion (Θαργηλιών)	May/June
12	Skirophorion (Σκιροφοριών)
94
Q

Οὐρανός

A

GOD OF THE SKY

Uranus (/ˈjʊərənəs, jʊəˈreɪnəs/; Ancient Greek Οὐρανός, Ouranos [oːranós] meaning “sky” or “heaven”) was the primal Greek god personifying the sky and one of the Greek primordial deities. Uranus is associated with the Roman god Caelus.

The most probable etymology traces the name to a Proto-Greek form *worsanós (Ϝορσανός)[8] enlarged from *ṷorsó- (also found in Greek ouréō ‘to urinate’, Sanskrit varṣá ‘rain’, Hittite ṷarša- ‘fog, mist’).[9] The basic Indo-European root is *ṷérs- ‘to rain, moisten’ (also found in Greek eérsē ‘dew’, Sanskrit várṣati ‘to rain’, Avestan aiβi.varəšta ‘it rained on’), making Ouranos the ‘rainmaker’.

According to Hesiod’s Theogony, Uranus mated with Gaia, and she gave birth to the twelve Titans: Oceanus, Coeus, Crius, Hyperion, Iapetus, Theia, Rhea, Themis, Mnemosyne, Phoebe, Tethys and Cronus; the Cyclopes: Brontes, Steropes and Arges; and the Hecatoncheires (“Hundred-Handed Ones”): Cottus, Briareus, and Gyges.[17]

Heaven is often described as a “higher place”, the holiest place, a Paradise, in contrast to hell or the Underworld or the “low places”, and universally or conditionally accessible by earthly beings according to various standards of divinity, goodness, piety, faith, or other virtues or right beliefs or simply the will of God. Some believe in the possibility of a heaven on Earth in a world to come.

Another belief is in an axis mundi or world tree which connects the heavens, the terrestrial world, and the underworld.

The modern English word heaven is derived from the earlier (Middle English) heven (attested 1159); this in turn was developed from the previous Old English form heofon. By about 1000, heofon was being used in reference to the Christianized “place where God dwells”, but originally, it had signified “sky, firmament”

The English term has cognates in the other Germanic languages: Old Saxon heƀan “sky, heaven” (hence also Middle Low German heven “sky”), Old Icelandic himinn, Gothic himins; and those with a variant final -l: Old Frisian himel, himul “sky, heaven”

The further derivation of this form is uncertain. A connection to Proto-Indo-European *ḱem- “cover, shroud”, via a reconstructed *k̑emen- or *k̑ōmen- “stone, heaven”, has been proposed.[5] Others endorse the derivation from a Proto-Indo-European root *h₂éḱmō “stone” and, possibly, “heavenly vault” at the origin of this word, which then would have as cognates Ancient Greek ἄκμων (ákmōn “anvil, pestle; meteorite”), Persian آسمان‎ (âsemân, âsmân “stone, sling-stone; sky, heaven”) and Sanskrit अश्मन् (aśman “stone, rock, sling-stone; thunderbolt; the firmament”).[4] In the latter case English hammer would be another cognate to the word.

In ancient Near Eastern cultures in general and in Mesopotamia in particular, humans had little to no access to the divine realm.[14][15] Heaven and earth were separated by their very nature;[11] humans could see and be affected by elements of the lower heaven, such as stars and storms,[11] but ordinary mortals could not go to heaven because it was the abode of the gods alone.[15][16][11] In the Epic of Gilgamesh, Gilgamesh says to Enkidu, “Who can go up to heaven, my friend? Only the gods dwell with Shamash forever.”[16] Instead, after a person died, his or her soul went to Kur (later known as Irkalla), a dark shadowy underworld, located deep below the surface of the earth.

All souls went to the same afterlife,[15][17] and a person’s actions during life had no impact on how he would be treated in the world to come.[15][17] Nonetheless, funerary evidence indicates that some people believed that Inanna had the power to bestow special favors upon her devotees in the afterlife.[17][18] Despite the separation between heaven and earth, humans sought access to the gods through oracles and omens.[6] The gods were believed to live in heaven,[6][19] but also in their temples, which were seen as the channels of communication between earth and heaven, which allowed mortal access to the gods.[6][20] The Ekur temple in Nippur was known as the “Dur-an-ki”, the “mooring-rope” of heaven and earth.[21] It was widely thought to have been built and established by Enlil himself.[7]

95
Q

Silver Cord

A

CORD BINDING HEAVEN AND EARTH

The Ekur temple in Nippur was known as the “Dur-an-ki”, the “mooring-rope” of heaven and earth.

God of Oaths

96
Q

θρόνος

A

GODS THRONE

θρόνος • (thrónos) m (plural θρόνοι)

throne
αυτοκρατορικός, aftokratorikós, autocratic throne
πατριαρχικός, patriarchikós, patriarchic throne
παπικός θρόνος papikós thrónos ― papal throne

monarchy, the royal office
ο θρόνος της Αγγλίας ― o thrónos tis Anglías ― English monarchy (literally:throne).
σφετεριστής του θρόνου ― sfeteristís tou thrónou ― usurperer of the throne
ανάρρηση στο θρόνο ― anárrisi sto thróno ― the proclamation to the throne
χηρεύει ο θρόνος ― chirévei o thrónos ― the throne is vacant (literally: widowed)

θρονί n (throní, “throne or any seat”) (literature)

_________________________________

καρέκλα • (karékla) f (plural καρέκλες)
Noun
(furniture) chair
Borrowed from Venetian carega (“chair”), from Latin cathedra (“chair”), from Ancient Greek καθέδρᾱ (kathédrā, “seat”). Doublet of καθέδρα (kathédra).

κᾰθέδρᾱ • (kathédrā) f 
genitive - κᾰθέδρᾱς
first declension.
Seat
From κατά (“down”) +‎ ἕδρα (hédra, “seat”).
ἕδρᾱ • (hédrā) f (genitive ἕδρᾱς); first declension
Noun
From ἕδος (hédos, “seat”)
And from ἕζομαι (hézomai, “I sit”)
seat, chair, stool, bench
seat, abode, throne
seat, place, base
(in the plural) quarters of the sky in which omens appeared
seat of a physiological process
the act of sitting
sitting still, inactivity, delay
position
sitting, session
seat, breech, fundament
(of animals) rump
(geometry) face of a regular solid.

ἕδος • (hédos) n (genitive ἕδεος or ἕδους); third declension
Noun
a seat
the act of sitting.

From Proto-Indo-European *sédos, from *sed- (“to sit”). Cognate with Sanskrit सदस् (sadas).

ἕζομαι • (hézomai) (chiefly poetic)
Verb
I sit, sit oneself.

From Proto-Hellenic *heďďomai, from Proto-Indo-European *séd-ye-, from *sed-. Compare ἵζω (hízō, “set”).

Cognate with Old English sittan (English sit), Old Norse sitja and Old High German sizzen.

ἵζω • (hízō)
Verb
(transitive) to cause to sit, seat, place
(transitive, 1st aorist) to set up
(intransitive) to sit, sit down
(intransitive) to sit still, am quiet
(intransitive) to sink
(intransitive) to settle down.

From Proto-Hellenic *hízdō, from Proto-Indo-European *sísdeti, reduplicated imperfective form of Proto-Indo-European *sed- (“sit”). Cognates include Sanskrit सीदति (sī́dati), Latin sīdō and Umbrian [script needed] (sistu). Compare ἕζομαι (hézomai).

Latin - sīdō (present infinitive sīdere, perfect active sīdī); third conjugation, no passive.
Verb
I sit down, I seat oneself, I settle
I sink down, I sink out of sight.
From Proto-Italic *sizdō, from Proto-Indo-European *sísdeti.
From the same root as sedeō (“I sit, I remain”).

Latin - sedeō (present infinitive sedēre, perfect active sēdī, supine sessum); second conjugation
Verb
I sit, I am seated
I sit in an official seat; sit in council or court, hold court, preside
I keep the field, remain encamped
I settle or sink down, subside
I sit still; remain, tarry, stay, abide, linger, loiter; sit around
I hold or hang fast or firm; I am established
(Medieval Latin) I am.

From Proto-Italic *sedēō, from Proto-Indo-European *sed-, the same root as sīdō. Cognates include Sanskrit सीदति (sī́dati), Old Church Slavonic сѣдѣти (sěděti), Old English sittan (English sit). Confer sīdo (“I settle, I sink down”).

In the New Testament the Throne of God is talked about in several forms.[5] Including Heaven as the Throne of God, The Throne of David, The Throne of Glory, The Throne of Grace and many more.[5] The New Testament continues Jewish identification of heaven itself as the “throne of God”,[6] but also locates the throne of God as “in heaven” and having a second subordinate seat at the Right Hand of God for the Session of Christ.[7]

The Throne of God is the reigning centre of God in the Abrahamic religions: primarily Judaism, Christianity, and Islam. The throne is said by various holy books to reside beyond the Seventh Heaven and is called Araboth in Judaism,[1] and al-‘Arsh in Islam. Many in the Christian religion consider the ceremonial chair as symbolizing or representing an allegory of the holy Throne of God.

In the New Testament, the Throne of God is talked about in several forms.[2] Including Heaven as the Throne of God, The Throne of David, The Throne of Glory, The Throne of Grace and many more.[2] The New Testament continues Jewish identification of heaven itself as the “throne of God”,[3] but also locates the throne of God as “in heaven” and having a secondary seat at the Right Hand of God for the Session of Christ.[4]

The Book of Revelation describes the Seven Spirits of God which surround the throne, and John wishes his readers in the Seven Asian churches to be blessed with grace from God, from the seven who are before God’s throne, and from Jesus Christ in Heaven. John states that in front of the throne there appears to be “a sea of glass, clear as crystal”, and that the throne is surrounded by a lion, an ox, a man, and a flying eagle; each with six wings and covered with eyes, who constantly cry “Holy, holy, holy is the Lord God Almighty, who was, and is, and is to come” repeatedly. It is also said that “out of the throne proceeded lightnings and thunderings and voices”.[5]

The Christian doctrine of the Session of Christ or heavenly session says that Jesus Christ is seated at the right hand of God the Father in Heaven—the word “session” is an archaic noun meaning “sitting.”

Although the word formerly meant “the act of sitting down,” its meaning is somewhat broader in current English usage, and is used to refer to a sitting for various reasons, such as a teaching session, or a court or council being in session.

The right hand of God (Dextera Domini “right hand of the Lord” in Latin) or God’s right hand may refer to the Bible and common speech as a metaphor for the omnipotence of God and as a motif in art.

In the Bible, to be at the right side “is to be identified as being in the special place of honor”.[1] In Jesus’ The Sheep and the Goats, the sheep and goats are separated with the sheep on the right hand of God and the goats on the left hand.

___________________________
Sheep and a Goats parable

“But when the Son of Man comes in his glory, and all the holy angels with him, then he will sit on the throne of his glory. Before him all the nations will be gathered, and he will separate them one from another, as a shepherd separates the sheep from the goats. He will set the sheep on his right hand, but the goats on the left. Then the King will tell those on his right hand, ‘Come, blessed of my Father, inherit the Kingdom prepared for you from the foundation of the world; for I was hungry, and you gave me food to eat. I was thirsty, and you gave me drink. I was a stranger, and you took me in. I was naked, and you clothed me. I was sick, and you visited me. I was in prison, and you came to me.’

“Then the righteous will answer him, saying, ‘Lord, when did we see you hungry, and feed you; or thirsty, and give you a drink? When did we see you as a stranger, and take you in; or naked, and clothe you? When did we see you sick, or in prison, and come to you?’

“The King will answer them, ‘Most certainly I tell you, because you did it to one of the least of these my brothers, you did it to me.’ Then he will say also to those on the left hand, ‘Depart from me, you cursed, into the eternal fire which is prepared for the devil and his angels; for I was hungry, and you didn’t give me food to eat; I was thirsty, and you gave me no drink; I was a stranger, and you didn’t take me in; naked, and you didn’t clothe me; sick, and in prison, and you didn’t visit me.’

“Then they will also answer, saying, ‘Lord, when did we see you hungry, or thirsty, or a stranger, or naked, or sick, or in prison, and didn’t help you?’

“Then he will answer them, saying, ‘Most certainly I tell you, because you didn’t do it to one of the least of these, you didn’t do it to me.’ These will go away into eternal punishment, but the righteous into eternal life.”

97
Q

Θεογονία

A

GENEALOGY OF THE GODS

The Theogony (Greek: Θεογονία, Theogonía, Attic Greek: [tʰeoɡoníaː], i.e. “the genealogy or birth of the gods”[1]) is a poem by Hesiod (8th – 7th century BC) describing the origins and genealogies of the Greek gods, composed c. 700 BC. It is written in the Epic dialect of Ancient Greek.

Hesiod’s Theogony is a large-scale synthesis of a vast variety of local Greek traditions concerning the gods, organized as a narrative that tells how they came to be and how they established permanent control over the cosmos. It is the first known Greek mythical cosmogony. The initial state of the universe is chaos, a dark indefinite void considered a divine primordial condition from which everything else appeared.

98
Q

κόσμος

A

COSMOS

The cosmos (UK: /ˈkɒzmɒs/, US: /-moʊs/) is the universe. Using the word cosmos rather than the word universe implies viewing the universe as a complex and orderly system or entity; the opposite of chaos.[1] The cosmos, and our understanding of the reasons for its existence and significance, are studied in cosmology – a very broad discipline covering any scientific, religious, or philosophical contemplation of the cosmos and its nature, or reasons for existing. Religious and philosophical approaches may include in their concepts of the cosmos various spiritual entities or other matters deemed to exist outside our physical universe.

The philosopher Pythagoras first used the term cosmos (Ancient Greek: κόσμος) for the order of the universe.

Cosmology is the study of the cosmos, and in its broadest sense covers a variety of very different approaches: scientific, religious and philosophical. All cosmologies have in common an attempt to understand the implicit order within the whole of being.

In theology, the cosmos is the created heavenly bodies (sun, moon, planets, and fixed stars). In Christian theology, the word is also used synonymously with aion[8] to refer to “worldly life” or “this world” or “this age” as opposed to the afterlife or world to come.

99
Q

αἰών

A

ETERNITY / AGE

The word aeon /ˈiːɒn/, also spelled eon (in American English), originally meant “life”, “vital force” or “being”, “generation” or “a period of time”, though it tended to be translated as “age” in the sense of “ages”, “forever”, “timeless” or “for eternity”. It is a Latin transliteration from the koine Greek word ὁ αἰών (ho aion), from the archaic αἰϝών (aiwon). In Homer it typically refers to life or lifespan. Its latest meaning is more or less similar to the Sanskrit word kalpa and Hebrew word olam. A cognate Latin word aevum or aeuum (cf. αἰϝών) for “age” is present in words such as longevity and mediaeval.

Although the term aeon may be used in reference to a period of a billion years (especially in geology, cosmology or astronomy), its more common usage is for any long, indefinite, period. Aeon can also refer to the four aeons on the Geologic Time Scale that make up the Earth’s history, the Hadean, Archean, Proterozoic, and the current aeon Phanerozoic.

The Bible translation is a treatment of the Hebrew word olam and the Greek word aion. These words have similar meaning, and Young’s Literal Translation renders them and their derivatives as “age” or “age-during”. Other English versions most often translate them to indicate eternity, being translated as eternal, everlasting, forever, etc. However, there are notable exceptions to this in all major translations, such as Matthew 28:20: “…I am with you always, to the end of the age” (NRSV), the word “age” being a translation of aion. Rendering aion to indicate eternality in this verse would result in the contradictory phrase “end of eternity”, so the question arises whether it should ever be so.[3] Proponents of universal reconciliation point out that this has significant implications for the problem of hell.[4]

Contrast Matthew 25:46 in well-known English translations with its rendering in Young’s Literal Translation:
And these shall go away to punishment age-during, but the righteous to life age-during. (YLT)[5]

Then they will go away to eternal punishment, but the righteous to eternal life. (NIV)[6]

These will go away into eternal punishment, but the righteous into eternal life. (NASB)[7]

And these shall go away into everlasting punishment, but the righteous into eternal life. (KJV)[8]

And these will depart into everlasting cutting-off, but the righteous ones into everlasting life. (NWT)[9]

Christianity’s idea of “eternal life” comes from the word for life, zoe, and a form of aeon,[10] which could mean life in the next aeon, the Kingdom of God, or Heaven, just as much as immortality, as in John 3:16.

According to the Christian doctrine of universal reconciliation, the Greek New Testament scriptures use the word “aeon” to mean a long period (perhaps 1000 years) and the word “aeonian” to mean “during a long period”; Thus there was a time before the aeons, and the aeonian period is finite. After each man’s mortal life ends, he is judged worthy of aeonian life or aeonian punishment. That is, after the period of the aeons, all punishment will cease and death is overcome and then God becomes the all in each one (1Cor 15:28). This contrasts with the conventional Christian belief in eternal life and eternal punishment.

100
Q

βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ

βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν

A

KINGDOM OF GOD

KINGDOM OF HEAVEN

Kingdom of Heaven (Greek: βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν) is a term used in the Gospel of Matthew in reference to the “kingdom of God” (Greek: βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ) in the Gospel of Mark and the Gospel of Luke. Thought to be the main content of Jesus’s preaching, the “Kingdom of Heaven” described “a process, a course of events, whereby God begins to govern or to act as king or Lord, an action, therefore, by which God manifests his being-God in the world of men”.

101
Q

δέος

A

δέος • (déos) n (uncountable)
awe (a feeling of fear and reverence)

δέος • (déos) n (genitive δέους); third declension
fear, alarm
reason for fear.

From Proto-Indo-European *dwey- (“to fear”). Cognate with Ancient Greek δεινός (deinós), Old Armenian երկն (erkn), Latin dīrus.

δεινός • (deinós) m (feminine δεινή, neuter δεινόν); first/second declension
Adjective 
terrible, horrible, fearful, astounding
(neuter substantive) danger
marvelous, mighty, powerful
wondrous, strange
able, skillful, clever
shamefully timid, cowardly.

From Proto-Indo-European *dweynós, from *dwey- (“fear”); equivalent to δει- (dei-), the root of δείδω (deídō), +‎ -νος (-nos). Compare δέος (déos). Cognate with Latin dirus, Old Armenian երկն (erkn).

δείδω • (deídō)
Verb
(transitive) to fear, to dread.
From Proto-Indo-European *dwey- (“to fear”).

δειλός • (deilós) m (feminine δειλή, neuter δειλόν); first/second declension
Adjective
cowardly
Antonym: ἀνδρεῖος (andreîos)

ἀνδρεῖος • (andreîos) m (feminine ἀνδρεία, neuter ανδρεῖον); first/second declension
Adjective 
Of or pertaining to a man
manly, masculine, strong
Antonym: γυναικεῖος (gunaikeîos)
brave, courageous
Antonym: δειλός (deilós)
stubborn.

From ἀνήρ (anḗr, “man”) +‎ -ιος (-ios, adjective suffix).
ᾰ̓νήρ • (anḗr) m (genitive ᾰ̓νδρός); third declension
man (adult male)
husband
human being, as opposed to a god.

Antonyms
γυνή
(gunḗ, “woman, female, wife”)

ᾰ̓νδρο- • (andro-)
combining form of ᾰ̓νήρ (anḗr)

From Proto-Indo-European
*h₂nḗr m
man
power, force, vital energy.

SANSKRIT 
नर • (nar) (Urdu spelling نر‎)
male, masculine
नर m
man.
नर • (nára) m
a human, a person
a male person
a husband
a hero
a man or piece at chess or draughts
the pin or gnomon of a sun-dial
the primeval Man or eternal Spirit pervading the universe.

Ἀνδρέας
From ἀνήρ (anḗr, “man”), cognate with ἀνδρεῖος (andreîos, “manly, courageous”).
Ἀνδρέᾱς • (Andréās) m (genitive Ἀνδρέου); first declension
Proper noun
A male given name, equivalent to English Andrew
Andrew, one of Jesus’ twelve disciples.

ἀνδρεῖος • (andreîos) m (feminine ἀνδρεία, neuter ανδρεῖον); first/second declension
Adjective 
Of or pertaining to a man
manly, masculine, strong
Antonym: γυναικεῖος (gunaikeîos)
brave, courageous
Antonym: δειλός (deilós)
stubborn.
From ἀνήρ (anḗr, “man”) +‎ -ιος (-ios, adjective suffix).
102
Q

απολογισμός

A

REPORT - STOCK TAKING - SUMMARY

EVALUATION - ASSESSMENT

απολογισμός
account, report, adjustment.

103
Q

δῆλος

Odelia

A

MOON

δῆλος • (dêlos) m (feminine δήλη, neuter δῆλον); first/second declension

visible
conspicuous
manifest
(Septuagint, plural form) the Urim

From Proto-Indo-European *dyew- (“heaven, sky; to shine”).

Delia is a feminine given name, either taken from an epithet of the Greek moon goddess Artemis or else representing a short form of Adelia, Bedelia, Cordelia or Odelia.

In most cases, however, the name Delia refers to the tiny Greek island of Delos (Ancient Greek: Δῆλος), the birthplace of Artemis and her twin brother Apollo.

Artemis (/ˈɑːrtɪmɪs/; Greek: Ἄρτεμις Artemis, Attic Greek: [ár.te.mis]), in the ancient Greek religion and myth, is the goddess of the hunt, the wilderness, wild animals, the Moon, and chastity.

104
Q

Theodicy

A

Theodicy (/θiːˈɒdɪsi/), in its most common form, is an attempt to answer the question of why a good God permits the manifestation of evil, thus resolving the issue of the problem of evil.

105
Q

θεος

θεοι

θετης

A

GODS MIND

θετης (thetes), which is “one who sets/places”.

τιθημι (tithemi), meaning to place or set — basically what a chess player would do with chess pieces. “what the Father has set”

θεσαυρος
The first person single future form of this verb is θησω (theso), meaning “I will set”, and it’s the root of words like θεσαυρος (thesauros), meaning treasure.

νουθετεω (noutheteo), literally meaning to mind-set but used in the sense of to warn or admonish.

θεαομαι
Equally intriguing are the visual similarities between our word θεος, its feminine counterpart θεα (thea, meaning Goddess) and the verb θαομαι (theaomai), meaning to wonder, and its derived middle deponent verb θεαομαι (theaomai), meaning to behold or contemplate intently.

θεατρον (theatron), or theatre.

θαομαι (thaomai) also comes the noun, to be wondering, puzzling, considering, thinking.

θαυμα (thauma), meaning wonder or admiration

θαυμαζω (thaumazo), meaning to wonder.

θεωρος
From our secondary verb θεαομαι (theaomai) comes the noun θεωρος (theoros), literally meaning an observer or observed one. This extra-Biblical word became used to denote an envoy sent to divine kings or to oracles or to show up at functions instead of someone represented.

θεωρεω (theoreo), meaning to gaze intently in order to get all the details.

θεωρια (theoria), meaning a the philosophical view. A viewing or a sight. Quite fittingly, this noun is the origin of our English word “theory” or — dare we say it? — “goddery”. Theory is literally god-business.

αλογια (alogia), without reason.

adjective αθεος (atheos), meaning atheist(ic).

adjective θειος (theios), which means godly in the sense of something pertaining to God: an essential quality of the divine. In Greek literature this adjective appears all over the place — sometimes as substantive denoting the divine in general; sometimes as a superhuman quality ascribed to human heroes; sometimes to describe the acts of the Gods.

noun θειοτης (theiotes), meaning divinity or rather “divineness”

The inchoative verb διδασκω (didasko), meaning to be teaching:

the adjective θεοδιδακτος (theodidaktos), meaning taught by God.

θεομαχεω
Together with the verb μαχομαι (machomai), meaning to fight or quarrel with: the adjective θεομαχος (theomachos), meaning god-fighter (ACTS 5:39 only). From this adjective comes:
The verb θεομαχεω (theomacheo), meaning to fight with God (ACTS 23:9 only).

adjective θεοπνευστος (theopneustos), meaning god-breathed or divinely inspired.

the Psalmist exclaim: “You will not allow your Holy One [the Word] to undergo decay” (Psalm 16:10). Writing boosted the levels of science and whatever knowledge was once available only to specialized priests, writing made available to everybody.

noun θεοτης (theotes), meaning deity or divinity. Paul submits that the fullness of the θεοτης (theotes) dwells in Christ in bodily form.

φιλοθεος (philotheos), meaning god-friendly or god-loving.

θεος
The word θεος (theos) means God, but although that may seem like an open-and-shut case it really isn’t. In fact, our word θεος (theos) is fantastically complicated. To start with, it also covers humans (JOHN 10:34) and even what seems to be the devil (2 CORINTHIANS 4:4). There’s clearly more to the word θεος (theos) than simply offering a kind of genus for the Creator to be classified as. In the New Testament, this noun occurs 1340 times; SEE FULL CONCORDANCE. Let’s have a look at this mysterious word.

When people began to call upon the Name

Our word stems from a time when every detail of human existence was permeated with theology (in the broadest sense of the word), easily up to the modern levels of pervasion of the entertainment and health industries combined. And additionally, back then our word theos was understood in the etymological context of what it represented. It was a word that clearly came out of a verbal neighborhood that included everyday verbs and adjectives that all had to do with what theos meant. In other words: back then, even if you could find someone with absolutely no knowledge of theology, the word for God still actually meant something. It was a word like “shopper” that upon its inception was immediately and by everybody understood to describe a person who had something to do with a shop (whether a workshop or a place of retail), and which only after much usage attained the meaning of someone who purchases something in a shop rather than the proprietor of one (the verb “to shop” meant being a shopkeeper for about a hundred years, until the late 18th century when it came to mean to buy something).

Today, on the other hand, the word “God” is a technical term, which only means something to people who know something about theology (in its broadest sense). Its etymology is obscure, and its inherent meaning isn’t clear at all. In that regard, the term “God” is like the term “item nr. 15” that means only something if you also have the IKEA assembly instructions that show what “item nr 15” might be and how it fits the furniture you’re trying to assemble. The whole big screaming deal about theology these days is that there’s no real consensus about what sort of furniture we’re trying to assemble. In fact, much friction between theological models is exactly that: a difference in opinion about what theology is, rather than what and who God is.

Until the European Renaissance of the 15th century there were no scholarly disciplines. What today is a delta of largely isolated scientific and artistic disciplines was until the Renaissance a unified river of knowledge. A person of learning (a.k.a. a wise one, or wizard) knew everything about everything (1 Kings 4:33). The primary purpose of knowing things — knowing when to sow, when to harvest, how to track prey, how to battle threats, how to respond to a complex international social market — was to create security and thus increase people’s chances of survival (see our article on the word πιστις, pistis, meaning “faith” or rather “that which one is sure about”, for more on this). And all details of all knowledge added up to the unified quest for the basic operating principle of the universe. There were and still are two main schools of thought about that: school A and school B:

Star Wars vs. Star Trek

Adherents to school A figure that the world is a stage and all must play a part. In this model all creatures are like stars that happen to hang in empty space; take away the stars and the empty space remains, and if nobody does anything then nothing gets done. Competition is thus everything and the stronger guy is better than the weaker guy. The invisible forces that so obviously run the world (collectively known as theoi; whether seen as inanimate or living) must hence work the same way, and this in turn leads to belief in a pantheon of theoi that compete among each other as much as men do.

School B, on the other hand, believes that the actors are not on the stage but bring about the stage because collectively they are the stage. School B is all about unity, no matter how complex, because unity drives complexity. School B understands that the diversity of all human culture is due to its unity, just like the diversity of the biosphere is due to its unity, just like the unity of the singularity from whence the entire expanding universe came was never compromised. In this model, all things, including stars, come with the space in which they sit — take away the stars and you’ll also lose the space. And even when nobody would do anything, the whole of the unity still progresses, hence altering the communal stage and forcing the actors do react.

School B does not believe in multiplicity and competition but in unity and diversity. Where school A believes in a stationary universe, school B believes in an inherently progressing universe. To school A, we’re all players in a grand casino; while some might amass a fortune, most lose everything and the house always wins. To school B we’re all rowers on a boat whose rudder is controlled by natural progression. We will either, at some point, arrive at the only possible dock available, or succumb to lack of cooperation and die half way the great passage.

School A will try to address the much remote deity and entice him (her/them) to do something he is evidently not doing on his own (the secular branch of school A speaks optimistically of “harnessing the forces of nature”). School A knows better than even the deity and sets out to change the deity, or at least his mind. To them the deity is a big horse that pulls the cart of existence to wherever they instruct the deity to lumber. School B sees the deity indeed separate but not remote, indeed not part of creation but intimately involved with it (the way the second dimension of a two-dimensional plane touches a one-dimensional line in its every point while still remaining separate from it). To them the deity continues to form the universe and leads it like an attractor toward a mirror image of himself, rather the way DNA replicates. Their prayers don’t try to change the deity’s mind but their own (MATTHEW 6:10). They want to become like God, not the other way around (Psalm 25:4).

YHWH is God, and YHWH is One

To school B, God is YHWH and is not simply One because there is no other or because he his stronger than the others: he is the Oneness of the whole. He is not simply the pantheistic whole, but the Oneness of the whole. This Oneness was there before the whole began, and will be there when the whole achieves completion. That is how Jesus could say the he and the Father are One (JOHN 10:30) and that he is in the Father and the Father is in him (JOHN 14:10), while at the same time all believers are in Jesus and Jesus is in them (JOHN 14:20) and all believers must be one just like he and the Father are one (JOHN 17:21-22). It’s also the reason why in the last century scientists have become convinced that all forces of nature are in fact one (called the Grand Unified Force), which at lower energy levels breaches like an unfolding umbrella into the familiar four fundamental forces Gravity, Electromagnetism, and the Strong and Weak Nuclear Forces, without losing their consistency. But physicists know what school B knows, namely that a breach of symmetry does not entail a breach of unity.

The natural laws by which the universe was created and upon which creation, including mankind, was designed to operate, is in the Bible known as the Word of God; a living and communicating being (JOHN 1:3, Genesis 15:1, JOHN 1:14). Understanding how the universe works leads to a kind of liberation that frees the individual (JOHN 8:32) and brings about a human society in which the Creator is an essential element. This is the reason why both the Father and Jesus blatantly call theoi the people “to whom the Word of God came” (Psalm 82:6, JOHN 10:34-35). You are what you know, after all.

All this has certainly nothing to do with church buildings or marble statues or religions of any sort (REVELATION 21:22). In fact, the heroes of both the Old and the New Testaments have much more in common with post-Renaissance scientists (1 Kings 4:33-34) than with post-Renaissance clergy, and unanimously abhorred religious regalia and ritualistic vanity. The Roman imperial machine required its subjects to pay homage to the deified state and its Caesar, and true truth-seekers didn’t feel like doing so. This is why they were executed in droves and this is also why the first century Roman historian Cassius Dio could define atheism as “a charge on which many others who drifted into Jewish ways were condemned” (Hist.67.14).

The Grand Unified Theory is commonly envisioned as a united cluster of smaller but immutable man-made theories, precisely identical to the pantheon of marble representations of the theoi of the school A models. School B, on the other hand, has since time immemorial tried to make clear that no marble image (εικον, eikon) could ever represent anything remotely connected to any kind of world-governing natural force (Exodus 20:3-5, ACTS 17:29). If you would want to represent the Creator, or the divine unity of all governing forces of nature (COLOSSIANS 1:17-18, Isaiah 9:6), you’d have to come up with something very much alive (COLOSSIANS 1:15, HEBREWS 1:3). That is why Jesus Christ is presented as he in whom are hidden the treasure (thesauros, see below) of all knowledge and wisdom (COLOSSIANS 2:3, see ROMANS 1:20 and Hosea 4:6).

Furthermore, the government of the Word of God is not a government by some unapproachable emperor in an ivory tower far away, but from the same laws to which atoms listen (Deuteronomy 30:14, Jeremiah 31:33, ROMANS 2:15). It’s the very set of rules by which we exist in the first place that will then govern our whole society, and it will feel the same as being entirely free. The authors of the New Testament where part of a revolution in theology, of people who called the Creator by such intimate and near equal terms as mister (kurios) and even father.

God’s etymological neighborhood

In the pagan world, the invisible world of the divine was thought to consist of many interacting θεοι (theoi), and one of those sub-currents of the greater river would be called a θεος (theos).

In the Judaic world view the singular word theos came to denote not just one individual but the living oneness of all lifeless and living theoi (“as indeed there are many theoi” — 1 CORINTHIANS 8:5).

This same principle of the one-and-the-many sits in the Hebrew word for God, namely אלהים (elohim), which is a plural word just like theoi but used grammatically in a singular way. From this plural word came the singular אלה (eloah) in much the same way as the singular word theos came from the plural theoi. But in the Bible the words theos and eloah are equivalent to the whole pagan pantheon, not just one element of that pantheon.

This original plural word theoi probably came from (and means the same as) the plural of the noun θετης (thetes), which is “one who sets/places”. This word does not occur in the New Testament but in Cratylus, Plato uses this word in the sense of giving a name, that is: a formal identity (Crat.389, see Genesis 2:19, Isaiah 43:1, and REVELATION 2:17 via Isaiah 62:2). This noun θετης (thetes) in turn comes from the ubiquitous verb τιθημι (tithemi), meaning to place or set — basically what a chess player would do with chess pieces (MATTHEW 5:15, 1 CORINTHIANS 12:18, ACTS 1:7: “what the Father has set”). The first person single future form of this verb is θησω (theso), meaning “I will set”, and it’s the root of words like θεσαυρος (thesauros), meaning treasure (MATTHEW 6:20, COLOSSIANS 2:3) and νουθετεω (noutheteo), literally meaning to mind-set but used in the sense of to warn or admonish (ACTS 20:31, ROMANS 15:14).

Equally intriguing are the visual similarities between our word θεος, its feminine counterpart θεα (thea, meaning Goddess) and the verb θαομαι (theaomai), meaning to wonder, and its derived middle deponent verb θεαομαι (theaomai), meaning to behold or contemplate intently (JOHN 8:10, MATTHEW 6:1). From the latter verb comes the familiar noun θεατρον (theatron), or theatre (ACTS 19:29). From the primary verb θαομαι (thaomai) also comes the noun θαυμα (thauma), meaning wonder or admiration (REVELATION 17:6) and its associated verb θαυμαζω (thaumazo), meaning to wonder (MATTHEW 8:10, LUKE 7:9).

From our secondary verb θεαομαι (theaomai) comes the noun θεωρος (theoros), literally meaning an observer or observed one. This extra-Biblical word became used to denote an envoy sent to divine kings or to oracles or to show up at functions instead of someone represented. From this noun in turn comes the familiar verb θεωρεω (theoreo), meaning to gaze intently in order to get all the details (MARK 15:47, LUKE 14:29), and from that verb comes the even more familiar noun θεωρια (theoria), meaning a viewing or sight (LUKE 23:48). Quite fittingly, this noun is the origin of our English word “theory” or — dare we say it? — “goddery”. Theory is literally god-business.

Derivations and compound words
Our word θεος (theos) comes with a small array of derivatives, and serves as element in several compound words:

Together with the preposition α (a), meaning without: the familiar adjective αθεος (atheos), meaning atheist(ic). In the Bible it occurs only in EPHESIANS 2:12, where it describes the condition of being without Christ. Our modern world sports this word as a symbol of scientific reason (versus the “faith” it purports to oppose) but originally this word was properly on a par with αλογια (alogia), without reason (ACTS 25:27, JUDE 1:10).
The feminine version of θεος (theos), namely θεα (thea), obviously meaning Goddess. This word occurs only in ACTS 19:27, 19:35 and 19:37 where it describes Artemis of Ephesus.
The adjective θειος (theios), which means godly in the sense of something pertaining to God: an essential quality of the divine. In Greek literature this adjective appears all over the place — sometimes as substantive denoting the divine in general; sometimes as a superhuman quality ascribed to human heroes; sometimes to describe the acts of the Gods — but in the New Testament only in ACTS 17:29, 2 PETER 1:3 and 1:4.
The noun θειοτης (theiotes), meaning divinity or rather “divineness” to distinguish it from the previous word. In the classics this word is used sporadically; sometimes to denote piety and sometimes as title of the Roman emperor. In the New Testament this word occurs in ROMANS 1:20 only.
Together with the verb διδασκω (didasko), meaning to teach: the adjective θεοδιδακτος (theodidaktos), meaning taught by God (1 THESSALONIANS 4:9 only, but also see JOHN 6:45). This concept comes from Isaiah 53:4 where the prophet says “And all your sons will be taught of (or will teach about) YHWH and great will be the peace of your sons”.
Together with the verb μαχομαι (machomai), meaning to fight or quarrel with: the adjective θεομαχος (theomachos), meaning god-fighter (ACTS 5:39 only). From this adjective comes:
The verb θεομαχεω (theomacheo), meaning to fight with God (ACTS 23:9 only).
Together with the verb πνεω (pneo), meaning to blow or to inspire: the contended adjective θεοπνευστος (theopneustos), meaning god-breathed or divinely inspired. This mind-boggling act is demonstrated a few times in the Bible (Genesis 2:7, JOHN 20:22) but this adjective occurs only in 2 TIMOTHY 3:16, where Paul writes that all writing is god-breathed. With this he obviously means all writing — such as the extra-Biblical legend of Jannes and Jambres, which he mentions a few verses prior — and not only so-called sacred writings, let alone the Bible the way we have it simply because much of it hadn’t been produced at the time of Paul’s writing. In other words: if you can convey the gospel by referring to Shakespeare, Star Trek or Masha and the Bear, by all means don’t hold back.
Paul probably also not so much referred to what was written about but rather the very miracle of the existence of script itself. In order for a writing system to exist, an incredible level of cooperation and convention across a vast region must be in place. Prior to this happening, folks of extraordinary vision and powers of persuasion have to travel extensively and somehow convince people of the benefit of this convention before it can be demonstrated.
Writing allowed information to be permanently stored in and retrieved without degradation from a medium other than a forgetful and perishable human brain, which made the Psalmist exclaim: “You will not allow your Holy One [the Word] to undergo decay” (Psalm 16:10). Writing boosted the levels of science and whatever knowledge was once available only to specialized priests, writing made available to everybody (Exodus 19:6). Love believes all things (1 CORINTHIANS 13:7), but you can’t believe what you don’t know about. The ancients rightly understood writing to be divine and a catalyst for world-wide love.
Together with the verb σεβομαι (sebomai), to worship or venerate: the adjective θεοσεβης (theosebes), meaning god-worshippingly or godly (JOHN 9:31 only). From this adjective comes:
The noun θεοσεβεια (theosebia), meaning reverence of God or godliness (1 TIMOTHY 2:10 only).
Together with the otherwise unused verb στυγεω (stugeo), meaning to hate, but in the emphatic sense of showing hate rather than just feeling it; active hate: the adjective θεοστυγης (theostuges), meaning god-hated (hated by god). In the classics this word denoted someone whose misdeeds were expected to generate divine hate; something like our term “god forsaken” but stronger. In the New Testament this word occurs only once, in ROMANS 1:30, where, for some reason, every major translation interprets it the other way around: hater(s) of God.
The noun θεοτης (theotes), meaning deity or divinity. This incredible word occurs only once in the New Testament, in COLOSSIANS 2:9, where Paul submits that the fullness of the θεοτης (theotes) dwells in Christ in bodily form.
Together with the adjective φιλος (philos) beloved or friend: the adjective φιλοθεος (philotheos), meaning god-friendly or god-loving (2 TIMOTHY 3:4 only). This word is the reversed of the name Theophilus, which belonged to the man to whom the gospel of Luke and the Book of Acts were dedicated.

106
Q

Agnostisist

A

CANT DEMONSTRATE TRUTH TO SOMEONE WHO WONT HEAR, READ OT CONTEMPLATE CAREFULLY THE SUBJECT.

Paul probably also not so much referred to what was written about but rather the very miracle of the existence of script itself. In order for a writing system to exist, an incredible level of cooperation and convention across a vast region must be in place. Prior to this happening, folks of extraordinary vision and powers of persuasion have to travel extensively and somehow convince people of the benefit of this convention before it can be demonstrated.

107
Q

ψυχη

A

SOUL

ψυχη
The noun ψυχη (psuche) means soul: the nature and character of a living being — all the qualities that set a living thing apart from some inanimate object of the same mass. In the flow of a translation this word may be translated with: “live-one” (ACTS 2:42, 27:37), or simply “life” (MATTHEW 2:20, MARK 3:4, LUKE 14:26) or, in the case of reasonable humans, “mind” (JOHN 10:24, ACTS 14:2, 2 PETER 2:8). But our word denotes the essential intelligence, not the active or intellectual one — that function of the human mind was known as διανοια, dianoia, or “through-knowing”; both words occur in MATTHEW 22:37, “…with all your heart, all your psuche and all your dianoia”. MARK 12:33 juxtaposes our word with συνεσις (sunesis), to comprehend. In other words: living humans are homo sapiens, regardless of whether they ponder a lot.

Our noun derives from the verb ψυχω (psucho), which means to breathe, and a ψυχη (psuche) is simply something that breathes (a live one). In Genesis 2:7, the Lord breathed his breath into Adam and the latter became a living soul; he didn’t get one.

Please see our article on our noun’s parent verb for an exciting stroll through its verbal neighborhood (including its own much revealing derivations). In this article we’ll continue to look at the usages of our word in the New Testament — it occurs 105 times; SEE FULL CONCORDANCE.

The pagan soul

The popular idea of a personal soul that resides somewhere inside every human being, and escapes at death to go on a journey through the afterlife, is positively pagan. It is certainly not a Hebrew idea, which is why the Old Testament never speaks of “heaven and hell” (it’s always “heaven and earth”) or of humans living in heaven (read our article on the Hebrew word for “soul”, namely the noun נפש, nepesh for a closer look).

Neither individuality nor the continuum of the biosphere is commonly very well understood, and neither are the concepts of time and eternity. But the Bible is very clear that mankind’s final destiny is on earth (see REVELATION 21:1 to REVELATION 22:5), whether a whole new one or a renovated old one — here at Abarim Publications we surmise that the old one will be repaired, see this same principle at work in 2 CORINTHIANS 5:17.

Perhaps all this means that our deceased ancestors indeed presently reside in a kind of intermediate holding pen, but here at Abarim Publications we guess that this idea is as lame and botched as its negative counterpart of Purgatory. Any references to this structure (such as the poor Lazarus in Abraham’s bosom, but also REVELATION 6:9 and 20:4) are obviously highly allegorical and play out on the stage of the audience’s imagination (like preaching the gospel on the Klingon Home World).

The smart soul

The Bible obviously supports the notion of a “life after death” (MATTHEW 22:32, LUKE 23:43), but instead of souls wandering either of two spiritual realms, the Bible strongly favors the concept of the resurrection (MARK 12:8-27, JOHN 5:28-29, JOHN 11:25, 1 CORINTHIANS 15:1-58, PHILIPPIANS 3:10).

Resurrection is also a difficult principle, but it predominantly has to do with one’s long decayed body being reassembled at some point in the future. This concept has always been as spacey and mysterious as the wandering soul idea, until people discovered that all organic bodies are based on DNA, and all you need to resurrect one’s body is a modest flash drive worth of data (less than 1 Gigabyte). Every living human’s mind is pervaded by the ills of our world, so it’s not clear whether or how one’s personal memory will be uploaded into one’s resurrected body, but that idea too is probably nonsensical.

Our present ideas about individuality are probably not correct or even helpful. Instead, it may very well be that the Bible supports that whatever was worth saving of a deceased ancestor’s mind, lives on as collective personality of his offspring or followers (albeit polluted by the offspring’s subsequent failures). This too is scientifically defendable; since the 1990’s we know, for instance, that a swarm of individual bees utilizes the same kind of decision-making principles as does the brain of a single mammal — this phenomenon was dubbed “smart swarm”.

That means that we can be reasonable sure that a “swarm” of individual human brains functions like the mind of a much higher creature (hence the phenomenon of the “wisdom of crowds”). For two millennia, folks have been saying that Christ is incarnate in his people, but since the late 20th century we have the scientific theory to back this up.

The Biblical soul

In the Bible, the “soul” of a human being is equal to his/her condition of being alive, which in turn is demonstrated by this person’s breathing. When one dies, one’s ψυχη (psuche) departs, and that is nothing but a fancy way of saying that the person has stopped breathing. It does not suggest that the person’s breathing has gone somewhere.

In the Bible our noun ψυχη (psuche) is the same as “a living, breathing and particularly mentally active being”, and covers God (MATTHEW 12:8, also see Isaiah 42:1, Jeremiah 6:8), humans (LUKE 12:20, ACTS 20:10), animals (REVELATION 8:9, also see Genesis 1:30). In the narrative of the Bible, our word often occurs as broad synonym for:

The noun αγωγη (agoge), which denotes the way one leads his/her life.
The noun βιος (bios), which denotes one’s personal life in the sense of how one lives (as in the word biography: the story of one’s life).
The noun ζωη (zoe), which denotes the principle of life, as opposed to the class of existence of things like stones. Our noun ψυχη (psuche), which denotes a breathing thing, comprises a subset of ζωη (zoe), which comprises also non-breathing living things such as plants.
The noun νους (nous), meaning mind, or “that what the brain does”. Since one needs a neocortex to have a conscious mind, and not all breathing things have either, this word covers a subset of ψυχη (psuche).
The noun πνευμα (pneuma), which is another much over-elaborated concept: the spirit, which also has nothing to do with some ethereal entity. It comes from the verb πνεω (pneo), which means to blow, and basically covers the interaction between living things, including making verbal sounds versus hearing, gesturing and sporting flashy colors versus seeing, and wafting versus detecting smells. Our noun πνευμα (pneuma) covers those things that allow breathing things to form bonds. The deceased ancestor we discussed above, who lives on in his posterity, is a spirit. And so are glittering schools of sardines and those magnificent flocks of starlings one may observe in autumn.
Imagine a light bulb. Its glass and metal components are its body. When it’s turned on, its glowing is its soul. Its emission of light is its spirit.

108
Q

נפש (Nepesh)

A

SOUL - HEBREW

נפש
The important feminine noun נפש (nepesh) is complicated because English doesn’t have a word for it. It occurs about 750 times in the Old Testament and the NIV translates it about 170 times with “life,” “lives” or “alive,” 105 times with “soul,” and the remaining eleven dozen occurrences with variations of “self” or certain personal behaviors.

The Hebrew soul

Our word נפש (nepesh) appears to be part of a cluster of similar words in cognate languages, which mostly have to do with breath or breathing. Some cognates of our noun also mean throat (HAW Theological Wordbook of the Old Testament counts Ugaritic and Akkadian and excludes Arabic. Alfred Jones includes Chaldee and Arabic), which appears to stem from a second usage of this Semitic root, namely that of growing more spacious. Note that a similar connection between breath and becoming more spacious exists in the form רוח (ruah).

The close connection between our noun and the act of breathing is also evident in the Bible. Job 41:21, YHWH speaks of Leviathan, and says, “His breath (נפש, nepesh) kindles coals and a flame goes out of his mouth”. In Genesis 2:7, YHWH creates Adam by forming him from earth and breathing (נפח, napah) the breath (נשמה, neshama) of life into his nostrils (אף, ‘ap), so that he became a נפש חיה (nepesh haya); a living soul.

The Septuagint translated our noun נפש (nepesh) about 600 times with ψυχη (psuche; hence our word psychology), which derives from the verb ψυχω (psucho), which means to breathe (in).

Unfortunately, by the time the Septuagint and the New Testament were written, the word ψυχη (psuche) had attracted the attention of thinkers who had assigned all kinds of lofty qualities to it, and that still confuses exegetes today — a phenomenon comparable to the adorable Chuck Norris “facts” meme. The modern concept of soul is presently so much divorced from the Hebrew nepesh that translators should steer clear from it as much as possible. The Hebrew nepesh is really not the same as the Greek psuche or the modern “soul”.

Or as Sidnie Ann White writes in the Oxford Companion to the Bible: “The idea of the human person, so important in modern times thanks especially to the study of psychology, was not a focus of ancient Israelite thought. Because of the corporate identity of the people of Israel, the individual person did not receive much attention in the literature of Israel. However, as Israel moved into a later period, and particularly after its encounter with Hellenism, the nature of the individual and his or her fate became much more prominent in both Second Temple Judaism and early Christianity” (under Human person).

Our Hebrew noun נפש (nepesh) does not denote a ghostly, insubstantial element of a human individual, but rather the condition of being alive. Something that is alive does not have a nepesh, but is a nepesh. And because a nepesh is something living, it covers humans (Genesis 2:7), animals (Genesis 1:21, 1:24) and even the Lord himself (Isaiah 42:1, Jeremiah 6:8). In fact, the Hebrews appear to have realized that all life is intertwined and no organism can exist without the others (beautifully illustrated in statements such as 1 Samuel 18:1).

Coupled with the word חי (hay), meaning life, our word nepesh also covers the entire economy of the biosphere: נפש חיה (nepesh haya), “the nepesh of life”. Genesis 1:20 literally states, “Let the waters swarm with the swarmers of the nepesh of life,” and Genesis 1:24 states, “Let the earth brings forth the nepesh of life according to form”. All this indicates that to the Hebrews, our word נפש (nepesh) was much more a collective thing than a personal one. It may apply to an individual the way, say, our word ‘air’ does (my air) but our nepesh is essentially a personalized gulp of a much larger and always wholly unified atmosphere.

And as such, our word נפש (nepesh) is frequently used with the meaning of ‘a person’, or rather more literally: ‘a breather’, as pseudo-pseudonym for אדם (‘adam, see the name Adam), which literally means ‘dustling’, or ‘one-with-a-material-body’. The actual body, which the nepesh animates, is known as בשר (basar), or flesh, and these two occur on rare occasions juxtaposed (Isaiah 10:18).

Because a man’s breath carries his words, his growls of anger, his sighs of passion, his gasps from fear, his snorts from indignation and his pantings from desire, our word נפש (nepesh) often serves as the collective phrase for all a living being’s doings and feelings and even one’s potential for future doings and feelings. When someone speaks of “my nepesh,” he doesn’t refer to a part of him, but to all of him as a living and acting being (Genesis 12:13, Judges 5:21, 2 Samuel 18:13). Strikingly, our noun nepesh doesn’t seem to cover plants; if a nepesh has blood the blood is where the nepesh resides (Genesis 9:4, Leviticus 17:11, Deuteronomy 12:23), which is obviously precisely how respiration works: conveying oxygen from the air into one’s blood.

A nepesh doesn’t die, only the body dies, but that doesn’t mean that the nepesh goes on a journey through the afterlife, as many worldviews contemporary with the Hebrews’ dictated. A ‘dead breather’ (Numbers 6:6, 9:6-10, Numbers 19:11) is simply an ex-breather. In Sheol the life of a person dissipates like a cloud in the sky (Job 7:9) and there is no mention of YHWH in Sheol (Psalm 6:5, see Exodus 20:7). Where the Greek word αδης (hades) and the modern word hell denote a location distinct from earth, the Hebrew word Sheol simply denotes a function of the earth: to disintegrate bodies that have stopped being alive (Numbers 16:1, Job 7:9, Psalm 6:5).

The Hebrew word שאול (sheol), or Sheol comes from the verb שאל (sha’al), which indicates desire (see Isaiah 5:14: “Sheol enlarges her desire”, also Habakkuk 2:5), and desire appears to be such an essential quality of the nepesh, that our word can often be translated with wish (Genesis 23:8), will (Psalm 27:12, 41:2, 105:22), want (Psalm 78:18), craving (Exodus 23:9), enthusiasm (Numbers 11:6), disposition (Numbers 21:4, 2 Kings 19:15), desire (Deuteronomy 23:24, Psalm 35:25), appetite (Hosea 9:4, Proverbs 16:26), zeal (Psalm 17:9), ambition (Psalm 24:4), greed (Isaiah 56:11), or even plain lust (Genesis 34:3, Exodus 15:9). Isaiah 3:20 speaks of בתי הנפש, or ‘wish-houses’, a term that probably describes a box filled with delectables.

In Leviticus appears the difficult commandment to not cut flesh for the nepesh. It’s not clear which pagan practice this refers to but for some curious reason, most modern translations interpret this instance of our word nepesh with ‘the dead’, which is obviously precisely not what it means. Here at Abarim Publications we are pretty sure that in this instance our word nepesh refers to the kind of supplicatory self-mutilation that also prompted the Baal priests to cut themselves on Mount Carmel, when they desired Baal to do something (1 Kings 18:28). Similarly, in Leviticus 21:1 and Numbers 5:2, our word does not mean ‘the dead’ but ‘desire’ or ‘lust’.

Because of desire, a living being moves around, eats and reproduces. When the person stops being alive, his desires can no longer be satisfied and remain, so to speak, unanswered in Sheol. When a person is alive, his nepesh can be hungry and thirsty (Psalm 107:9), weary (Proverbs 25:25), craving in general (Ecclesiastes 2:24), and ultimately satisfied (Psalm 58:10). A nepesh may feel bitter (Judges 18:25) or rejoice (Isaiah 61:10). It may love (Song of Solomon 1:7, Jeremiah 12:7) but most of all the nepesh desires (Deuteronomy 12:20, 1 Samuel 2:16, Job 23:13, Isaiah 26:8).

Desire is important. It is the reason why living beings undertake action. Desire to live drives us to eat, to seek shelter and to reproduce. Desire also drives us to think and ponder, to better ourselves and to grow. Read our article on the word דם (dom), meaning blood, for more reflections on this.

Our noun נפש (nepesh) gave rise to a verb, namely the denominative verb נפש (napash), literally meaning “to nepesh”. It’s used only three times in the Bible. In Exodus 23:12, the Lord reveals what the Sabbath is for: so that everybody can napash. This is usually translated with “refresh themselves” but more correct would be “do what they want / get what they need”. In 2 Samuel 16:14 David napashes after his ordeal with Shimei the cursing stone slinger. But most spectacularly, in Exodus 31:17, the Lord reveals how he did all his work in six days and on the seventh he napashed.

109
Q

רוח (rwh)

A

SPIRIT - HEBREW

רוח
There are two roots of the form רוח (rwh), one having to do with breath and the other one with being wide, and note that the same duality exists in the word נפש (nepesh), which denotes a living being.

Because a living being breathes in and out and the form רוח (rwh) also means to enlarge and is associated with air around us, it appears that רוח (rwh) is mostly associated with one’s inhaling of universally available air, whereas the verb פוה (puah), meaning to blow, is mostly associated with exhaling one’s personal breath.

רוח I
The root רוח (rwh I) is not or sporadically used as verb in the Bible (see Isaiah 27:8 for a possible substantive use of the verb), but its main derivative, the noun רוח (ruah) occurs 379 times.

The feminine and sometimes masculine noun רוח (ruah) in its most abstract definition reflects a global force that moves or motivates multiple recipients. It’s the most common word for wind (Exodus 10:13, Proverbs 25:23, Jeremiah 49:36), but its usages go far beyond that.

In recent years, there has been a clear shift in perception among academics who study ancient, pre-Greek cultures. Time and time again we hear how ancient cultures were not, as was believed, primitive and barbaric but rather sophisticated and cultured, based on shockingly high levels of technology and understanding of the night sky. It’s probably prudent to also no longer see the Hebrew authors as mere bronze age desert dwellers with a knack for poetry and the occasional stroke of brilliance but rather as keen observers of the world around them, endowed with an insight into the natural world that rivals or even surpasses ours. Wind, they must have noticed, is not some creature that moves from place to place, but rather a disturbance in the atmospheric continuum. The word רוח (ruah), therefore, does not primarily denote the air moving, it primarily denotes a collective movement by a general driving force.

Not surprisingly, our word most often describes a living being as recipient of whatever forces move the world in general. It covers animals (Genesis 7:15, Psalm 104:29) and humans (Genesis 41:8, Isaiah 42:5). It may reflect something as mundane as inhaling breath through the nose, which results in smelling the world (Genesis 27:27, Song of Solomon 7:8, Jeremiah 2:24), but it also describes a kind of cerebral inhaling via which ideas enter one’s ruah (Ezekiel 11:5). Mostly it reflects either a people’s collective experience of something (Joshua 2:11, Lamentations 4:20), or an individual’s experience of what everybody else is also feeling (Job 17:1).

Derived from the same root are:

The masculine noun ריח (reah), meaning scent or fragrance (Genesis 27:27, Exodus 29:18).
The denominative verb ריח (riah), meaning to detect or produce a scent or fragrance (Job 39:25, Amos 5:21).
רוח II
The verb רוח (rawah II) conveys a being wide or spacious. It occurs a mere three times: once in the sense of a room being spacious (Jeremiah 22:14) and twice in the sense of relief (the opposite of being confined - 1 Samuel 16:23 and Job 32:20). This verb yields two derivatives:

The masculine noun רוח (rewah), meaning space or interval (Genesis 32:17) or respite, relief (Esther 4:14).
The feminine noun רוחה (rewaha), meaning respite or relief (Exodus 8:11, Lamentations 3:56)

110
Q

Ensoulment

A

SOUL

In religion, ensoulment is the moment at which a human being gains a soul. Some religions say that a soul is newly created within a developing child and others, especially in religions that believe in reincarnation, that the soul is pre-existing and added at a particular stage of development.

In the time of Aristotle, it was widely believed that the human soul entered the forming body at 40 days (male embryos) or 90 days (female embryos), and quickening was an indication of the presence of a soul. Other religious views are that ensoulment happens at the moment of conception; or when the child takes the first breath after being born;[1][2] at the formation of the nervous system and brain; at the first brain activity (e.g., heartbeat); or when the fetus is able to survive independently of the uterus (viability).[3]

The concept is closely related to debates on the morality of abortion as well as the morality of contraception. Religious beliefs that human life has an innate sacredness to it have motivated many statements by spiritual leaders of various traditions over the years. However, the three matters are not exactly parallel, given that various figures have argued that some kind of life without a soul, in various contexts, still has a moral worth that must be considered.

111
Q

Θεός ὁ ὕψιστος

A

GOD THE HIGHEST

Θεός ὁ ὕψιστος (“God the highest”).

Elyon (Biblical Hebrew עליון; Masoretic ʿElyōn) is an epithet of the God of the Israelites in the Hebrew Bible. ʾĒl ʿElyōn is usually rendered in English as “God Most High”, and similarly in the Septuagint as ὁ Θεός ὁ ὕψιστος (“God the highest”).

The term also has mundane uses, such as “upper” (where the ending in both roots is a locative, not superlative or comparative), “top”, or “uppermost”, referring simply to the position of objects (e.g. applied to a basket in Genesis 40.17 or to a chamber in Ezekiel 42.5).

Many Septuagint manuscripts have in place of “sons of Israel”, angelōn theou ‘angels of God’ and a few have huiōn theou ‘sons of God’. The Dead Sea Scrolls fragment 4QDeutj reads bny ’lwhm ‘sons of God’(‘sons of ’Elohim’). The New Revised Standard Version translates this as “he fixed the boundaries according to the number of the gods”.

112
Q

El Shaddai (Hebrew: אֵל שַׁדַּי)

A

GOD THE MIGHTY

El Shaddai (Hebrew: אֵל שַׁדַּי, IPA: [el ʃadˈdaj]) or just Shaddai is one of the names of the God of Israel. El Shaddai is conventionally translated as God Almighty (Deus Omnipotens in Latin) but the construction of the phrase fits the pattern of the divine appellations in the Ancient Near East and as such can convey various types of semantic relations between these two words: El of a place known as Shaddai, El possessing the quality of shaddai, or El who is also known as Shaddai – exactly as is the case with the names like “’El Olam”, “’El Elyon” or “’El Betel”.[1][2] Moreover, while the translation of El as “God” or “Lord” in the Ugaritic/Canaanite language is straightforward, the literal meaning of Shaddai is the subject of debate. The name appears 48 times in the Bible, seven times as “El Shaddai” (five times in Genesis, once in Exodus, and once in Ezekiel).

The first occurrence of the name is in Genesis 17:1, “And when Abram was ninety years old and nine, the LORD appeared to Abram, and said unto him, I am El Shaddai; walk before me, and be thou perfect.” Similarly, in Genesis 35:11 God says to Jacob, “I am El Shaddai: be fruitful and multiply; a nation and a company of nations shall be of thee, and kings shall come out of thy loins”. According to Exodus 6:2–3, Shaddai was the name by which God was known to Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob. Shaddai thus being associated in tradition with Abraham, the inclusion of the Abraham stories into the Hebrew Bible may have brought the northern name with them, according to the Documentary hypothesis of the origins of the Hebrew Bible.

In the vision of Balaam recorded in the Book of Numbers 24:4 and 16, the vision comes from Shaddai along with El. In the fragmentary inscriptions at Deir Alla, though “Shaddai” is not, or not fully present,[3] shaddayin[4] appear (שדין, the vowels are uncertain, as is the gemination of the “d”), perhaps lesser figurations of Shaddai.[5] These have been tentatively identified with the ŝedim (שדים) of Deuteronomy 32:17 and Psalm 106:37-38,[6] who are Canaanite deities.

The name Shaddai (Hebrew: שַׁדַּי) is often used in parallel to El later in the Book of Job.

113
Q

God

A

GOD (Christianity)

God in Christianity is the eternal being who created and preserves all things. Christians believe God to be both transcendent (wholly independent of, and removed from, the material universe) and immanent (involved in the world).[1][2] Christian teachings of the immanence and involvement of God and his love for humanity exclude the belief that God is of the same substance as the created universe[3] but accept that God’s divine nature was hypostatically united to human nature in the person of Jesus Christ, in an event known as the Incarnation.

114
Q

ὑπόστασις

A

HYPOSTATIC UNION

Hypostatic union (from the Greek: ὑπόστασις hypóstasis, “sediment, foundation, substance, subsistence”) is a technical term in Christian theology employed in mainstream Christology to describe the union of Christ’s humanity and divinity in one hypostasis, or individual existence.[3]

The most basic explanation for the hypostatic union is Jesus Christ being both God and man. He is both perfectly divine and perfectly human.

The Athanasian Creed recognized this doctrine and affirmed its importance, stating that “He is God from the essence of the Father, begotten before time; and he is human from the essence of his mother, born in time; completely God, completely human, with a rational soul and human flesh; equal to the Father as regards divinity, less than the Father as regards humanity. Although he is God and human, yet Christ is not two, but one. He is one, however, not by his divinity being turned into flesh, but by God’s taking humanity to himself. He is one, certainly not by the blending of his essence, but by the unity of his person. For just as one human is both rational soul and flesh, so too the one Christ is both God and human.”

In Kierkegaard’s Philosophical Fragments, the dual nature of Christ is explored as a paradox, as “the ultimate paradox”, because God, understood as a perfectly good, perfectly wise, perfectly powerful being, fully became a human, in the Christian understanding of the term: burdened by sin, limited in goodness, knowledge, and understanding.[8] This paradox can only be resolved, Kierkegaard believed, by a leap of faith away from one’s understanding and reason towards belief in God; thus the paradox of the hypostatic union was crucial to an abiding faith in the Christian God.

As the precise nature of this union is held to defy finite human comprehension, the hypostatic union is also referred to by the alternative term “mystical union”.

Hypostasis (Greek: ὑπόστασις) is the underlying state or underlying substance and is the fundamental reality that supports all else. In Neoplatonism the hypostasis of the soul, the intellect (nous) and “the one” was addressed by Plotinus.

In Christian theology, a hypostasis is one of the three hypostases (Father, Son, Holy Spirit) of the Trinity.[1]

115
Q

μονάς

A

MONAD

Monad (from Greek μονάς monas, “singularity” in turn from μόνος monos, “alone”)[1] refers, in cosmogony, to the Supreme Being, divinity or the totality of all things. The concept was reportedly conceived by the Pythagoreans and may refer variously to a single source acting alone, or to an indivisible origin, or to both. The concept was later adopted by other philosophers, such as Leibniz, who referred to the monad as an elementary particle. It had a geometric counterpart, which was debated and discussed contemporaneously by the same groups of people.

μονᾰ́ς • (monás) f (genitive μονᾰ́δος); third declension
Noun
(“unit”)

μόνος • (mónos) m (feminine μόνη, neuter μόνον); first/second declension (Attic, Koine, Byzantine)
Adjective 
alone, forsaken, solitary
only
unique.
μόνος • (mónos) m (feminine μόνη, neuter μόνο)
Adjective 
solitary, alone
unmarried
solo, unaccompanied
unique, singular
(when used with article) only
Ο Κώστας ήταν ο μόνος που έτρεξε να βοηθήσει.
Kostas was the only one to run for help.

From Ancient Greek μόνος (mónos), from Proto-Indo-European *mey- (“small”).

μονός (monós, “single, odd”)

Proto-Indo-European/ *mey-
*mey-[1]
Root
(“to strengthen”)

*mey-[2]
Root
(“to bind”)

*mey-[3]
Root
to change, exchange
to change places → to go past.

Ancient Greek: μίτρα (mítra)
μίτρᾰ • (mítra) f (genitive μίτρᾱς); first declension
Noun
A metal guard worn round the waist
A maiden's girdle
(medicine) A surgical bandage
A headband, a snood
A victor's chaplet at the games
A kind of turban.

Maybe from Proto-Indo-European *mey- (“to bind”) or a loan from an Indo-Iranian source.

Latin - mītra f (genitive mītrae); first declension
Noun
turban
mitre.

From Ancient Greek μίτρα (mítra, “headband, turban”).

mitre (plural mitres)
A covering for the head, worn on solemn occasions by church dignitaries. It has been made in many forms, mostly recently a tall cap with two points or peaks.
A 13th-century coin minted in Europe which circulated in Ireland as a debased counterfeit sterling penny, outlawed under Edward I.

ἡμίμιτρον • (hēmímitron) n (genitive ἡμιμίτρου); second declension
Noun
half mitre.
From ἡμι- (hēmi-, “half”) +‎ μίτρα (mítra, “mitre”) +‎ -ον (-on, “suffix for neuter”).

116
Q

DIVNITY

A

SKY FATHER - EASTER DAWN - EARTH MOTHER

Zeus

From Proto-Hellenic *dzéus ("Sky God, Zeus")
From Proto-Indo-European *dyḗws. 
Cognate with Sanskrit द्यु (dyú), 
Latin Iuppiter, 
Old English Tīw, 
Hittite 𒅆𒍑 (sius).

Cretan Greek: Τάν (Tán)

Doric Greek: Ζάν (Zán)

Laconian Greek: Δεύς
(IPA(key): /děu̯s/ → /ðeɸs/ → /ðefs/)

Poetic Greek: Ζήν (Zḗn)
Greek: Ζευς (Zefs), Δίας (Días)
→ English: Zeus

Day
From Middle English day, from Old English dæġ (“day”), from Proto-Germanic *dagaz (“day”), from Proto-Indo-European *dʰogʷʰ-o-s, from *dʰegʷʰ- (“to burn”).

___________________________________
JOVE

“Iovis” is the genitive of Iuppiter.

Iovis m (genitive Iovis); third declension

(Late Latin, Medieval Latin) Alternative form of Iuppiter, the god Jove, Jupiter.

Jove
(Roman mythology) Jupiter, god of the sky.

Middle English: Joves
The Roman god governing the sky; Jove, Jupiter.
The largest of the moving planets; Jupiter.
Middle English: Jovyne
The largest of the moving planets; Jupiter.
Synonyms: Jubiter, Joves.
Middle English: Jubiter
The Roman god governing the sky; Jove, Jupiter.
The largest of the moving planets; Jupiter.

Latin: Jovis m (genitive Jovis); third declension
(Late Latin, Medieval Latin) Alternative spelling of Iovis, the god Jove, Jupiter.

Jupiter
The nominative Iuppiter, for Iūpiter (with shift of the length from vowel to consonant per the “littera” rule), comes from the vocative combined with pater, and essentially meant “father Jove”

Indo-European द्यौष्पितृ (dyáuṣ-pitṛ́)

Equivalent to diēs (cf. Iovis) + pater.

Iūpiter m sg (genitive Iovis); third declension
Alternative spelling of Iuppiter.

Nominative	Iūpiter
Genitive	Iovis
Dative	Iovī
Accusative	Iovem
Ablative	Iove
Vocative

___________________________________

from Proto-Italic *djous patēr

from *djous (“day, sky”) + *patēr (“father”)

from Proto-Indo-European *dyḗws (literally “the bright one”)

root nomen agentis from *dyew- (“to be bright, day sky”), and *ph₂tḗr (“father”).

Cognate with Umbrian 𐌉𐌖𐌐𐌀𐌕𐌄𐌓 (iupater),

and in other branches of…

Indo-European द्यौष्पितृ (dyáuṣ-pitṛ́)

Ancient Greek Ζεῦ πάτερ (“Father Zeus”)

Equivalent to diēs (cf. Iovis) + pater.

___________________________________

πάτερ • (páter)
Noun
vocative singular of πατήρ (father)

πᾰτήρ • (patḗr) m (genitive πᾰτρός or πᾰτέρος); third declension
Noun
father
Synonym: φύτωρ (phútōr)
epithet of Zeus.
respectful address of an older man.
(figuratively) author.
(in the plural) forefathers, ancestors.

πατήρ • (patír) m
(religion) God the Father
(literary) father (form of address for monk or priest)
Katharevousa form of πατέρας (patéras), father.

πᾰτρῐᾱ́ • (patriā́) f (genitive πᾰτρῐᾶς); first declension
lineage, descent
race, stock
house, tribe, clan.

πᾰτρῐᾰ́ρχης • (patriárkhēs) m (genitive πᾰτρῐᾰ́ρχου); first declension
(Judaism and Christianity) a patriarch (the father or chief of a race)
(Christianity, as Πατριάρχης in titular use) a patriarch (borne as a title by the bishops of Rome, Constantinople, Jerusalem, Antioch, and Alexandria)

πᾰτρῐᾰρχῐκός • (patriarkhikós) m (feminine πᾰτρῐᾰρχῐκή, neuter πᾰτρῐᾰρχῐκόν); first/second declension
Adjective
(Christianity) patriarchal, patriarchic (of or belonging to a patriarch)
πατριαρχικός • (patriarchikós) m (feminine πατριαρχική, neuter πατριαρχικό)
Adjective
(“paternalistic, patriarchal”)
πᾰτρῐᾰ́ρχης +‎ -ῐκός (-adjective )

(Christianity) patriarchal, patriarchic (of or belonging to a patriarch)

Paternal
Classical Latin paternus (“of or pertaining to a father, paternal”), from pater (“father”).

Latin: pater m (genitive patris); third declension
father (male parent)
head of household
parent
forefather
priest
honorific title.

___________________________________

genitor m (genitive genitōris); third declension
("parent, father, sire")

___________________________________

sire (plural sires)

A lord, master, or other person in authority, most commonly used vocatively: formerly in speaking to elders and superiors, later only when addressing a sovereign.
A male animal; a stud, especially a horse or dog, that has fathered another.
(obsolete) A father; the head of a family; the husband.
(obsolete) A creator; a maker; an author; an originator.

from Latin senior, from senex.
senior (neuter senius, positive senex); third declension
older, elder; rather old
Antonym: iūnior.

senex (genitive senis, comparative senior, superlative senissimus); third-declension one-termination adjective
(usually of a person) old, aged.

From Proto-Indo-European *sénos (“old”).

Irish: sean.

ἕνος • (hénos) m (feminine ἕνη, neuter ἕνον); first/second declension
(“belonging to the former of two periods, last year’s”)
From Proto-Indo-European *sénos (“old”). Cognates include Latin senex.

*sénos (non-ablauting)
Adjective
(“old”)
Antonym: *h₂yuh₁en-

*h₂yéwHō
Adjective 
("young")
Antonym: *sénos
From *h₂óyu (“long time, lifetime”)

Proto Italic
*juwenis
(“young”)

Old English ġeong (English young).

Latin: iuvenis
(“Young”)
___________________________________

deus plural

deu singular
From Latin decem (“10”)
from Proto-Indo-European *déḱm̥. (“10”)

deu m (plural deos)
finger
digit (of feet)
From Latin digitus. (“10 fingers and toes”)
δέκᾰ • (déka) (ordinal δέκᾰτος, adverbial δεκᾰ́κῐς)
(“10-ten”)

From δύο (“two”) +‎ καί (“and”) +‎ δέκα (“ten”)

From Proto-Indo-European *dyḗws (“heaven, sky”).

From Proto-Indo-European
*péh₂sti (imperfective)
(“to guard, to protect, to shepherd”)

PROTO-ITALIC
from Proto-Italic *djēm
*djēm
accusative singular of *djous
*djous m
("day, sky, Jupiter")
*djous patēr m
("Jupiter")
From *djous + *patēr, corresponding to Proto-Indo-European *dyḗws ph₂tḗr.
*pāskō
("to feed, to pasture")

Umbrian: 𐌉𐌖𐌐𐌀𐌕𐌄𐌓 (iupater)
(“Jupiter”)
dative singular: 𐌉𐌖𐌅𐌄 𐌐𐌀𐌕𐌓𐌄 (iuve patre), 𐌉𐌖𐌅𐌄𐌐𐌀𐌕𐌓𐌄 (iuvepatre)

PROTO-INDO- EUROPEAN
*ph₂tḗr m (oblique stem *ph₂tr̥-)
("father")
from *peh₂- (“to protect, shepherd”) +‎ *-tḗr (agent suffix).
*peh₂-
("to protect, to shepherd")
Cognates Greek ποιμήν (“shepherd, herdsman”)
abstract nomina agentis suffix *-mn̥

ANCIENT GREEK
ποιμήν • (poimḗn) m (genitive ποιμένος); third declension
Noun
shepherd, herdsman
shepherd of the people: pastor, teacher, epithet of Agamemnon.

MYCENAEAN GREEK
Mycenaean Greek 𐀡𐀕 (po-me)
𐀡𐀕 (po-me)
("shepherd")
From PIE root *peh₂- (“to protect”) and common agent suffix *-men.
LATIN
Cognates include...
Latin: pascō (“put to graze”)
Latin: pāstor (“shepherd”)
pāscō (present infinitive pāscere, perfect active pāvī, supine pāstum); third conjugation
Verb
I feed, nourish, maintain, support.
I pasture, drive to pasture, attend.
I feed, supply, cultivate, let grow
(of animals) I graze, browse
(figuratively) I feast, delight, satisfy, feed, gratify
I consume, lay waste, ravage, desolate.

Latin: pāstor m (genitive pāstōris); third declension
A person who tends sheep; shepherd.
A Christian who takes care of the spiritual needs of other Christians.

OLD ENGLISH
Old English: fōda and fēdan.
Modern English food and feed.
Old English: fēdan
Verb
("to feed")
fedan (plural fedans)
A measure of land used in Sudan and Egypt, slightly more than an English acre. One fedan is about 4200 square meters. 

From Proto-Germanic *fōdô, from Proto-Indo-European *peh₂-. Cognate with Old Norse fœða (Danish føde, Swedish föda, Icelandic fæða).

Proto-Germanic *fōdô
*fōdô m
(“food, nourishment”)
From Proto-Indo-European *peh₂- (“protect, guard, graze, feed”).
From Proto-Germanic *fōdijaną (“to feed, give birth”).

Old Norse *fœða
fœða (singular past indicative fœddi, plural past indicative fœddu, past participle fœddr)
to feed, nourish, give food
(“to rear, bring up, to give birth to”)

Old Church Slavonic пасти (pasti, “to pasture”)

HITTITE
Hittite: 𒉺𒄴𒄩𒀸𒉡𒍣 (pa-aḫ-ḫa-aš-nu-zi)
From 𒉺𒄴𒊭𒊑 (pa-aḫ-ša-ri, “to protect”) +‎ -𒉡𒊻𒍣 (-nu-uz-zi).
𒉺𒄴𒄩𒀸𒉡𒊻𒍣 • (pa-aḫ-ḫa-aš-nu-uz-zi) (third-person present singular)
(“to protect, guard”)

𒉺𒄴𒊭𒊑 • (pa-aḫ-ša-ri) (3rd person singular present middle)
Verb
to protect, guard, defend
to observe (agreements), keep (oaths), obey (commands), keep (a secret)
(middle with dative) to seek protection with.

-𒉡𒊻𒍣 • (-nu-uz-zi)
Suffix
Used to form causative verbs from verbs or adjectives.

_______________________________________

SEMITIC (“Ab, Abu, Abba”)

Ab or Av (related to Akkadian (“abu”), sometimes Abba, means “father” in most Semitic languages.
Ab (أَب), from a theoretical, abstract form (آبَاءٌ ʼabawun) (triliteral ʼ-b-w) is Arabic for “father”.

Li-llāhi ʼabū-ka (للهِ أَبُوكَ) is an expression of praise, meaning “to God is attributable [the excellence of] your father”.

As a verb, ʼ-b-w means “to become [as] a father to [somebody]” (ʼabawtu) or “to adopt [him] as a father” (ta’abbā-hu or ista’bā-hu).

ABBA
(Of Semitic origin meaning - “Father”)

ACADIAN
𒀊 (abu) [AB]
("father, ancestor")
𒀊 (au) [AB] (ergative 𒀊𒌍 "afeš")
what/who (interrogative pronoun)
𒀊 (AB)
Noun
("old person, witness, father, elder, an official")
Original Word: Ἀββᾶ
Part of Speech: Proper Noun, Indeclinable
Transliteration: Abba
Phonetic Spelling: (ab-bah')
Definition: Abba, father
Usage: Abba, Father.
Abbá – "Father," also used as the term of tender endearment by a beloved child – i.e. in an affectionate, dependent relationship with their father; "daddy," "papa."
Of Aramaic origin ("ab")
Original Word: אַב
Part of Speech: Noun Masculine
Transliteration: ab
Phonetic Spelling: (ab)
Definition: father
plural ("fathers, ancestors")
Original Word: אָב
Part of Speech: Noun Masculine
Transliteration: ab
Phonetic Spelling: (awb)
Definition: father, ancestors, forefathers.

_____________________________________
DAWN GODDESS - EASTER - VENUS

Proto-Italic/ *auzōs
*auzōs f
(“dawn”)

Hausos (Fri. Proto-Indo-European: *h₂éwsōs) is the reconstructed name for the Proto-Indo-European goddess of the dawn.

*h₂éwsōs f
dawn
goddess of dawn, bringer of light for which she is punished.

From earlier *h₂éws-os-s, from *h₂ews- (“dawn”).

*h₂ews-
(“dawn, east”)

Sanskrit: उस्र (usrá, “reddish, ruddy; bright; matutinal”)

Germanic: *austraz (“east”)
*Austrǭ (“Easter, springtime; name of a goddess”)

Lithuanian: aušrà
aušrà f (plural aũšros) stress pattern 4
(“dawn, daybreak”)

Latin: aurōra f (genitive aurōrae); first declension
(“dawn, sunrise”)

Old English: Eostre
Eostre
(paganism) A modern pagan festival celebrated either in March or April to welcome the Spring, also called Ostara or Easter.
A putative Anglo-Saxon goddess.

*Austrǭ f
(“Easter, springtime”)
(disputed) The name of a goddess of spring and fertility.

_________________________________
GREEK

ἕως (héōs) – Attic
αὔως (aúōs), ᾱ̓́ϝως (ā́wōs) – Aeolic
ᾱ̓ώς (āṓs) – Doric
ᾱ̓́ας (ā́as) – Boeotian
ᾱ̓βώρ (ābṓr) – Laconian

Ἠώς • (Ēṓs) f (genitive Ἠοῦς); third declension
the goddess Eos
800 BCE – 600 BCE, Homer, Iliad 1.477, (Same line is repeated numerous times in both the Iliad and the Odyssey to announce a new day in the story.):
ἦμος δ’ ἠριγένεια φάνη ῥοδοδάκτυλος Ἠώς-
When rosy-fingered Dawn appeared early-born.

ἠώς • (ēṓs) f (genitive ἠοῦς); third declension (Epic, Ionic)
The morning red, daybreak, dawn
Dawn as a length of time: morning.
(accusative, ἠῶ) through the morning.
A morning as a unit of time: day.
The direction of dawn, the East.

ἕωθεν • (héōthen)
(“From morn; at earliest dawn”)
From ἕως (héōs) +‎ -θεν (-then).

ἑωσφόρος (heōsphóros)

Proto-Hellenic: *auhṓs f
(“dawn, goddess of dawn”)

____________________________________
SANSKRIT
Ushas
(Hinduism) Vedic and Hindu female deity, personifying the dawn, usually mentioned in plural. She is portrayed as welcoming birds and warding off evil spirits, and as a beautifully adorned young woman riding in a golden chariot on her path across the sky.

Old Avestan: 𐬎𐬱𐬀𐬵‎ (ušah), 𐬎𐬱𐬃‎ (ušā̊, “morning light, dawn”, nom.sg.)

Sanskrit: उषस् • (uṣás) n
("daybreak, dawn, twilight")
उषस् • (uṣás) f
morning light, dawn, morning.
Ushas (personified as the daughter of heaven and sister of the Adityas and the night)
the evening light
name of a wife of Bhava or Rudra
(in the dual) night and morning.

__________________________________
PERSIAN

Proto-Indo-Iranian/ *Hušā́s
*Hušā́s f
(“dawn, Ushas, goddess of dawn”)

Proto-Indo-Iranian *Hušā́s.
*Hušā́h n
(“dawn, morning light”)

_____________________________
OLD ENGLISH - GERMANIC

Dawn - Easter

Proto-Germanic/ *dagāną
*dagāną
(“to dawn, to become day”)

Old English: dagian
dagian
(“to dawn”)
Ne ðis ne dagaþ eastan. This dawns not from the east. (The Fight at Finnsburh)
Daw
From Middle English dawen, from Old English dagian (“to dawn”), from Proto-Germanic *dagāną (“to become day, dawn”), from Proto-Germanic *dagaz (“day”), from Proto-Indo-European *dʰegʷʰ- (“to burn”). More at day, dawn.

From Old English Ēostre, Ēastre (“a goddess of spring and fertility”) and ēastre (“Easter”), from Proto-Germanic *Austrǭ (“Easter, springtime; a goddess of spring and fertility”).

Easter (countable and uncountable, plural Easters)
(Christianity) A Christian feast commemorating the resurrection of Christ; the first Sunday (and Monday) following the full moon that occurs on or next after the vernal equinox, ranging from March 22 to April 25.
We spent each of the past five Easters together as a family.

Easter +‎ -tide (“period surrounding a festival”)
The season from Easter to Whitsun

Eastertide (uncountable)
The season from Easter to Whitsun.
White Sun Day
Whitsunday (plural Whitsundays)
The Sunday of the feast of Pentecost, seven weeks after Easter, when traditionally many Christians would be baptised, wearing white clothes.
(Scotland) A quarter day, falling on 15th May.

From Old English pentecosten, from Ecclesiastical Latin pentēcostē, ultimately from Ancient Greek πεντηκοστή (pentēkostḗ, “fiftieth (day)”).

πεντηκοστή • (pentēkostḗ) f (genitive πεντηκοστῆς); first declension
Pentecost - From the feast called Shavuot, which means “Festival of Weeks” and is the “fiftieth day” after Passover.
Feminine substantive form of πεντηκοστός “fiftieth” (ἡμέρα being implied), from πεντήκοντα “fifty”.

Pentecost (plural Pentecosts)
the Jewish festival of Shavuot quotations ▼
the particular (Jewish) Pentecost 49 days (inclusive) after the resurrection of Jesus on the (Jewish) Day of First Fruits, when (in Christian teaching) the Holy Spirit descended upon the Apostles with miraculous effects including the ability to explain the Gospel intelligibly in languages they did not know; or a similar occasion since quotations ▼
the Christian festival (also known as Whitsun or Whitsunday), which commemorates the descent of the Holy Spirit upon the Apostles (see above definition) quotations ▼

πεντηκοστός • (pentikostós) m (feminine πεντηκοστή, neuter πεντηκοστό)
Adjective
(“fiftieth : fifty-eth”)

πενήντα • (penínta)
(“fifty”)

πεντήκοντᾰ • (pentḗkonta) (ordinal πεντηκοστός, adverbial πεντηκοντᾰ́κῐς)
(“fifty”)

From Proto-Indo-European *penkʷēḱomth₂, from earlier *pénkʷe(d)ḱomt (“five-ten”). Cognates include Latin quīnquāgintā, Sanskrit पञ्चाशत् (pañcāśát)

Πεντηκοστή • (Pentikostí) f
Pentecost, Christian festival, which commemorates the descent of the Holy Spirit upon the Apostles.

Pentecost (plural Pentecosts)
the Jewish festival of Shavuot.
the particular (Jewish) Pentecost 49 days (inclusive) after the resurrection of Jesus on the (Jewish) Day of First Fruits, when (in Christian teaching) the Holy Spirit descended upon the Apostles with miraculous effects including the ability to explain the Gospel intelligibly in languages they did not know; or a similar occasion since.
the Christian festival (also known as Whitsun or Whitsunday), which commemorates the descent of the Holy Spirit upon the Apostles (see above definition)
Pentecostal manifestation, such as in a church service.

Shavuot: שָׁבוּעוֹת
A Jewish holiday that occurs in the spring, a harvest festival, also commemorating the anniversary of the giving of the Ten Commandments to Moses and the Israelites at Mount Sinai. 
Borrowed from Hebrew שָׁבוּעוֹת‎ (shavu'ót).
Etymology 1
שָׁבוּעוֹת • (shavu'ót) m pl
plural
("Weeks")
Etymology 2
שְׁבוּעוֹת • (sh'vu'ót) f pl
plural of שְׁבוּעָה‎ (sh'vu'á): 
("Oaths")
שְׁבוּעָה • (sh'vu'a) f (plural indefinite שְׁבוּעוֹת‎)
("oath")

Passover (plural Passovers)
The eight-day Jewish festival of Pesach, commemorating the biblical story of Exodus, during which the first-born sons of the Israelites were passed over while those of the Egyptians were killed.
The one-day Biblical feast that begins at twilight on the fourteenth day of the first month (Nisan 14), which is then immediately followed by the seven-day Feast of Unleavened Bread (Nisan 15-21).
The Christian holy day generally falling on the first day of the Jewish Passover.

Pesach
The Jewish festival of Passover.
Borrowed from Hebrew פֶּסַח‎ (pésaḥ, “Passover”).
פָּסַח • (pasách) (pa'al construction)
("to pass over, skip")

פֶּסַח • (pésach) m (plural indefinite פְּסָחִים‎, singular construct פֶּסַח־, plural construct פִּסְחֵי־‎, Biblical Hebrew pausal form פָּסַח)
[pattern: קֶטֶל]
(“The paschal sacrificial offering”)

פיסח \ פִּסֵּחַ • (piséach) (pi’el construction)
(“to jump, skip, leap.”)

πάσχα • (páskha) n (indeclinable)
Passover.
Paschal dinner, Passover meal.
(Christianity) Easter
Paschal Lamb.

Aramaic - Hebrew
פַּסְחָא • (páskha) m
Easter (the Christian festival)

Πασχαλιά • (Paschaliá) f (plural Πασχαλιές)
(“Eastertide, Eastertime”)
Latin: pascha f (genitive paschae); first declension
pascha n (variously declined, genitive paschae or paschatis); first declension, third declension
Pascha / Passover or Easter
the Paschal Lamb.

117
Q

Ἀμνὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ

A

PASCHAL LAMB - Lamb Of God

ο αμνός του Θεού ― the lamb of God “that takes away the debts of the world”

Paschal Lamb (plural Paschal Lambs)

(historical) The lamb eaten at Passover.
(figuratively) Jesus Christ symbolized as a sacrifice.
(heraldry) A lamb depicted with nimbus and bearing a flag (usually St. George’s cross: argent a cross gules).

Latin Agnus Dei (“Lamb of God”).

Calque of Ancient Greek Ἀμνὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ (Amnòs toû Theoû). The name refers to Jesus’ role as a sacrificial lamb that is (voluntarily) slaughtered on the Cross.

sacrificial lamb (plural sacrificial lambs)
A lamb killed as an offering to the gods.
(figuratively, by extension) A person who is sacrificed (not literally) for the greater good of some cause.

Ἀμνὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ • (Amnòs toû Theoû) m (genitive Ἀμνοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ); second declension
(Christianity) Lamb of God.
From ἀμνός (“lamb”) and Θεός (“God”)

αμνός • (amnós) m (plural αμνοί)
(formal, archaic) lamb

πρόβατο n (próvato, “sheep”)
αρνί • (arní) n (plural αρνιά)
lamb (farm animal or meat)
(figuratively) meek or gentle person.
πρόβατο • (próvato) n (plural πρόβατα, feminine προβατίνα)
sheep
(figuratively) sheep (someone who is easily deceived by others)
(figuratively) lamb (a very gentle person)
αιγοπρόβατα n pl (aigopróvata, “sheep and goats”)
αμνάδα f (amnáda, “young ewe”)
αμνός m (amnós, “lamb”, archaic)
κριάρι f (kriári, “ram”)
κριός m (kriós, “ram”)
πρόβειο κρέας n (próveio kréas, “mutton”, literally “sheep meat”)
αιγοπρόβατα n pl (aigopróvata, “sheep and goats”)
πρόβειος (próveios, “sheep”, adjective)
πρόβιος (próvios, “sheep”, adjective)

πρόβιος • (próvios) m (feminine πρόβια, neuter πρόβιο)
Adjective
Alternative form of πρόβειος (próveios)

πρόβειος • (próveios) m (feminine πρόβεια, neuter πρόβειο)
Adjective
sheep
πρόβειο κρέας ― mutton
πρόβειο κρέας n (“mutton”, literally “sheep meat”)

κριός • (kriós) m (plural κριοί)
Noun
ram, male sheep
battering ram
(astronomy, astrology) Aries, the Ram.

κριάρι • (kriári) n (plural κριάρια)
Noun
(“ram”)

προβατίνα • (provatína) f (plural προβατίνες)
Noun
(“ewe”)

Noun
πολιορκητικός κριός • (poliorkitikós kriós) m (plural πολιορκητικοί κριοί)
Noun
(“battering ram”)

αμνάδα • (amnáda) f (plural αμνάδες)
Noun
(“ewe lamb”)

Etymology Edit

αιγοπρόβατα • (aigopróvata) n pl
Noun
sheep and goats (collectively)
αιγο- (“goat”) +‎ πρόβατο (“sheep”)

αιγο- • (aigo-)
PREFIX
related to goat or goats
‎αιγο- (aigo-) + ‎βοσκός (“shepherd”) → ‎αιγοβοσκός (“goatherd”)

From αίγα f (“goat”)
from Ancient Greek αἴξ (aíx, “goat”).

αίγα • (aíga) f (plural αίγες)
(“goat”)

αἴξ • (aíx) m or f (genitive αἰγός); third declension
Noun
goat
Τὴν αἶγα ὁ τράγος ἀγαπᾷ.
Tḕn aîga ho trágos agapâi.
The goat loves the she-goat.
a kind of waterfowl, possibly a goose
In the plural: waves, surf
(proper noun) the star Capella.
From Proto-Indo-European *h₂eyǵ- (“goat”). 

αἴγῐνος • (aíginos) m (feminine αἰγίνη, neuter αἴγῐνον); first/second declension
Adjective
(“Goat like, of goat”)
From αἴξ (aíx, “goat”) +‎ -ινος (-adjective).

____________________________________
SUFFIX

-ῐνος • (-inos) m (feminine -ῐ́νη, neuter -ῐνον); first/second declension

Added to nouns or adverbs to form adjectives relating to material, time, and so on: made of, during the time of
(with long ῑ) Forms adjectives of place: -ine

118
Q

Athena

Ἀθῆναι

Ἀθεονόα

A

MINERVA - ATHENA (Owl of Athena)

Stemming from an Italic moon goddess *Meneswā (‘She who measures’), the Etruscans adopted the inherited Old Latin name, *Menerwā, thereby calling her Menrva. It is presumed that her Roman name, Minerva, is based on this Etruscan mythology. Minerva was the goddess of wisdom, war, art, schools, and commerce. She was the Etruscan counterpart to Greek Athena. Like Athena, Minerva burst from the head of her father, Jupiter (Greek Zeus), who had devoured her mother (Metis) in an unsuccessful attempt to prevent her birth.

By a process of folk etymology, the Romans could have linked her foreign name to the root men- in Latin words such as mens meaning “mind”, perhaps because one of her aspects as goddess pertained to the intellectual. The word mens is built from the Proto-Indo-European root *men- ‘mind’ (linked with memory as in Greek Mnemosyne/μνημοσύνη and mnestis/μνῆστις: memory, remembrance, recollection, manush in Sanskrit meaning mind).

The Etruscan Menrva was part of a holy triad with Tinia and Uni, equivalent to the Roman Capitoline Triad of Jupiter-Juno-Minerva.

____________________________________

That is a graver matter, and there, my friend, the modern interpreters of Homer may, I think, assist in explaining the view of the ancients. For most of these in their explanations of the poet, assert that he meant by Athena “mind” [νοῦς, noũs] and “intelligence” [διάνοια, diánoia], and the maker of names appears to have had a singular notion about her; and indeed calls her by a still higher title, “divine intelligence” [θεοῦ νόησις, theoũ nóēsis], as though he would say: This is she who has the mind of God [ἁ θεονόα, a theonóa). Perhaps, however, the name Theonoe may mean “she who knows divine things” [τὰ θεῖα νοοῦσα, ta theia noousa] better than others. Nor shall we be far wrong in supposing that the author of it wished to identify this Goddess with moral intelligence [εν έθει νόεσιν, en éthei nóesin], and therefore gave her the name Etheonoe; which, however, either he or his successors have altered into what they thought a nicer form, and called her Athena.

— Plato, Cratylus 407b

Plato believed that Athena’s name was derived from Greek Ἀθεονόα, Atheonóa—which the later Greeks rationalised as from the deity’s (θεός, theós) mind (νοῦς, noũs). The second-century AD orator Aelius Aristides attempted to derive natural symbols from the etymological roots of Athena’s names to be aether, air, earth, and moon.

Athena figures as a daughter of Zeus (Διός θυγάτηρ; cfr. Dyeus).

Mycenaean Greek inscription…
𐀀𐀲𐀙𐀡𐀴𐀛𐀊 a-ta-na po-ti-ni-ja /Athana potnia/
“the Potnia of Athana”, or the Lady of Athens.

Athena may have also been influenced by those of Near Eastern warrior goddesses such as the East Semitic Ishtar and the Ugaritic Anat,[11][9] both of whom were often portrayed bearing arms.

_______________________________
INNANA

Inanna (Ishtar)
Queen of Heaven.

Ishtar was known as the “Queen of Heaven” and was the patron goddess of the Eanna temple at the city of Uruk, which was her main cult center. She was associated with the planet Venus and her most prominent symbols included the lion and the eight-pointed star.

E-anna (Sumerian: 𒂍𒀭𒈾 É-AN.NA, house of heavens) was an ancient Sumerian temple in Uruk. Considered “the residence of Inanna” and Anu, it is mentioned several times in the Epic of Gilgamesh, and elsewhere.[1] The evolution of the gods to whom the temple was dedicated is the subject of scholarly study.

Queen of Heaven was a title given to a number of ancient sky goddesses worshipped throughout the ancient Mediterranean and Near East during ancient times. Goddesses known to have been referred to by the title include Inanna, Anat, Isis, Ishtar, Astarte, Astghik and possibly Asherah (by the prophet Jeremiah). In Greco-Roman times Hera, and her Roman aspect Juno bore this title. Forms and content of worship varied. In modern times, the title “Queen of Heaven” is still used by contemporary pagans to refer to the Great Goddess, while Catholics, Orthodox, and some Anglican Christians now apply the ancient title to Mary, the mother of Jesus.

Inanna’s name is commonly derived from Nin-anna which literally means “Queen of Heaven” in ancient Sumerian (It comes from the words NIN meaning “lady” and AN meaning “sky”)

_______________________________
SIN

Enlil’s name comes from ancient Sumerian EN, meaning “lord” and LÍL meaning “wind”.[1][2][3] His name therefore literally translates as “Lord Wind”.[1][3] Enlil’s name is not a genitive construction,[6] indicating that Enlil was seen as the personification of the wind itself rather than merely the cause of wind.

Kishar
In the Akkadian epic Enuma Elish, Kishar is the daughter of Lahmu and Lahamu, the first children of Tiamat and Abzu. She is the female principle, sister and wife of Anshar, the male principle, and the mother of Anu.[1] Kishar may represent the earth as a counterpart to Anshar, the sky,[2] and can be seen as an earth mother goddess. Her name also means “Whole Earth”.
Kishar appears only once in Enuma Elish, in the opening lines of the epic, and then disappears from the remainder of the story. She appears only occasionally in other first millennium BCE texts, where she can be equated with the goddess Antu.

Antu (goddess)
In Akkadian mythology, Antu or Antum is a Babylonian goddess. She was the first consort of Anu, and the pair were the parents of the Anunnaki and the Utukki. Antu was a dominant feature of the Babylonian akit festival until as recently as 200 BC, her later pre-eminence possibly attributable to identification with the Greek goddess Hera. Antu was replaced as consort by Ishtar or Inanna, who may also be a daughter of Anu and Antu.

_______________________________________
HERA - Ἥρᾱ

Hera (/ˈhɛrə, ˈhɪərə/; Greek: Ἥρᾱ, Hērā; Ἥρη, Hērē in Ionic and Homeric Greek) is the goddess of women, marriage, family, and childbirth in ancient Greek religion and myth, one of the Twelve Olympians and the sister-wife of Zeus. She is the daughter of the Titans Cronus and Rhea. Hera rules over Mount Olympus as queen of the gods.

πόλος
Hera is crowned with the polos (a high cylindrical crown worn by several of the Great Goddesses)

πόλος
The polos crown (plural poloi; Greek: πόλος) is a high cylindrical crown worn by mythological goddesses of the Ancient Near East and Anatolia and adopted by the ancient Greeks for imaging the mother goddesses Rhea and Cybele and Hera.[1][2] The word also meant an axis or pivot and is cognate with the English, ‘pole’.

_______________________________

𒀭
The name of Simurrum king “Iddin-Sin” (𒀭𒄿𒋾𒀭𒂗𒍪, I-ti-n Sîn) with the “Dingir” initial silent honorofic 𒀭 for “Divine”.
The star symbol 𒀭, which can also be pronounced “An” (AN)

The cuneiform sign by itself was originally an ideogram for the Sumerian word an (“sky” or “heaven”)

𒀭 was then extended to a logogram for the word diĝir (“god” or goddess)[3] and the supreme deity of the Sumerian pantheon (“AN”)

Anu[a] or An[b] is the divine personification of the sky, supreme god, and ancestor of all the deities in ancient Mesopotamian religion. Anu was believed to be the supreme source of all authority, for the other gods and for all mortal rulers, and he is described in one text as the one “who contains the entire universe”. He is identified with the north ecliptic pole centered in the constellation Draco and, along with his sons Enlil and Enki, constitutes the highest divine triad personifying the three bands of constellations of the vault of the sky.

Throughout Mesopotamian history, the highest deity in the pantheon was always said to possess the anûtu, meaning “Heavenly power”.

Anu’s primary role in myths is as the ancestor of the Anunnaki, the major deities of Sumerian religion. His primary cult center was the Eanna temple in the city of Uruk, but, by the Akkadian Period (c. 2334 – 2154 BC), his authority in Uruk had largely been ceded to the goddess Inanna, the Queen of Heaven.

𒀭 (“ANU”) means (“Sky Father”), King of the Gods, Lord of the Constellations.

Greek equivalent
(“Ouranos and Zeus”)

Canaanite equivalent
(EL”)

Ki (goddess)
Ki was the earth goddess in Sumerian mythology, chief consort of the sky god An. In some legends[citation needed] Ki and An were brother and sister, being the offspring of Anshar (“Sky Pivot”) and Kishar (“Earth Pivot”), earlier personifications of heaven and earth.

Anshar
In the Babylonian creation myth Enuma Elish, Anshar (also spelled Anšar), which means “whole heaven”, is a primordial god. His consort is Kishar which means “Whole Earth”.[1] They were the children of Lahamu and Lahmu and the grandchildren of Tiamat and Apsû. They, in turn, are the parents of Anu, the god of heaven, lord of constellations, king of gods, spirits and demons.

𒀭𒀸𒋩 (Aššur)
Ashur (also, Assur, Aššur; cuneiform: 𒀭𒀸𒋩 dAš-šur) is an East Semitic god, and the head of the Assyrian pantheon in Mesopotamian religion, worshipped mainly in the northern half of Mesopotamia, and parts of north-east Syria and south-east Asia Minor which constituted old Assyria. He may have had a solar iconography.
A Neo-Assyrian “feather robed archer” figure, symbolizing Ashur.
Aššur was a deified form of the city of Assur, which dates from the mid 3rd millennium BC and was the capital of the Old Assyrian kingdom.[1] As such, Ashur did not originally have a family, but as the cult came under southern Mesopotamian influence, he later came to be regarded as the Assyrian equivalent of Enlil, the chief god of Nippur, which was the most important god of the southern pantheon from the early 3rd millennium BC until Hammurabi founded an empire based in Babylon in the mid-18th century BC, after which Marduk replaced Enlil as the chief god in the south. In the north, Ashur absorbed Enlil’s wife Ninlil (as the Assyrian goddess Mullissu) and his sons Ninurta and Zababa—this process began around the 14th century BC and continued down to the 7th century.

____________________________________
ASTARTE

Consort (EL)

Astarte (Greek: Ἀστάρτη, Astártē) is the Hellenized form of the Middle Eastern goddess Astoreth (Northwest Semitic), a form of Ishtar (East Semitic), worshipped from the Bronze Age through classical antiquity. The name is particularly associated with her worship in the ancient Levant among the Canaanites and Phoenicians. She was also celebrated in Egypt following the importation of Levantine cults there. The name Astarte is sometimes also applied to her cults in Mesopotamian cultures like Assyria and Babylonia.

119
Q

βαρύτητα

A

GRAVITY

βαρύτητα
gravity, weight, heaviness, weightiness, beefiness, stodginess

σοβαρότης
gravity, seriousness, momentousness, saturnineness, saturninity, sedateness

βαρύτης
gravity, heaviness, weight, weightiness, leadenness, stodginess

———————————————

In biology, the term “gravid” (Latin: gravidus “burdened, heavy”[5]) is used to describe the condition of an animal (most commonly fish or reptiles) when carrying eggs internally. For example, Astatotilapia burtoni females can transform between reproductive states, one of which is gravid, and the other non-gravid. In entomology it describes a mated female insect.

In biology and human medicine, gravidity and parity are the number of times a female is or has been pregnant (gravidity) and carried the pregnancies to a viable gestational age (parity).[1] These terms are usually coupled, sometimes with additional terms, to indicate more details of the woman’s obstetric history.[2] When using these terms:

Gravida indicates the number of times a woman is or has been pregnant, regardless of the pregnancy outcome.[3] A current pregnancy, if any, is included in this count. Twin pregnancy is counted as 1.
Parity, or “para” indicates the number of pregnancies reaching viable gestational age (including live births and stillbirths). The number of fetuses does not determine the parity.[3] Twin pregnancy carried to viable gestational age is counted as 1.
Abortus is the number of pregnancies that were lost for any reason, including induced abortions or miscarriages. The abortus term is sometimes dropped when no pregnancies have been lost. Stillbirths are not included.[citation needed]

In human medicine, “gravidity” refers to the number of times a woman has been pregnant,[1] regardless of whether the pregnancies were interrupted or resulted in a live birth.

The term “gravida” can be used to refer to a pregnant woman.
A “nulligravida” is a woman who has never been pregnant.
A “primigravida” is a woman who is pregnant for the first time or has been pregnant one time.
A “multigravida” or “secundigravida” is a woman who has been pregnant more than one time.

______________________________________

Dea Tyria Gravida was a major goddess of procreation and fertility in the Phoenician circle of influence from the 8th to the 5th century BC. Not much is known about her but her image has been spread throughout the Mediterranean in the form of votive terracotta statues. She is a little different from a Kourotrophos figure.

The term gravida comes from the Latin word gravidus. Gravida is used to describe a woman who is pregnant and is also a medical term for the total number of pregnancies a woman has had. For example, primigravida is meant to describe a women who is pregnant with her first child.

120
Q

Anunnaki

A

Descendants of An and Ki
(Sky Father - Earth Mother)
Rain as the seed that fertilizes the earth.

The Anunnaki (also transcribed as Anunaki, Anunna, Ananaki, and other variations) are a group of deities that appear in the mythological traditions of the ancient Sumerians, Akkadians, Assyrians, and Babylonians.[4] Descriptions of how many Anunnaki there were and what role they fulfilled are inconsistent and often contradictory. In the earliest Sumerian writings about them, which come from the Post-Akkadian period, the Anunnaki are the most powerful deities in the pantheon, descendants of An and Ki, the god of the heavens and the goddess of earth, and their primary function is to decree the fates of humanity.

In Inanna’s Descent into the Netherworld, the Anunnaki are portrayed as seven judges who sit before the throne of Ereshkigal in the Underworld. Later Akkadian texts, such as the Epic of Gilgamesh, follow this portrayal. During the Old Babylonian period, the Anunnaki were believed to be the chthonic deities of the Underworld, while the gods of the heavens were known as the Igigi. The ancient Hittites identified the Anunnaki as the oldest generation of gods, who had been overthrown and banished to the Underworld by the younger gods.

121
Q

ελευθερώνω

ἐλευθερία

ἐλεύθερος

A

DELIVER

From ἐλεύθερος (“free”) +‎ -ῐ́ᾱ (-abstract noun).

Strong's Concordance
rheó: to flow
Original Word: ῥέω
Part of Speech: Verb
Transliteration: rheó
Phonetic Spelling: (hreh'-o)
Definition: to flow
Usage: I flow, overflow with.

A primary verb; for some tenses of which a prolonged form rheuo (hryoo’-o) is used to flow (“run”; as water) – flow.

ῤέω: future ῥεύσω (in Greek writing more common ῤεύσομαι,

—————————————————-

ελευθερώνω • (eleftheróno) (past ελευθέρωσα)
Verb
free, liberate
untie

ἐλευθερῐ́ᾱ • (eleutheríā) f (genitive ἐλευθερῐ́ᾱς); first declension
freedom, liberty
Ἐλευθερία ἢ Θάνατος.
Eleuthería ḕ Thánatos.
Freedom or Death.
manumission
license

From ἐλεύθερος (“free”) +‎ -ῐ́ᾱ (-abstract noun).

ελευθερία • (elefthería) f (plural ελευθερίες)
freedom, liberty

αλευτέρωτος (aleftérotos, “not liberated”)
ανελευθερία f (anelefthería, “lack of freedom”)
ανελεύθερος (aneléftheros, “despotic”)
ελεύθερος χρόνος m (eléftheros chrónos, “free time”)
ελευθεροτεκτονισμός m (eleftherotektonismós, “freemasonry”)
ελευθεροτυπία f (eleftherotypía, “free press”)

ἐλεύθερος • (eleútheros) m (feminine ἐλευθέρᾱ, neuter ἐλεύθερον); 
Adjective 
first/second declension
free
(substantive) freedom
fit for a freeman

From ἐλεύθερος (“free”) +‎ ψῡχή (psūkhḗ, “spirit, soul”) +‎ -ος (-adj).
ἐλευθερόψῡχος • (eleutherópsūkhos) m or f (neuter ἐλευθερόψῡχον); adjective
second declension
free-souled

manumission (countable and uncountable, plural manumissions)
Release from slavery or other legally sanctioned servitude; the giving of freedom; the act of manumitting.

From the past participle stem of Latin manūmittō (English manumit).

Verb
manumit (third-person singular simple present manumits, present participle manumitting, simple past and past participle manumitted)
To release from slavery, to free.

Synonyms
emancipate
liberate
Derived terms[edit]
manumission
manumitter
Related terms[edit]
mission

From Latin manumittere, from pre-Classical Latin manu emittere, literally ‘send out from one’s hand’.

From Latin manus (“hand”).
Noun
manu f (plural manu)
hand

——————————————-

παραδίδω • (paradído) (past παρέδωσα/παράδωσα, passive παραδίδομαι)

(transitive) hand over, transfer, entrust
(transitive) hand over, surrender
(transitive) give (a lesson, transfer knowledge)

122
Q

ὁ Θεός ὁ ὕψιστος

A

EL-ELYON - God of the highest

Elyon

El (deity) 𐤀𐤋
ʼĒl (or ʼIl
Ugaritic: 𐎛𐎍
Phoenician: 𐤀𐤋
Hebrew: אֵל‎
Syriac: ܐܠ‎
Arabic: إيل‎ or إله‎
cognate to Akkadian: 𒀭
romanized: ilu
is a Northwest Semitic word meaning "god" or "deity", or referring (as a proper name) to any one of multiple major ancient Near Eastern deities. A rarer form, ʼila, represents the predicate form in Old Akkadian and in Amorite.[2] The word is derived from the Proto-Semitic archaic biliteral ʼ‑l, meaning "god".

Cognate forms are found throughout the Semitic languages. They include Ugaritic ʾilu, pl. ʾlm; Phoenician ʾl pl. ʾlm; Hebrew ʾēl, pl. ʾēlîm; Aramaic ʾl; Akkadian ilu, pl. ilānu.
In northwest Semitic use, Ēl was both a generic word for any god and the special name or title of a particular god who was distinguished from other gods as being “the god”.[5] Ēl is listed at the head of many pantheons. In some Canaanite and Ugaritic sources, Ēl played a role as father of the gods or of creation.

Other names	
El Elyon
El Shaddai
El Olam
Adon Ilim
Toru El
Abu Bani Eli
Batniu Binwati
Abu Adami
Qaniyunu Olam
Hatikuka
Abu Shamima
El Gibbor
Symbol	= The Bull of Heaven.
Region	= Canaan and Levant

Elyon (EL-yon) The name Elyon (Hebrew: עליון) occurs in combination with El, YHWH, Elohim and alone. It appears chiefly in poetic and later Biblical passages. The modern Hebrew adjective "Elyon” means “supreme” (as in “Supreme Court”) or “Most High”. El Elyon has been traditionally translated into English as ‘God Most High’. The Phoenicians used what appears to be a similar name for God, one that the Greeks wrote as Έλιον. It is cognate to the Arabic `Aliyy.

Ēl is called again and again Tôru ‘Ēl (“Bull Ēl” or “the bull god”). He is bātnyu binwāti (“Creator of creatures”), ’abū banī ’ili (“father of the gods”), and ‘abū ‘adami (“father of man”). He is qāniyunu ‘ôlam (“creator eternal”), the epithet ‘ôlam appearing in Hebrew form in the Hebrew name of God ’ēl ‘ôlam “God Eternal” in Genesis 21.33. He is ḥātikuka (“your patriarch”). Ēl is the grey-bearded ancient one, full of wisdom, malku (“King”), ’abū šamīma (“Father of years”), ’El gibbōr (“Ēl the warrior”). He is also named lṭpn of unknown meaning, variously rendered as Latpan, Latipan, or Lutpani (“shroud-face” by Strong’s Hebrew Concordance).
“El” (Father of Heaven / Saturn) and his major son: “Hadad” (Father of Earth / Jupiter), are symbolized both by the bull, and both wear bull horns on their headdresses.

ῠ̔́ψῐστος • (húpsistos) m (feminine ῠ̔ψῐ́στη, neuter ῠ̔́ψῐστον); first/second declension
highest, loftiest
(Koine, biblical, figurative, poetic, in the plural) highest, loftiest, most high; in heaven above; most heavenly.

Superlative of the adverb ῠ̔́ψῐ (húpsi, “on high”).

ὕψῐ • (húpsi)
on high, aloft

Elyon (Biblical Hebrew עליון‎; Masoretic ʿElyōn) is an epithet of the God of the Israelites in the Hebrew Bible. ʾĒl ʿElyōn is usually rendered in English as “God Most High”, and similarly in the Septuagint as ὁ Θεός ὁ ὕψιστος (“God the highest”).
The term also has mundane uses, such as “upper” (where the ending in both roots is a locative, not superlative or comparative), “top”, or “uppermost”, referring simply to the position of objects (e.g. applied to a basket in Genesis 40.17 or to a chamber in Ezekiel 42.5).

The compound ʼĒl ʻElyōn[edit]
The compound name ʼĒl ʻElyōn ‘God Most High’ occurs in Genesis 14:18–20 as the God whose priest was Melchizedek, king of Salem. The form appears again almost immediately in verse 22, used by Abraham in an oath to the king of Sodom. In this verse the name of God also occurs in apposition to ʼĒl ʻElyōn in the Masoretic Text but is absent in the Samaritan version, in the Septuagint translation, and in Symmachus.[citation needed]
Its occurrence here was one foundation of a theory first espoused by Julius Wellhausen that ʼĒl ʻElyōn was an ancient god of Salem (for other reasons understood here to mean Jerusalem), later equated with God.[citation needed]
The only other occurrence of the compound expression is in Psalms 78:35: “And they remembered that God [ʼĒlōhīm] was their rock, and the high God [ʼĒl ʻElyōn] their redeemer.”
The name is repeated later in the chapter, but with a variation: verse fifty-six says ʼElohim ʻElyōn.
It has been suggested that the reference to “ʼĒl ʻElyōn, maker of heaven and earth” in Genesis 14:19 and 22 reflects a Canaanite background. The phrasing in Genesis resembles a retelling of Canaanite religious traditions in Philo of Byblos’s account of Phoenician history, in which ʻElyōn was the progenitor of Ouranos (“Sky”) and Gaia (“Earth”).

ʽElyōn standing alone[edit]
The name ʽElyōn ‘Most High’ standing alone is found in many poetic passages, especially in the Psalms.
It appears in Balaam’s verse oracle in Numbers 24:16 as a separate name parallel to Ēl.
It appears in Moses’ final song in Deuteronomy 32:8 (a much discussed verse). A translation of the Masoretic text:
When the Most High (ʽElyōn) divided nations,
he separated the sons of man (Ādām);
he set the bounds of the masses
according to the number of the sons of Israel
Many Septuagint manuscripts have in place of “sons of Israel”, angelōn theou ‘angels of God’ and a few have huiōn theou ‘sons of God’. The Dead Sea Scrolls fragment 4QDeutj reads bny ’lwhm ‘sons of God’ (‘sons of ’Elohim’). The New Revised Standard Version translates this as “he fixed the boundaries … according to the number of the gods”.[2]
This passage appears to identify ʽElyōn with ’Elohim, but not necessarily with Yahweh. It can be read to mean that ʽElyōn separated mankind into 70 nations according to his 70 sons (the 70 sons of Ēl being mentioned in the Ugaritic texts), each of these sons to be the tutelary deity over one of the 70 nations, one of them being the god of Israel, Yahweh. Alternatively, it may mean that ʽElyōn, having given the other nations to his sons, now takes Israel for himself under the name of the Tetragrammaton. Both interpretations have supporters.[citation needed]
In Isaiah 14:13–14 ʽElyōn is used in a very mystical context in the passage providing the basis for later speculation on the fall of Satan where the rebellious prince of Babylon is pictured as boasting:
I shall be enthroned in the mount of the council in the farthest north [or farthest Zaphon]
I will ascend above the heights of the clouds;
I will be like the Most High.
But ’Elyōn is in other places firmly identified with Yahweh, as in 2 Samuel 22:14:
The Lord [YHWH] thundered from heaven,
and the Most High [ʽElyōn] uttered his voice.
Also Psalm 97:9: “For you, Lord [YHWH], are Most High [ʽelyōn] over all the earth; you are raised high over all the gods.”

123
Q

Seven names of God

A

NAMES OF GOD

1.1 YHWH
1.2 El
1.3 Eloah
1.4 Elohim
1.5 Elohai
1.6 El Shaddai
1.7 Tzevaot
1.8 Jah
2 Other names and titles
2.1 Adonai
2.2 Adoshem
2.3 Baal
2.4 Ehyeh asher ehyeh
2.5 Elah
2.6 El Roi
2.7 Elyon
2.8 Eternal One
2.9 Hashem
2.10 Shalom
2.11 Shekhinah
3 Uncommon or esoteric names
4 Writing divine names
5 Kabbalistic use
6 Erasing the name of God
7 See also
8 Explanatory notes
9 References
9.1 Citations
9.2 Bibliography
10 External links

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Names_of_God_in_Judaism

The seven names of God that, once written, cannot be erased because of their holiness[5] are the Tetragrammaton, El, Elohim, Eloah, Elohai, El Shaddai, and Tzevaot.[6] In addition, the name Jah—because it forms part of the Tetragrammaton—is similarly protected.[6] Rabbi Jose considered “Tzevaot” a common name[7] and Rabbi Ishmael that “Elohim” was.[8] All other names, such as “Merciful”, “Gracious” and “Faithful”, merely represent attributes that are also common to human beings.

Rabbinic Judaism considers seven names of God in Judaism so holy that, once written, they should not be erased: YHWH, El (“God”), Eloah (“God”), Elohim (“God”), Shaddai (“Almighty”), Ehyeh (“I Am”), and Tzevaot (“[of] Hosts”).[1] Other names are considered mere epithets or titles reflecting different aspects of God,[2] but Khumra sometimes dictates special care such as the writing of “G-d” instead of “God” in English or saying Ṭēt-Vav (טו, lit. “9-6”) instead of Yōd-Hē (יה, lit. “10-5” but also “Jah”) for the number fifteen in Hebrew.

Pandæmonium” (in some versions of English “Pandemonium”) stems from the Greek “παν”, meaning “all” or “every”, and “δαιμόνιον”, a diminutive form meaning “little spirit”, “little angel”, or, as Christians interpreted it, “little daemon”, and later, “demon”. It thus roughly translates as “All Demons”, but can also be interpreted as Παν-δαιμον-ειον, Pandemoneios or “all-demon-place”.[1]

124
Q

δαιμόνιον

A

LIST OF DEMONS

Binsfeld’s classification of demons[edit]
Peter Binsfeld prepared a classification of demons in 1589 known as the Princes of Hell. His demon classification was, like the earlier English Lanterne of Light, based on the seven deadly sins, though it differed slightly from the English text.

  1. Lucifer: Pride
  2. Mammon: Greed
  3. Asmodeus: Lust
  4. Leviathan: Envy
  5. Beelzebub: Gluttony
  6. Satan: Wrath
  7. Belphegor: Sloth

Εωσφόρος • (Eosfóros)
Lucifer
Morning Star, the planet Venus

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classification_of_demons#Binsfeld.27s_classification_of_demons

from Ancient Greek Ἑωσφόρος (Heōsphóros)
from Ἕως (Héōs, “dawn”) + φέρω (phérō, “to bear, to carry”).

δαιμόνιον

Pandæmonium” (in some versions of English “Pandemonium”) stems from the Greek “παν”, meaning “all” or “every”, and “δαιμόνιον”, a diminutive form meaning “little spirit”, “little angel”, or, as Christians interpreted it, “little daemon”, and later, “demon”. It thus roughly translates as “All Demons”, but can also be interpreted as Παν-δαιμον-ειον, Pandemoneios or “all-demon-place”.[1]

125
Q

Εωσφόρος

Ἓσπερος

φωσφόρος

νυχτερινό αστέρι

ἑσπέρα (verspers)

A

LUCIFER

Ἑωσφόρος • (Heōsphóros) m (genitive Ἑωσφόρου); second declension
The personification of the Morning Star; the planet Venus
From ἕως (héōs, “dawn”) +‎ -φόρος (-phóros, “-bearing, -carrying”)
from φέρω (phérō, “to bear, to carry”).
Compare Φωσφόρος (Phōsphóros).

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paradise_Lost

In Greek mythology, Hesperus /ˈhɛspərəs/ (Ancient Greek: Ἓσπερος Hesperos) is the Evening Star, the planet Venus in the evening. He is the son of the dawn goddess Eos (Roman Aurora) and is the half-brother of her other son, Phosphorus (also called Eosphorus; the “Morning Star”). Hesperus’ Roman equivalent is Vesper (cf. “evening”, “supper”, “evening star”, “west”[1]). By one account Hesperus’ father was Cephalus, a mortal, while Phosphorus’ was the star god Astraios. Other sources, however, state that Hesperus was the brother of Atlas, and thus the son of Iapetus.

Hesperus is the personification of the “evening star”, the planet Venus in the evening. His name is sometimes conflated with the names for his brother, the personification of the planet as the “morning star” Eosphorus (Greek Ἐωσφόρος, “bearer of dawn”) or Phosphorus (Ancient Greek: Φωσφόρος, “bearer of light”, often translated as “Lucifer” in Latin), since they are all personifications of the same planet Venus. “Heosphoros” in the Greek Septuagint and “Lucifer” in Jerome’s Latin Vulgate were used to translate the Hebrew “Helel” (Venus as the brilliant, bright or shining one), “son of Shahar (Dawn)” in the Hebrew version of Isaiah 14:12.

Eosphorus/Hesperus was said to be the father of Ceyx[3] and Daedalion.[4] In some sources, he is also said to be the father of the Hesperides.

φωσφόρος • (phōsphóros) m or f (neuter φωσφόρον); second declension
That which brings light, light bearing
torch bearing (often as an epithet of a god or priestess)

νυχτερινό αστέρι
noctifer m (genitive noctiferī); second declension
bringer of night
evening star
From nox ("night") + -fer ("carrying")

Benedictine monks singing vespers on Holy Saturday
Vespers is a sunset evening prayer service in the Orthodox, Roman Catholic and Eastern Catholic, Lutheran, and Anglican liturgies of the canonical hours. The word for this fixed prayer time comes from the Greek ἑσπέρα (“hespera”) and the Latin vesper, meaning “evening”. It is also referred to in the Anglican tradition as evening prayer or evensong. (Anglican evensong combines elements of Vespers and Compline.[1]) The term is also used in some other Protestant denominations (such as the Presbyterian Church and Seventh-day Adventists) to describe evening services.[2][3]

In Oriental Orthodox Christianity and Oriental Protestant Christianity, the office is prayed at 6 pm, being known as Ramsho in the Indian and Syriac traditions; it is prayed facing the east by all members in these denominations, both clergy and laity, being one of the seven fixed prayer times.[4][5] νυχτερινό αστέρι

ἑσπέρα, ας, ἡ
Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine
Transliteration: hespera
Phonetic Spelling: (hes-per'-ah)
Definition: evening
Usage: evening.

ἑσπέρα, ἑσπέρας, ἡ (ἕσπερος of or at evening), evening, even-tide: Acts 4:3; Acts 28:23; πρός ἑσπέραν ἐστιν, it is toward evening, Luke 24:29.

Feminine of an adjective hesperos (evening); the eve (hora being implied) – evening(-tide).
see GREEK hora

ὥρα, ας, ἡ
Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine
Transliteration: hóra
Phonetic Spelling: (ho'-rah)
Definition: a time or period, an hour
Usage: (a) a definite space of time, a season, (b) an hour, (c) the particular time for anything.
HELPS Word-studies
5610 hṓra – properly, an hour; (figuratively) a finite "season"; limited time or opportunity to reach a goal (fulfill a purpose); a divinely pre-set time-period; a limited period to accomplish the Lord's specific purpose, i.e. "the hour" in which specific characteristics prevail exactly like that for a limited time.

ἑσπέρα • (hespéra) f (genitive ἑσπέρᾱς); first declension
evening
the west
Ellipsis of ἑσπέρᾱ ὥρᾱ (hespérā hṓrā, “time of evening”)
from ἕσπερος (hésperos, “of evening, western”).

from Proto-Indo-European *wek(ʷ)speros.
*wek(ʷ)speros m (non-ablauting)
evening

Possibly a compound of the unknown element *we- and the zero-grade of the noun *kʷsep- (“night”).

Latin
vesper m (variously declined, genitive vesperī or vesperis); second declension, third declension
the evening or vespers
supper, dinner (evening meal)
(by extension) the evening star
(by extension) the West

From Old French vespre, from Latin vesper (“evening star”)
vesper (plural vespers)
The bell that summons worshipers to vespers; the vesper-bell
(poetic) The evening.
A vesper martini.

——————————————————-
Lucifer is associated with Capricorn, because the goat in his ambition climbs the mountain of god, to usurp god, and rule in his place as a god.
He is “cast down” into hell (curse, weapon, banish, exile) and instead decides to rule the underworld.

“I would rather rule over hell than serve in heaven”.
Satan, formerly called Lucifer, is the first major character introduced in the poem. He was once the most beautiful of all angels, and is a tragic figure who famously declares: “Better to reign in Hell than serve in Heaven.” Following his failed rebellion against God, he is cast out from Heaven and condemned to Hell.

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lucifer

The motif of a heavenly being striving for the highest seat of heaven only to be cast down to the underworld has its origins in the motions of the planet Venus, known as the morning star.

The Sumerian goddess Inanna (Babylonian Ishtar) is associated with the planet Venus, and Inanna’s actions in several of her myths, including Inanna and Shukaletuda and Inanna’s Descent into the Underworld appear to parallel the motion of Venus as it progresses through its synodic cycle.[11][12][13][14][15]

A similar theme is present in the Babylonian myth of Etana. The Jewish Encyclopedia comments:

The brilliancy of the morning star, which eclipses all other stars, but is not seen during the night, may easily have given rise to a myth such as was told of Ethana and Zu: he was led by his pride to strive for the highest seat among the star-gods on the northern mountain of the gods … but was hurled down by the supreme ruler of the Babylonian Olympus.”[16]
The fall from heaven motif also has a parallel in Canaanite mythology. In ancient Canaanite religion, the morning star is personified as the god Attar, who attempted to occupy the throne of Ba’al and, finding he was unable to do so, descended and ruled the underworld.[17][18] The original myth may have been about a lesser god Helel trying to dethrone the Canaanite high god El who lived on a mountain to the north.[19][11] Hermann Gunkel’s reconstruction of the myth told of a mighty warrior called Hêlal, whose ambition was to ascend higher than all the other stellar divinities, but who had to descend to the depths; it thus portrayed as a battle the process by which the bright morning star fails to reach the highest point in the sky before being faded out by the rising sun.[20] However, the Eerdmans Commentary on the Bible argues that no evidence has been found of any Canaanite myth or imagery of a god being forcibly thrown from heaven, as in the Book of Isaiah (see below). It argues that the closest parallels with Isaiah’s description of the king of Babylon as a fallen morning star cast down from heaven are to be found not in Canaanite myths but in traditional ideas of the Jewish people, echoed in the Biblical account of the fall of Adam and Eve, cast out of God’s presence for wishing to be as God, and the picture in Psalm 82 of the “gods” and “sons of the Most High” destined to die and fall.[21] This Jewish tradition has echoes also in Jewish pseudepigrapha such as 2 Enoch and the Life of Adam and Eve.[21][16][22] The Life of Adam and Eve, in turn, shaped the idea of Iblis in the Quran.[23]

The Greek myth of Phaethon, a personification of the planet Jupiter,[24] follows a similar pattern.

——————————————————-

126
Q

πλούτος

A

MOMMON = Money = Wealth = Greed

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mammon

Mammon /ˈmæmən/ in the New Testament of the Bible is commonly thought to mean money, material wealth, or any entity that promises wealth, and is associated with the greedy pursuit of gain. The Gospel of Matthew and the Gospel of Luke both quote Jesus using the word in a phrase often rendered in English as “You cannot serve both God and mammon.”

In the Middle Ages it was often personified and sometimes included in the seven princes of Hell. Mammon in Hebrew (ממון) means “money”. The word was adopted to modern Hebrew to mean wealth.

127
Q

Ἑρμῆς

A

HERMÈS

Uncertain origin; usually linked to ἕρμα (hérma, “heap of stones”)

From the Ancient Greek Ἑρμῆς (Hermês), itself of disputed meaning and origin, possibly of non-Indo-European substrate or from Proto-Indo-European *ser- (“to bind, put together”).

Hermes
(Greek mythology) The herald and messenger of the gods, and the god of roads, commerce, invention, cunning, and theft.
The Egyptian Thoth, identified with the Greek Hermes.
(astronomy) The planet Mercury when observed as an evening star.

Ἑρμῆς • (Hermês) m (genitive Ἑρμοῦ); first declension
(Greek mythology) Hermes, a Greek god, the son of Zeus and Maia.

ἕρμᾰ • (hérma) n (genitive ἕρμᾰτος); third declension
(a stabilizing entity): prop, support, foundation, stay (of a ship), ballast
defense, cause
reef, rock
hill
heap of stones, cairn
pendant of the ear, earring
band, noose, coils

Perhaps related to εἴρω (eírō, “I string together”) +‎ -μᾰ (-ma).

Alternatively, cognate with Sanskrit वर्ष्मन् (varṣman, “protrusion, summit, peak, top, vertex”), from Proto-Indo-European *wérsmn̥ (“protrusion, bump, hill, summit, peak, top”) and, via the root *wers- (“to protrude”), Lithuanian viršus (“top”), Old Church Slavonic врьхъ (vrĭxŭ, “top, peak”), and probably Proto-Germanic wartǭ (“wart”). Though, the Mycenaean Greek cognate 𐀁𐀔𐀲 (e-ma-ta /hérmata/, “straps, pl.”) lacks the expected initial */w/.

ἕρμᾰξ • (hérmax) f (genitive ἕρμᾰκος); third declension
heap of stones, cairn

From ἕρμᾰ (hérma, “prop, support, stay”).

Ἑρμογένης • (Hermogénēs) m (genitive Ἑρμογένους); third declension
A male given name, equivalent to English Hermogenes

From ἕρμᾰ (hérma, “a support”) +‎ γεν- (gen-, “to be born”) +‎ -ης (-ēs): perhaps “born as a support”.

Ἑρμᾰγόρᾱς • (Hermagórās) m (genitive Ἑρμᾰγόρου); second declension
A male given name, equivalent to English Hermagoras

Perhaps from ἕρμᾰ (hérma, “a support”) +‎ ᾰ̓γορᾱ́ (agorā́, “assembly”) +‎ -ᾱς (-ās): “a support of the assembly”.

128
Q

εὐρύοπᾰ

εὐρύς

A

EUROPA

εὐρύς (eurús) + ὤψ (ṓps), literally meaning “wide face” (as a description of the beauty of the mythical Europa) or “broad eye” (metaphorically meaning something like “as far as the eye can see”)

εὐρῠ́ς • (eurús) m (feminine εὐρεῖᾰ, neuter εὐρῠ́); first/third declension
wide, broad, spacious, especially of heaven, earth, and sea
Antonym: στενός (stenós)
Declension

From Proto-Indo-European *h₁wérus (“wide”).
Compare Sanskrit उरु (uru, “wide, large, spacious”) and
Avestan 𐬬𐬊𐬎𐬭𐬎‎ (vouru, “wide”)

Adjective
στενός • (stenós) m (feminine στενή, neuter στενό)
narrow
tight
close
στενή f (stení, “prison”) (slang)
στενό n (stenó, “narrow street”)
στενός • (stenós) m (feminine στενή, neuter στενόν); first/second declension
narrow, tight
Antonym: εὐρύς (eurús)
Proto-Indo-European
Etymology
From *h₁wer- +‎ *-us.
Adjective
*h₁wérus
broad

Adjective
εὐρύοπᾰ • (eurúopa) (invariable)
far-sounding (epithet of Zeus)

———————————————————

Semitic origin; compare also Ἀσία (Asía):

Akkadian 𒀭𒌓𒋙𒀀 (dUD.ŠU2.A /erebu, erbu/, “direction of the setting sun, occident, west”)

Phoenician 𐤏𐤓𐤁‎ (ʿrb /ʿereb/, “evening”)
Aramaic ערובה‎ (ʿrōbā, “sunset, Sabbath eve”)
Hebrew מַעֲרָב‎ (maʿăroḇ, “occident, west”)
Classical Syriac ܡܥܪܒܐ‎ (maʿrəḇā, “occident, west”)
Arabic غَرْب‎ (ḡarb, “occident, west”) and غُرُوب‎ (ḡurūb, “setting of the sun”)

From a separate Semitic root related to guarantees and exchanges, found in Arabic عَرَبُون‎ (ʿarabūn), Hebrew בֶּן‑עֲרֻבָּה‎ (ben‑ʿăruḇoh, “hostages”), Classical Syriac ܥܪܘܒܐ‎ (ʿaruḇa, “hostages”), stemming from mythology in which Europa is famously abducted; see the story of Cadmus, a figure also with Semitic associations, who seeks after his kidnapped sister.

Εὐρώπη • (Eurṓpē) f (genitive Εὐρώπης); first declension
(Greek mythology) Europa, a Phoenician princess abducted to Crete by Zeus
Europe, a continent

129
Q

Sîn

A

SIN

Sīn /ˈsiːn/ or Suen

iː pronounced (“ee”) — feel, fleece, (“ea”) — beach - bead - beat - bleach - breathe - cheat - clean - cream - creature - deal - dream - each - easy - eat.

Akkadian: 𒂗𒍪 EN.ZU, pronounced Su’en, Sîn)

Assyrian Aramaic (Classical Syriac): ܣܝܼܢ Sin or ܣܝܼܢܵܐ Sina)[2][3] or Nannar

Sumerian: 𒀭𒋀𒆠 DŠEŠ.KI, DNANNAR)

…was the god of the moon in the Mesopotamian religions of Sumer, Akkad, Assyria, and Babylonia. Nannar is a Sumerian deity, the son of Enlil and Ninlil, and became identified with the Semitic Sīn. The two chief seats of Nannar’s/Sīn’s worship were Ur in the south of Mesopotamia and Harran in the north. A moon god by the same name was later worshipped in South Arabia.

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sin_(mythology)

Nanna, the Sumerian name for the moon god.

Sin, (Akkadian), Sumerian Nanna, in Mesopotamian religion, the god of the moon. Sin was the father of the sun god, Shamash (Sumerian: Utu), and, in some myths, of Ishtar (Sumerian: Inanna), goddess of Venus, and with them formed an astral triad of deities.

Lunar deity, any god or goddess related to or associated with the moon and its cycles.

Moon worship, adoration or veneration of the moon, a deity in the moon, or a personification or symbol of the moon. The sacredness of the moon has been connected with the basic rhythms of life and the universe. A widespread phenomenon, appearing in various eras and cultures, moon worship has engendered a rich symbolism and mythology.

Sīn /ˈsiːn/ or Suen (Akkadian: 𒂗𒍪 EN.ZU, pronounced Su’en, Sîn) or Nanna (Sumerian: 𒀭𒋀𒆠 DŠEŠ.KI, DNANNA) was the god of the moon in the Mesopotamian religions of Sumer, Akkad, Assyria and Babylonia. Nanna is a Sumerian deity, the son of Enlil and Ninlil, and became identified with the Semitic Sīn. The two chief seats of Nanna’s/Sīn’s worship were Ur in the south of Mesopotamia and Harran in the north. A moon god by the same name was also worshipped in South Arabia.
He was also known as En-zu, which means “lord of wisdom”.

https://en.wikiquote.org/wiki/Sin_(mythology)

——————————————-

Nanna (Norse deity)

In Norse mythology, Nanna Nepsdóttir or simply Nanna is a goddess associated with the god Baldr. She is associated with joy, peace and the moon.Accounts of Nanna vary greatly by source. In the Prose Edda, written in the 13th century by Snorri Sturluson, Nanna is the wife of Baldr and the couple produced a son, the god Forseti. After Baldr’s death, Nanna dies of grief. Nanna is placed on Baldr’s ship with his corpse and the two are set aflame and pushed out to sea. In Hel, Baldr and Nanna are united again. In an attempt to bring back Baldr from the dead, the god Hermóðr rides to Hel and, upon receiving the hope of resurrection from the being Hel, Nanna gives Hermóðr gifts to give to the goddess Frigg (a robe of linen), the goddess Fulla (a finger-ring), and others (unspecified). Nanna is frequently mentioned in the poetry of skalds and a Nanna, who may or may not be the same figure, is mentioned once in the Poetic Edda, compiled in the 13th century from earlier traditional sources.

An account provided by Saxo Grammaticus in his 12th century work Gesta Danorum records Nanna as a human female, the daughter of King Gevar, and the love interest of both the demi-god Baldr and the human Höðr. Spurred by their mutual attraction to Nanna, Baldr and Höðr repeatedly do battle. Nanna is only interested in Höðr and weds him, while Baldr wastes away from nightmares about Nanna.

HELL

Hel (being)
From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia
Jump to navigationJump to search

Hel
Hel (1889) by Johannes Gehrts, pictured here with her hound Garmr.
Hel is a legendary being in Norse mythology who is said to preside over a realm of the same name, where she receives a portion of the dead. Hel is attested in the Poetic Edda, compiled in the 13th century from earlier traditional sources, and the Prose Edda, written in the 13th century by Snorri Sturluson. In addition, she is mentioned in poems recorded in Heimskringla and Egils saga that date from the 9th and 10th centuries, respectively. An episode in the Latin work Gesta Danorum, written in the 12th century by Saxo Grammaticus, is generally considered to refer to Hel, and Hel may appear on various Migration Period bracteates.
In the Heimskringla, Hel is referred to as a daughter of Loki. In the Prose Edda book Gylfaginning, Hel is described as having been appointed by the god Odin as ruler of a realm of the same name, located in Niflheim. In the same source, her appearance is described as half blue and half flesh-coloured and further as having a gloomy, downcast appearance. The Prose Edda details that Hel rules over vast mansions with many servants in her underworld realm and plays a key role in the attempted resurrection of the god Baldr.
Scholarly theories have been proposed about Hel’s potential connections to figures appearing in the 11th-century Old English Gospel of Nicodemus and Old Norse Bartholomeus saga postola, that she may have been considered a goddess with potential Indo-European parallels in Bhavani, Kali, and Mahakali or that Hel may have become a being only as a late personification of the location of the same name.

Loki
Loki (Old Norse: [ˈloki], Modern Icelandic: [ˈlɔːkɪ], often Anglicized as /ˈloʊki/) is a god in Norse mythology. Loki is in some sources the son of Fárbauti and Laufey, and the brother of Helblindi and Býleistr. Loki is married to Sigyn and they have a son, Narfi and/or Nari. By the jötunn Angrboða, Loki is the father of Hel, the wolf Fenrir, and the world serpent Jörmungandr. Loki, in the form of a mare, was impregnated by the stallion Svaðilfari and gave birth to the eight-legged horse Sleipnir. In addition, Loki is referred to as the father of Váli in Prose Edda, though this source also refers to Odin as the father of Váli twice, and Váli is found mentioned as a son of Loki only once.
Loki’s relation with the gods varies by source; Loki sometimes assists the gods and sometimes behaves maliciously towards them. Loki is a shape shifter and in separate incidents appears in the form of a salmon, a mare, a fly, and possibly an elderly woman named Þökk (Old Norse ‘thanks’). Loki’s positive relations with the gods end with his role in engineering the death of the god Baldr, and eventually, Váli binds Loki with the entrails of one of his sons. In both the Poetic Edda and the Prose Edda, the goddess Skaði is responsible for placing a serpent above him while he is bound. The serpent drips venom from above him that Sigyn collects into a bowl; however, she must empty the bowl when it is full, and the venom that drips in the meantime causes Loki to writhe in pain, thereby causing earthquakes. With the onset of Ragnarök, Loki is foretold to slip free from his bonds and to fight against the gods among the forces of the jötnar, at which time he will encounter the god Heimdallr, and the two will slay each other.
Loki is referred to in the Poetic Edda, compiled in the 13th century from earlier traditional sources; the Prose Edda and Heimskringla, written in the 13th century by Snorri Sturluson; the Norwegian Rune Poems, in the poetry of skalds, and in Scandinavian folklore. Loki may be depicted on the Snaptun Stone, the Kirkby Stephen Stone, and the Gosforth Cross. Scholars have debated Loki’s origins and role in Norse mythology, which some have described as that of a trickster god. Loki has been depicted in or is referenced in a variety of media in modern popular culture.

Höðr
Höðr (Old Norse: Hǫðr [ˈhɔðr] (About this soundlisten); often anglicized as Hod, Hoder, or Hodur)[a] is a blind god and a son of Odin and Frigg in Norse mythology. Tricked and guided by Loki, he shot the mistletoe arrow which was to slay the otherwise invulnerable Baldr.
According to the Prose Edda and the Poetic Edda, the goddess Frigg, Baldr’s mother, made everything in existence swear never to harm Baldr, except for the mistletoe, which she found too unimportant to ask (alternatively, which she found too young to demand an oath from). The gods amused themselves by trying weapons on Baldr and seeing them fail to do any harm. Loki, the mischief-maker, upon finding out about Baldr’s one weakness, made a spear from mistletoe, and helped Höðr shoot it at Baldr.[1][2][3] In reaction to this, Odin and the giantess Rindr gave birth to Váli, who grew to adulthood within a day and slew Höðr.
The Danish historian Saxo Grammaticus recorded an alternative version of this myth in his Gesta Danorum. In this version, the mortal hero Høtherus and the demi-god Balderus compete for the hand of Nanna. Ultimately, Høtherus slays Balderus.

Höðr

Balðr
From Proto-Germanic theonym *Balðraz (‘Hero’, or ‘Prince’)
Baldr (also Balder, Baldur) is a god in Germanic mythology. In Norse mythology, Baldr is a son of the god Odin and the goddess Frigg, and has numerous brothers, such as Thor and Váli. In wider Germanic mythology, the god was known in Old English as Bældæg, and in Old High German as Balder, all ultimately stemming from the Proto-Germanic theonym *Balðraz (‘Hero’, or ‘Prince’).
During the 12th century, Danish accounts by Saxo Grammaticus and other Danish Latin chroniclers recorded a euhemerized account of his story. Compiled in Iceland during the 13th century, but based on older Old Norse poetry, the Poetic Edda and the Prose Edda contain numerous references to the death of Baldr as both a great tragedy to the Æsir and a harbinger of Ragnarök.
According to Gylfaginning, a book of Snorri Sturluson’s Prose Edda, Baldr’s wife is Nanna and their son is Forseti. Baldr had the greatest ship ever built, Hringhorni, and there is no place more beautiful than his hall, Breidablik.

Óðinn
Odin (/ˈoʊdɪn/;[1] from Old Norse: Óðinn, IPA: [ˈoːðinː]; runic: ᚢᚦᛁᚾ) is a widely revered god in Germanic mythology. Norse mythology, the source of most surviving information about him, associates Odin with wisdom, healing, death, royalty, the gallows, knowledge, war, battle, victory, sorcery, poetry, frenzy, and the runic alphabet, and projects him as the husband of the goddess Frigg. He is often depicted as the supreme Germanic god.[2] In wider Germanic mythology and paganism, the god was known in Old English and Old Saxon as Wōden, in Old Bavarian as Wûtan,[3] in Old Dutch as Wuodan, and in Old High German as Wuotan, all ultimately stemming from the Proto-Germanic theonym *Wōđanaz, meaning ‘lord of frenzy’, or ‘leader of the possessed’.
Odin appears as a prominent god throughout the recorded history of Northern Europe, from the Roman occupation of regions of Germania (from c.  2 BCE) through movement of peoples during the Migration Period (4th to 6th centuries CE) and the Viking Age (8th to 11th centuries CE). In the modern period the rural folklore of Germanic Europe continued to acknowledge Odin. References to him appear in place names throughout regions historically inhabited by the ancient Germanic peoples, and the day of the week Wednesday bears his name in many Germanic languages, including in English.
In Old English texts, Odin holds a particular place as a euhemerized ancestral figure among royalty, and he is frequently referred to as a founding figure among various other Germanic peoples, such as the Langobards. Forms of his name appear frequently throughout the Germanic record, though narratives regarding Odin are mainly found in Old Norse works recorded in Iceland, primarily around the 13th century. These texts make up the bulk of modern understanding of Norse mythology.

Frigg (Friday)
Proto-Germanic theonym *Frijjō, meaning ‘(the) Beloved’ or ‘(the) Free’.
Frigg (/frɪɡ/)[1] is a goddess in Germanic mythology. In Norse mythology, the source of most surviving information about her, she is associated with foresight and wisdom, and dwells in the wetland halls of Fensalir. In wider Germanic mythology, she is known in Old High German as Frīja, in Langobardic as Frēa, in Old English as Frīg, in Old Frisian as Frīa, and in Old Saxon as Frī, all ultimately stemming from the Proto-Germanic theonym *Frijjō, meaning ‘(the) Beloved’ or ‘(the) Free’. Nearly all sources portray her as the wife of the god Odin.
In Old High German and Old Norse sources, she is specifically connected with Fulla, but she is also associated with the goddesses Lofn, Hlín, Gná, and ambiguously with the Earth, otherwise personified as an apparently separate entity Jörð (Old Norse: ‘Earth’). The children of Frigg and Odin include the gleaming god Baldr. Due to significant thematic overlap, scholars have proposed a connection to the goddess Freyja.

Jörð
Jörð (Old Norse jǫrð, “earth”) is the personification of earth and a goddess in Norse mythology. She is the mother of the thunder god Thor, and a sexual partner of Odin.[1] Her name is often employed in skaldic poetry and kennings as a poetic term for land or earth.

[edit]
Old Norse jǫrð means ‘earth, land’, serving both as a common noun (‘earth’) and as a theonymic incarnation of the noun (‘Earth-goddess’). It stems from Proto-Germanic *erþō- (‘earth, soil, land’), as evidenced by the Gothic airþa, Old English eorþ, Old Saxon ertha, or Old High German (OHG) erda.[3][4][5] The Ancient Greek word éra (ἔρα; ‘earth’) is also possibly related.[3][5] The word is most likely cognate with Proto-Germanic *erwa or erwōn-, meaning ‘sand, soil’ (cf. Old Norse jǫrfi ‘sand, gravel’, OHG ero ‘earth’).
Fjörgyn is considered by scholars to be another name for Jörð. She is similarly described as Thor’s mother and her name is also used as a poetic synonym for ‘land’ or ‘the earth’ in skaldic poems.[6][7] The name Hlóðyn, mentioned in Völuspá (50) (as “son of Hlódyn” for Thor), is most likely also used as a synonym for Jörð.[8] The etymology of Hlóðyn remains unclear, although it is often thought to be related to the goddess Hludana, to whom Romano-Germanic votive tablets have been found on the Lower Rhine.

Þórr (Thursday)
From *Þunraz (meaning ‘thunder’)
In Germanic mythology, Thor (/θɔːr/; from Old Norse: Þórr) is a hammer-wielding god associated with lightning, thunder, storms, sacred groves and trees, strength, the protection of mankind and also hallowing and fertility. Besides Old Norse Þórr, extensions of the god occur in Old English as Þunor and in Old High German as Donar. All forms of the deity stem from a Common Germanic *Þunraz (meaning ‘thunder’).
Thor is a prominently mentioned god throughout the recorded history of the Germanic peoples, from the Roman occupation of regions of Germania, to the Germanic expansions of the Migration Period, to his high popularity during the Viking Age, when, in the face of the process of the Christianization of Scandinavia, emblems of his hammer, Mjölnir, were worn and Norse pagan personal names containing the name of the god bear witness to his popularity.
The theonyms Þórr (Old Norse), Donar (Old High German), Þunor (Old English), Thuner (Old Frisian) and Thunar (Old Saxon) are cognates—linguistic siblings of the same origin.[2] They descend from the Proto-Germanic masculine noun *þunraz (‘thunder’),[3] itself from the Proto-Indo-European root for ‘thunder’ *(s)tenh₂-, with other cognates in the Celtic god Taranis (by metathesis of *Tonaros), or the Latin epithet Tonans (attached to Jupiter).[4] According to scholar Peter Jackson, those theonyms may have originally emerged as the result of the fossilization of an original epithet (or epiclesis) of the Proto-Indo-European thunder-god *Perkwunos.

JESUS?
h₂éwsōs or Hₐéusōs (PIE: *h₂éusōs, *hₐéusōs and other variants; lit. “the dawn”)[1] is the reconstructed Proto-Indo-European name of the dawn goddess in the Proto-Indo-European mythology.[2]
h₂éwsōs is believed to have been one of the most important deities worshipped by Proto-Indo-European speakers due to the consistency of her characterization in subsequent traditions as well as the importance of the goddess Uṣas in the Rigveda.
Her attributes have not only been mixed with those of solar goddesses in some later traditions, but have subsequently expanded and influenced female deities in other mythologies.

The reconstructed Proto-Indo-European name of the dawn, *h₂éwsōs, derives the verbal root *h₂(e)wes- (‘to shine, glow red, a flame’) extended by the suffix -ós-. The root also underlies the word for ‘gold’, *h₂ews-om (‘glow’; cf. Latin aurum, Old Prussian ausis, Lithuanian Dausos ‘the skies, heavens’; áusas ‘gold’).
The word for the dawn as a meteorological event has also been preserved in numerous Indo-European cognates: Welsh gwawr (‘dawn’), Lith. aušrà (‘dawn’), OCS za ustra (‘in the morning’), Old Irish fāir (‘sunrise’), or Skt uṣar-búdh- (‘waking at dawn’).[7][8][9] Scholars also suggest that the Proto-Slavic word *ȕtro (‘morning, dawn’) stems from the root *h₂ews-rom, via a Balto-Slavic form *auṣ(t)ro.
A derivative adverb, *h₂ews-tero- (‘east, towards the dawn’), was also preserved in the Latvian àustrums (‘east’), Avestan ušatara (‘east’), Italic *aus-tero- (cf. Latin auster ‘south wind, south’), Old Church Slavonic ustrŭ (‘summer’), and Germanic *austeraz (cf. Old Norse austr, English east, MHG oster).[12] The same root seems to be preserved in the Baltic names for the northeast wind: Lith. aūštrinis and Latv. austrenis,[13] austrinis, austrinš.[14] The Old Norse Austri, described in the Gylfaginning as one of four dwarves that guard the four cardinal points; with him representing the east,[15] and Austrvegr (English: ‘The Eastern Way’), attested in medieval Germanic literature, are also related.[16]
Epithets
A common epithet associated with the Dawn is *Diwós Dʰuǵh₂tḗr, the ‘Daughter of Dyēus’, the sky god.[17] Cognates stemming from the formulaic expression appear in three traditions: ‘Daughter of Heaven’ in the Rigveda (as an epithet of Uṣas), ‘Daughter of Zeus’ (probably associated with Ēṓs in pre-Homeric Greek), and ‘Daughter of Dievas’ (an epithet transferred to a Sun-goddess in the Lithuanian folklore).

Eos (Ἠώς) - (East)
In Greek mythology, Eos (/ˈiːɒs/; Ionic and Homeric Greek Ἠώς Ēṓs, Attic Ἕως Héōs, “dawn”, pronounced [ɛːɔ̌ːs] or [héɔːs]; Aeolic Αὔως Aúōs, Doric Ἀώς Āṓs)[3] is a Titaness and the goddess[4] of the dawn, who rose each morning from her home at the edge of the Oceanus.
Like Roman Aurora and Rigvedic Ushas, Ēṓs continues the name of an earlier Indo-European dawn goddess, Hausos.
The Proto-Greek form of Ἠώς / Ēṓs has been reconstructed as *ἀυhώς / auhṓs, and in Mycenaean Greek as *hāwōs.[3][5] According to Robert S. P. Beekes, the loss of the initial aspiration could be due to metathesis.[3] It is cognate to the Vedic goddess Ushas, Lithuanian goddess Aušrinė, and Roman goddess Aurora (Old Latin Ausosa), all three of whom are also goddesses of the dawn.[2]
All four are considered derivatives of the Proto-Indo-European stem *h₂ewsṓs (later *Ausṓs), “dawn”. The root also gave rise to Proto-Germanic *Austrō, Old High German Ōstara and Old English Ēostre / Ēastre. These cognates led to the reconstruction of a Proto-Indo-European dawn goddess, Hausos (H₂éwsōs).

*Dyḗus
*Dyḗus (lit. “daylight-sky-god”), also *Dyḗus ph₂tḗr (lit. “father daylight-sky-god”),[1][2] is the reconstructed name of the daylight-sky god in Proto-Indo-European mythology. *Dyēus was the bright sky of the day conceived as a divine entity and as the seat of the gods, the *deywṓs. Associated with the vast diurnal sky and with the fertile rains, *Dyēus was often paired with *Dʰéǵʰōm, the Earth Mother, in a relationship of union and contrast.
While its existence is not directly attested by archaeological or written materials, *Dyēus is considered by scholars the most securely reconstructed deity of the Indo-European pantheon, as identical formulas referring to him can be found among the subsequent Indo-European languages and myths of the Vedic Indo-Aryans, Latins, Greeks, Phrygians, Messapians, Thracians, Illyrians, Albanians and Hittites.

Dʰéǵʰōm
Dʰéǵʰōm (Proto-Indo-European: dʰéǵʰōm, also ‌‌dʰg-em; lit. ‘earth’),[1][2] or Pleth₂wih₁ (PIE *pleth₂wih₁, lit. the ‘Broad One’),[3][4] is the reconstructed name of the Earth-goddess in the Proto-Indo-European mythology. The Mother Earth is portrayed as the vast and dark house of mortals. She is often paired with Dyēus, the daylight sky and seat of the gods, in a relationship of union and contrast. Dʰéǵʰōm is associated with fertility and growth, but also with death as the final dwelling of the deceased.
The root for the word ‘earth’, *dʰéǵʰōm, is one of the most attested in Indo-European languages.[1] On the other hand, the linguistic evidence for the ritualization of the name *dʰéǵʰōm is not systematically spread across traditions, as she also appears under other names and epithets, principally *Pleth₂-wih₁ (the ‘Broad One’).[3] If the goddess-earth is reliably reconstructed under the name *dʰéǵʰōm, she was the Earth herself conceived as a divine entity, rather than a goddess of the earth.

Epithets
The Broad One
The commonest epithet applied to the earth in Indo-European poetic traditions is *Pléth₂wih₁ (the ‘Broad One’; from *pléth₂us, ‘flat, vast, broad’). A group of cognates appear in Prithvi, the Vedic earth-goddess, in the Greek nymph Plataia, and most likely in the Gaulish goddess Litavis.[4][6] The epithet is also attested in comparable poetic expressions associating the two roots *dʰéǵʰōm and *pléth₂wih₁: Avestan ząm pərəϑβīm (‘broad earth’), Sanskrit kṣā́m … pṛthivī́m (‘broad earth’) and Old Hittite palḫiš … dagan(-zipaš) (‘broad … earth[-genius]’).

Mother Earth[edit]
The Earth-goddess was widely celebrated with the title of ‘mother’, and often paired with *Dyḗus ph2tḗr, the ‘sky-father’. She is called annas Daganzipas (‘Mother Earth-spirit’) in Hittite liturgy, and paired with the Storm-god of heaven, as well as Mat’ Syra Zemlya (‘Mother Moist Earth’) in the Russian epic poems. To the goddess of the earth Prithvi is often attached the epithet Mata (‘mother’) in the Rigveda, especially when she is mentioned together with Dyaus, the sky-father.[11]

Slip in to this Mother Earth, the wide-extending Broad One, the friendly…

— 10.18.10, in The Rigveda, translated by M. L. West.[12]
The goddess of the harvest and agriculture Demeter could also be a cognate, deriving from an Illyrian root Dā- (possibly from *dʰǵʰ(e)m-) attached to māter (‘mother’).[11] The Roman evidence for the idea of Earth as a mother is doubtful, as it is usually associated with the name Terra rather than Tellus, and may be influenced by Greek motifs.[13] The Anglo-Saxon goddess Erce (possibly ‘bright, pure’) is called the ‘mother of Earth’ (and likely identified with Mother Earth herself) in a ritual to be performed on plough-land that is unfruitful.[11] She is also called Fīra Mōdor (‘Mother of men’) in Old English poetry.[5] The Baltic goddess Zemyna is likewise associated with the epithets ‘Mother of the Fields’ and ‘Mother of the Forests’.[14]

A similar epithet is ascribed to Gaia, as Μητηρ Παντων (Mother of All), recorded, for instance, in Aeschylus’ Prometheus Unbound (παμμῆτόρ τε γῆ; “Oh! universal mother Earth”),[15] and in The Libation Bearers (ἰὼ γαῖα μαῖα; Mother Gaia).[16] In a Samaveda hymn dedicated to the Vedic fire god Agni, he is described as “rapidly … [moving] along his mother earth”.[17] In an Atharveda Hymn (12.1) (Pṛthvī Sūkta, or Bhūmī Sūkta), the celebrant invokes Prithvi as his Mother, because he is “a son of Earth”.[18] The word bhūmi is also used as an epithet of Prithvi meaning ‘soil’ and in reference to a threefold division of the universe in heavens, sky and earth.[19][20][21] On her own, Bhūmi is another Vedic deity with Mother-Earth attributes.

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dʰéǵʰōm

130
Q

Dʰéǵʰōm

A

MOTHER EARTH

Dʰéǵʰōm
Dʰéǵʰōm (Proto-Indo-European: dʰéǵʰōm, also ‌‌dʰg-em; lit. ‘earth’),[1][2] or Pleth₂wih₁ (PIE *pleth₂wih₁, lit. the ‘Broad One’),[3][4] is the reconstructed name of the Earth-goddess in the Proto-Indo-European mythology. The Mother Earth is portrayed as the vast and dark house of mortals. She is often paired with Dyēus, the daylight sky and seat of the gods, in a relationship of union and contrast. Dʰéǵʰōm is associated with fertility and growth, but also with death as the final dwelling of the deceased.
The root for the word ‘earth’, *dʰéǵʰōm, is one of the most attested in Indo-European languages.[1] On the other hand, the linguistic evidence for the ritualization of the name *dʰéǵʰōm is not systematically spread across traditions, as she also appears under other names and epithets, principally *Pleth₂-wih₁ (the ‘Broad One’).[3] If the goddess-earth is reliably reconstructed under the name *dʰéǵʰōm, she was the Earth herself conceived as a divine entity, rather than a goddess of the earth.

Epithets
The Broad One
The commonest epithet applied to the earth in Indo-European poetic traditions is *Pléth₂wih₁ (the ‘Broad One’; from *pléth₂us, ‘flat, vast, broad’). A group of cognates appear in Prithvi, the Vedic earth-goddess, in the Greek nymph Plataia, and most likely in the Gaulish goddess Litavis.[4][6] The epithet is also attested in comparable poetic expressions associating the two roots *dʰéǵʰōm and *pléth₂wih₁: Avestan ząm pərəϑβīm (‘broad earth’), Sanskrit kṣā́m … pṛthivī́m (‘broad earth’) and Old Hittite palḫiš … dagan(-zipaš) (‘broad … earth[-genius]’).

Mother Earth[edit]
The Earth-goddess was widely celebrated with the title of ‘mother’, and often paired with *Dyḗus ph2tḗr, the ‘sky-father’. She is called annas Daganzipas (‘Mother Earth-spirit’) in Hittite liturgy, and paired with the Storm-god of heaven, as well as Mat’ Syra Zemlya (‘Mother Moist Earth’) in the Russian epic poems. To the goddess of the earth Prithvi is often attached the epithet Mata (‘mother’) in the Rigveda, especially when she is mentioned together with Dyaus, the sky-father.[11]

Slip in to this Mother Earth, the wide-extending Broad One, the friendly…

— 10.18.10, in The Rigveda, translated by M. L. West.[12]
The goddess of the harvest and agriculture Demeter could also be a cognate, deriving from an Illyrian root Dā- (possibly from *dʰǵʰ(e)m-) attached to māter (‘mother’).[11] The Roman evidence for the idea of Earth as a mother is doubtful, as it is usually associated with the name Terra rather than Tellus, and may be influenced by Greek motifs.[13] The Anglo-Saxon goddess Erce (possibly ‘bright, pure’) is called the ‘mother of Earth’ (and likely identified with Mother Earth herself) in a ritual to be performed on plough-land that is unfruitful.[11] She is also called Fīra Mōdor (‘Mother of men’) in Old English poetry.[5] The Baltic goddess Zemyna is likewise associated with the epithets ‘Mother of the Fields’ and ‘Mother of the Forests’.[14]

A similar epithet is ascribed to Gaia, as Μητηρ Παντων (Mother of All), recorded, for instance, in Aeschylus’ Prometheus Unbound (παμμῆτόρ τε γῆ; “Oh! universal mother Earth”),[15] and in The Libation Bearers (ἰὼ γαῖα μαῖα; Mother Gaia).[16] In a Samaveda hymn dedicated to the Vedic fire god Agni, he is described as “rapidly … [moving] along his mother earth”.[17] In an Atharveda Hymn (12.1) (Pṛthvī Sūkta, or Bhūmī Sūkta), the celebrant invokes Prithvi as his Mother, because he is “a son of Earth”.[18] The word bhūmi is also used as an epithet of Prithvi meaning ‘soil’ and in reference to a threefold division of the universe in heavens, sky and earth.[19][20][21] On her own, Bhūmi is another Vedic deity with Mother-Earth attributes.

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dʰéǵʰōm

131
Q

Γελλώ

Cuneiform: 𒍪 𒀊, ZU.AB

Cuneiform:𒇉, LAGAB×HAL

ab=’water’ zu=’deep’

Bythos (Depth or Profundity, Βυθός)

A

BYZO - BYZANTINE - ABYSS (gods)

Abzu is the primeval sea below the void space of the underworld in ancient Mesopotamian belief.

the name “Abyzou” appears to be a corrupted form of the Greek ἄβυσσος ábyssos “abyss”, the Greek itself was borrowed from Akkadian Apsu or Sumerian Abzu.

Noun
ἄβῠσσος • (ábussos) f (genitive ἀβύσσου); second declension
bottomless pit, abyss
the subterranean world of the dead: abyss

Adjective
ἄβῠσσος • (ábussos) m or f (neuter ἄβυσσον); second declension
bottomless, boundless
unfathomable

ἀ- (not-) +‎ βυθός (buthós, “depth of the sea”)

Confer Sanskrit अगाध (agādha, “fathomless; abyss, chasm”).

Noun
βῠθός • (buthós) m (genitive βῠθοῦ); second declension
depth
depth of the sea, deep water

βυθός • (vythós) m (plural βυθοί)
seabed, riverbed, bottom, ground.

Noun
βῠσσός • (bussós) m (genitive βῠσσοῦ); second declension
Alternative form of βῠθός (buthós)

from Proto-Indo-European *dʰewb-,

From Old English dēop (English deep)

cognate to Sanskrit गाध (gādha, “bottom, ford, shallows, standing-ground in water”)

BATH
Adjective
βᾰθῠ́ς • (bathús) m (feminine βᾰθεῖᾰ, neuter βᾰθῠ́); first/third declension
being a large vertical distance from: high, deep
thick
generally: strong, intense, full
profound
(of colour) deep
(time) twilight

Adjective
βαθύς • (vathýs) m (feminine βαθιά, neuter βαθύ)
deep (downward or sometimes inward)
Antonym: ρηχός (richós)
(figuratively) deep, dark (of shades and colours)
βαθύ μπλε ― vathý ble ― deep blue
(figuratively) profound, deep

——————————————————-

Gello (Greek: Γελλώ), in Greek mythology, is a female demon or revenant who threatens the reproductive cycle by causing infertility, miscarriage, and infant mortality. By the Byzantine era, the gelloudes (γελλούδες) were considered a class of beings. Women believed to be under demonic possession by gelloudes (ghoul) might stand trial or be subjected to exorcism.
Gyllou, Gylou, Gillo, or Gelu are some of its alternate forms.

https: //en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Abyzou
https: //en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Abzu
https: //en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Temenos
https: //en.wikipedia.org/wiki/É_(temple)#List_of_specific_temples

Etymology
Gello possibliy derives from Gallû, a Babylonian–Assyrian demon believed to bring sickness and death. The theory was advanced by Carl Frank (1881–1945) and supported by M.L. West, Walter Burkert, and others.

The name is also preserved in the later word ghoul.

Greek folk etymology links the word to the root gel-, “grin, laugh,” in the sense of mocking or grimacing, like the expression often found on the face of the Gorgon, to which Barb linked the reproductive demons in origin.

Such demons are often associated with or said to come from the sea, and demonologies identify Gyllou with Abyzou, whose name is related to abyssos, the abyss or “deep.”

Γελλώ • (Gellṓ) f (genitive Γελλοῦς); third declension
Gello (a kind of vampiress, demoness, or goblin supposed to carry off young children and cause infertility)

Perhaps from Akkadian 𒂵𒀠𒇻𒌑 (ga-al-lu-ú, gallû)

𒋼𒇲 (GAL5.LÁ, gallû, “Gallu”)
a word from the Assyro-Babylonian religion perhaps related to ghoul

as a demonic revenant who brings sickness and death

from Sumerian 𒋼𒇲 (GAL5.LÁ, galla, “demon; constable”)

𒋼𒇲 “/gallu/” (Sumerian), 𒌜 “/udug/” (Sumerian), 𒀉𒉺 “/asag/” (Sumerian), 𒀀𒇲 “/ala/” (Sumerian), incubus (Swedish)
Translations (oppressive thing or person; a burden)

INCUBUS
An evil spirit supposed to oppress people while asleep, especially to have sex with women as they sleep.
A feeling of oppression during sleep, sleep paralysis; night terrors, a nightmare.
Synonyms: nightmare
Any oppressive thing or person; a burden.

Λᾰ́μῐᾰ • (Lámia) f (genitive Λᾰμῐ́ᾱς); first declension
(Greek mythology) Lamia, a fabulous monster said to feed on man’s flesh
a bugbear with which to frighten children

from λαμυρός (lamurós, “avaricious, voracious, coquettish”), a Pre-Greek word probably related to λαιμός (laimós, “throat, gullet”). Others[1][2][3] suggest a late Proto-Indo-European stem *lem- (“ghost, nocturnal spirit”)

Compare Latin lemures (“ghosts of the departed”).

———————————————
DEEP WATER (Abyss)

The Abzu or Apsu (Cuneiform: 𒍪 𒀊, ZU.AB

Sumerian: abzu

Akkadian: apsû

also called engur (Cuneiform:𒇉, LAGAB×HAL

Sumerian: engur

Akkadian: engurru—lit., ab=’water’ zu=’deep’

———————————————
ROYAL PALACE

𒂍 𒋼 (“House foundation”)

É (Cuneiform: 𒂍)is the Sumerian word or symbol for house or temple.

The Sumerian term É.GAL (𒂍𒃲,”palace”, literally “big house”) denoted a city’s main building. É.LUGAL (𒂍𒈗,”king’s house”)

In E-temen-an-ki, “the temple of the foundation (pegs) of heaven and earth”, temen has been taken to refer to an axis mundi connecting earth to heaven.

The term TEMEN (𒋼) appearing frequently after É in names of ziggurats is translated as “foundation pegs”, apparently the first step in the construction process of a house (tent).

Noun
𒋼 (temen)
foundation (Akkadian. temennu)

———————————————-
ABYSS

Abyzou
From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia
Jump to navigationJump to search
In the myth and folklore of the Near East and Europe, Abyzou is the name of a female demon. Abyzou was blamed for miscarriages and infant mortality and was said to be motivated by envy (Greek: φθόνος phthonos), as she herself was infertile. In the Coptic Egypt she is identified with Alabasandria, and in Byzantine culture with Gylou, but in various texts surviving from the syncretic magical practice of antiquity and the early medieval era she is said to have many or virtually innumerable names.[1]
Abyzou (also spelled Abizou, Obizu, Obizuth, Obyzouth, Byzou etc.) is pictured on amulets with fish- or serpent-like attributes. Her fullest literary depiction is the compendium of demonology known as the Testament of Solomon, dated variously by scholars from as early as the 1st century AD to as late as the 4th.

A.A. Barb connected Abyzou and similar female demons to the story of the primeval sea, Abzu, in ancient Mesopotamian religion. Barb argued that although the name “Abyzou” appears to be a corrupted form of the Greek ἄβυσσος ábyssos “abyss”,[3] the Greek itself was borrowed from Akkadian Apsu or Sumerian Abzu.
The primeval sea was originally an androgyne or asexual, later dividing into the male Abzu (fresh water) and the female Tiamat (seawater, appearing as the Tehom in the Book of Genesis). The female demons, among whom Lilith is the best-known, are often said to have come from the primeval sea. In ancient Greek religion, female sea monsters that combine allure and deadliness may also derive from this tradition, including the Gorgons (who were daughters of the old sea god Phorcys), sirens, harpies, and even water nymphs and Nereids.[4]
In the Septuagint, the Greek version of the Hebrew Bible, the word Abyssos is treated as a noun of feminine grammatical gender, even though Greek nouns ending in -os are typically masculine. Abyssos is equivalent in meaning to Abzu as the dark chaotic sea before Creation. The word also appears in the Christian New Testament, occurring six times in the Book of Revelation, where it is conventionally translated not as “the deep” but as “the bottomless pit” of Hell. Barb argues that in essence the Sumerian Abzu is the “grandmother” of the Christian Devil.

Dumuzi-Abzu, in Mesopotamian religion, Sumerian deity, city goddess of Kinirsha near Lagash in the southeastern marshland region. She represented the power of fertility and new life in the marshes. Dumuzi-Abzu corresponded to the Sumerian god Dumuzi of the central steppe area, and thus around Eridu she was viewed as male and as son of Enki (Akkadian: Ea, also called the Lord of Apsu).

The Abzu or Apsu (Cuneiform: 𒍪 𒀊, ZU.AB; Sumerian: abzu; Akkadian: apsû, B015vellst.pngB223ellst.png), also called engur (Cuneiform:𒇉, LAGAB×HAL; Sumerian: engur; Akkadian: engurru—lit., ab=’water’ zu=’deep’, recorded in Greek as Ἀπασών; Apasṓn[1]), is the name for fresh water from underground aquifers which was given a religious fertilising quality in Sumerian and Akkadian mythology. Lakes, springs, rivers, wells, and other sources of fresh water were thought to draw their water from the abzu. In this respect, in Sumerian and Akkadian mythology it referred to the primeval sea below the void space of the underworld (Kur) and the earth (Ma) above.

ᾰ̔πᾱσῶν
Determiner
ᾰ̔πᾱσῶν • (hapāsôn)
feminine genitive plural of ᾰ̔́πᾱς (hápās)
From ἁ- (ha-, “together”) +‎ πᾶς (pâs, “all”).
Determiner
ᾰ̔́πᾱς • (hápās) m (feminine ᾰ̔́πᾱσᾰ, neuter ᾰ̔́πᾰν); first/third declension
quite all, the whole (in the plural) all together
(with an adjective) all
(with an abstract substantive) all possible, absolute
(after Homer, in the singular) everyone, (neuter) everything.

Determiner
πᾶς • (pâs) (feminine πᾶσᾰ, neuter πᾶν)
(in the plural) all, every, each
(in the singular) whole

Derived terms
ἅπᾱς (hápās)
δῐᾰ̀ πᾰντός (dià pantós)
πᾰντᾰ́πᾱσῐ (pantápāsi)
πᾰντᾰχῆ (pantakhê)
πᾰντᾰχόθεν (pantakhóthen)
πᾰντᾰχόθῐ (pantakhóthi)
πᾰντᾰχοῖ (pantakhoî)
πᾰντᾰχόσε (pantakhóse)
πᾰντᾰχοῦ (pantakhoû)
πᾰντᾰχῶς (pantakhôs)
πᾰντέλειᾰ (pantéleia)
πᾰντελής (pantelḗs)
πᾰντευχῐ́ᾱ (panteukhíā)
πᾰ́ντῑμος (pántīmos)
πᾰντλήμων (pantlḗmōn)
πᾰντοδᾰπός (pantodapós)
πᾰ́ντοθεν (pántothen)
πᾰντοιᾰ́ς (pantoiás)
πᾰντοῖος (pantoîos)
πᾰντοκρᾰ́τωρ (pantokrátōr)
πᾰ́ντολμος (pántolmos)
πᾰντοπωλέω (pantopōléō)
πᾰντοπώλης (pantopṓlēs)
πᾰντοπώλῐον (pantopṓlion)
πᾰ́ντοσε (pántose)
πᾰ́ντοτε (pántote)
πᾰ́ντως (pántōs)
πᾰ́ντῃ (pántēi)
πάνυ (pánu)
πᾰράπαν (parápan)
πρόπᾱς (própās)
σῠ́μπᾱς (súmpās)
συνάπᾱς (sunápās)

Descendants
Greek: παν n (pan, “everything, Universe”)
English: pan-, pant-, panto-, panta-

Alternative forms
παν- (pan-) – combining form
παῖς (paîs) – Aeolic
πάνσα (pánsa) – Cretan, Thessalian, Arcadocypriot (feminine)

Closely related to Mycenaean Greek 𐀞𐀯 (pa-si).
From Proto-Indo-European *peh₂nts
whence Tocharian A po (“all, every”)
from *peh₂-

Proto-Indo-European
Root
*peh₂-
to protect
to shepherd
Usage notes
Semantic shift from "protector" towards "shepherd, herder" can be seen in many branches, signifying the importance of herding. Unusual is the o-grade root in Greek ποιμήν (poimḗn, “shepherd, herdsman”), where the abstract nomina agentis suffix *-mn̥ usually binds e-grade, but that hardly seems sufficient to reconstruct *h₃ in the root and to separate it from *peh₂-.

Latin: pāscō (“put to graze”)
Tocharian A: pās- (“to look after, guard”)
Mycenaean Greek: 𐀡𐀕 (po-me, “shepherd”)
Ancient Greek: ποιμήν (poimḗn, “shepherd, herdsman”)
Middle Persian: pʾs (pās, “guard, watch”)

Sanskrit: पाल (pāla)
*peh₂-tro- (“guarder, protector, keeper”)
Sanskrit: पायु (pāyú, “guard, protector”)

————————————————-
HOLY WATER - BAPTISM ORIGINS

In Sumerian culture
In the city of Eridu, Enki’s temple was known as E2-abzu (house of the deep waters) and was located at the edge of a swamp, an abzu. Certain tanks of holy water in Babylonian and Assyrian temple courtyards were also called abzu (apsû). Typical in religious washing, these tanks were similar to Judaism’s mikvot, the washing pools of Islamic mosques, or the baptismal font in Christian churches.

In Sumerian cosmology.
The Sumerian god Enki (Ea in the Akkadian language) was believed to have lived in the abzu since before human beings were created. His wife Damgalnuna, his mother Nammu, his advisor Isimud and a variety of subservient creatures, such as the gatekeeper Lahmu, also lived in the abzu.

As a deity
Abzu (apsû) is depicted as a deity[4] only in the Babylonian creation epic, the Enûma Elish, taken from the library of Assurbanipal (c. 630 BCE) but which is about 500 years older. In this story, he was a primal being made of fresh water and a lover to another primal deity, Tiamat, a creature of salt water. The Enuma Elish begins: “When above the heavens (e-nu-ma e-liš) did not yet exist nor the earth below, Apsu the freshwater ocean was there, the first, the begetter, and Tiamat, the saltwater sea, she who bore them all; they were still mixing their waters, and no pasture land had yet been formed, nor even a reed marsh.” This resulted in the birth of the younger gods, who later murdered Apsu in order to usurp his lordship of the universe. Enraged, Tiamat gives birth to the first dragons, filling their bodies with “venom instead of blood”, and made war upon her treacherous children, only to be slain by Marduk, the god of Storms, who then forms the heavens and earth from her corpse.

—————————————————————
ROYAL HOUSE (of deep waters)

𒂍

É (temple)

É (Cuneiform: 𒂍) is the Sumerian word or symbol for house or temple.

The Sumerian term É.GAL (𒂍𒃲,”palace”, literally “big house”) denoted a city’s main building. É.LUGAL (𒂍𒈗,”king’s house”) was used synonymously. In the texts of Lagash, the É.GAL is the center of the ensi’s administration of the city, and the site of the city archives.[4] Sumerian É.GAL is the probable etymology of Semitic words for “palace, temple”, such as Hebrew היכל heikhal,[5] and Arabic هيكل haykal. It has thus been speculated that the word É originated from something akin to *hai or *ˀai, especially since the cuneiform sign È is used for /a/ in Eblaite.
The term TEMEN (𒋼) appearing frequently after É in names of ziggurats is translated as “foundation pegs”, apparently the first step in the construction process of a house; compare, for example, verses 551–561 of the account of the construction of E-ninnu:
He stretched out lines in the most perfect way; he set up (?) a sanctuary in the holy uzga. In the house, Enki drove in the foundation pegs, while Nanshe, the daughter of Eridu, took care of the oracular messages. The mother of Lagash, holy Gatumdug, gave birth to its bricks amid cries (?), and Bau, the lady, first-born daughter of An, sprinkled them with oil and cedar essence. En and lagar priests were detailed to the house to provide maintenance for it. The Anuna gods stood there full of admiration.
Temen has been occasionally compared to Greek temenos “holy precinct”, but since the latter has a well established Indo-European etymology (see temple), the comparison is either mistaken, or at best describes a case of popular etymology or convergence.[citation needed]
In E-temen-an-ki, “the temple of the foundation (pegs) of heaven and earth”, temen has been taken to refer to an axis mundi connecting earth to heaven (thus re-enforcing the Tower of Babel connection), but the term re-appears in several other temple names, referring to their physical stability rather than, or as well as, to a mythological world axis; compare the Egyptian notion of Djed.

———————————————-
TEMPLE - FANUM

Greek: τέμενος
Latin: Fanūm

τεμένη is a piece of land cut off and assigned as an official domain.

ἱερὸν τέμενος (“the holy temple”

Greek verb τέμνω (“I cut”)

A temenos (Greek: τέμενος; plural: τεμένη, temenē)[1] is a piece of land cut off and assigned as an official domain, especially to kings and chiefs, or a piece of land marked off from common uses and dedicated to a god, a sanctuary, holy grove or holy precinct:[2] the Pythian race-course is called a temenos, the sacred valley of the Nile is the Νείλοιο πῖον τέμενος Κρονίδα (“the rich temenos of Cronides by the Nile”),[1][3] the Acropolis of Athens is the ἱερὸν τέμενος (“the holy temenos”; of Pallas),[1][4] and the Kaaba (also referred to as al-Kaʿbah al-Musharrafah) inside the courtyard of Islam’s most important mosque, the Great Mosque of Mecca. The word derives from the Greek verb τέμνω (temnō), “I cut”.[5][6] The earliest attested form of the word is the Mycenaean Greek 𐀳𐀕𐀜, te-me-no, written in Linear B syllabic script.[7] The Latin equivalent was the fanum.

Verb
τέμνω • (témnō)
I cut, hew
I maim, wound
I butcher, sacrifice
I cut down, reap
I cut through, advance, drive through, plow through

For τάμνω (támnō), with ε from aorist ἔτεμον (étemon)
from Proto-Indo-European *tm̥-n-h₁-,
nasal-infixed present (the present tense system includes a N progressive aspect marker)
from *temh₁- (“to cut”).
Cognate with Latin temnō, tondeō, tempus, templum.

Proto-Indo-European
Root
*temh₁-
to cut

Latin: temnō (“to scorn, despise”)

Mycenaean Greek: 𐀳𐀕𐀜 (te-me-no)
Noun
𐀳𐀕𐀜 (te-me-no)
temple
Cognate with Ancient Greek τέμενος (temple, sacred enclosure).

Noun
τέμενος • (témenos) n (genitive τεμένους); third declension
a piece of ground cut or marked off, precinct
a sacred enclosure

————————————————————
MONAD (μονάς)

The term monad comes from the Greek feminine noun monas (nominative singular, μονάς), “one unit,” where the ending -s in the nominative form resolves to the ending -d in declension.

In some gnostic systems, the Supreme Being is known as…
the Monad

the One

the Absolute

Aiōn Teleos (the Perfect Aeon, αἰών τέλεος)

Bythos (Depth or Profundity, Βυθός)

Proarchē (Before the Beginning, προαρχή)

Hē Archē (The Beginning, ἡ ἀρχή), the Ineffable Parent, and/or the primal Father.
Prominent Christian gnostics like Valentinus taught that the Monad is the high source of the Pleroma, the region of light constituting “the fullness of the Godhead.” Through a process of emanation, various divine entities and realms emerge from the One. Arranged hierarchically, they become progressively degraded due to their remoteness from the Father. The various emanations of the One, totaling thirty in number (or 365, according to Basilides), are called Aeons. Among them exist Jesus (who resides close to the Father) and the lowest emanation, Sophia (wisdom), whose fall results in the creation of the material world.

132
Q

Πενῐ́ᾱ / Πόρος

A

GODDESS Πενῐ́ᾱ and CONSORT Πόρος

https: //en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Penia
https: //en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Porus_(mythology)

In Plato’s Symposium, Penae /ˈpiːˌniː/ (“deficiency” or “poverty” in Latin) or Penia /ˈpiːniə/ (Πενία; “deficiency” or “poverty” in Greek) was the personification of poverty and need. She married Porus at Aphrodite’s birthday and was sometimes considered the mother of Eros. Her sisters are Amechania and Ptocheia. Penia was also mentioned by other ancient Greek writers such as Alcaeus (Fragment 364), Theognis (Fragment 1; 267, 351, 649), Aristophanes (Plutus, 414ff), Herodotus, Plutarch (Life of Themistocles), and Philostratus (Life of Apollonius).

Penia was the Goddess of Poverty. Although she was despised by many, she played an important role in teaching mankind to stay humble and productive. In her portrayal by the playwright Aristophanes, Penia attempts to convince two foolish men about the dangers of allowing wealth to be abundant for everybody. She debates the issue of motivation among those who are wealthy; by acquiring a luxurious life, humans will not see a need to put in effort to produce goods and products. She explains that there will come a time where mankind will not be able to purchase much of anything because of low supply, and people will end up working significantly harder than before in order to obtain food or build furniture. She understands that she is resented, but also knows that she is vital for maintaining the continuity of mankind.[1][2]
Plato’s account[edit]
Perhaps one of the most famous mentions is in Plato’s Symposium (203b-e), a Socratic Dialogue written by Plato c. 385–370 BC. She is part of a story narrated by Socrates, that he originally heard from a priestess by the name of Diotima. There, Penia appears during a banquet thrown by the gods to celebrate the birth of Aphrodite, in order to beg. In the hope for alleviating her misery, she sleeps with Poros, god of wealth, while he is intoxicated from drinking too much nectar, however, she unintentionally gives birth to Eros, God of Love; who is a combination of both his parents, in that he is forever in need and forever pursuing.

Porus (mythology)

There are related mythological figures named Porus or Poros (Ancient Greek: Πόρος “resource” or “plenty”) in Greek classical literature.
In Plato’s Symposium, Porus was the personification of resourcefulness or expediency.[1] He was seduced by Penia (poverty) while drunk on more than his fill of nectar at Aphrodite’s birthday. Penia gave birth to Eros (love) from their union. Porus was the son of Metis. According to the character Diotima, Eros is forever in need because of his mother, but forever pursuing because of his father.
This figure exists in Roman mythology as well and is known as Pomona,[citation needed] in which Porus is the personification of abundance. He is the brother of Athena.

—————————————————————————-

ακίνητη περιουσία
real estate
( economy ) ( legal ) for property consisting of estates , plots , buildings, etc. and more generally items that cannot be moved.

Noun
περῐουσῐ́ᾱ • (periousíā) f (genitive περῐουσῐ́ᾱς); first declension
wealth, abundance, plenty
Antonym: πενία (penía)

Noun
πενῐ́ᾱ • (peníā) f (genitive πενῐ́ᾱς); first declension
poverty, indigence, beggary
Antonyms: περῐουσῐ́ᾱ (periousíā), πλοῦτος (ploûtos)

From πένης (pénēs, “poor”)
From πενέω (penéō, “to be poor”) +‎ -ία (-ía).

πλοῦτος • (ploûtos) n (genitive πλούτους); third declension
wealth, riches
Antonyms
πενία (penía

Noun
πένης • (pénēs) m (genitive πένητος); third declension
labourer, workman
poor man, pauper

Adjective
πένης • (pénēs)
poor
Synonym: πτωχός (ptōkhós)
Antonym: πλούσιος (ploúsios)
Noun
pauper (plural paupers)
One who is extremely poor.
Synonyms: see Thesaurus:pauper
One living on or eligible for public charity.

from Latin pauper (“poor”)

from Proto-Indo-European *peh₂w- (“few, small”) (English few).

Proto-Indo-European
Root
*peh₂w-
few, little
smallness

pew (n.)
late 14c., peue, “raised, bench-like seat for certain worshipers” (ladies, important men, etc.), frequently enclosed, from Old French puie, puy “balcony, elevated place or seat; elevation, hill, mound,”

from Latin podia, plural of podium “elevated place,”

also “front balcony in a Roman theater” (where distinguished persons sat; see podium).

Meaning “fixed bench with a back, for a number of worshipers” is attested from 1630s. Related: Pewholder; pew-rent.

Pewholder definition: a person who leases or is the owner of a pew or an area of seats in a church.

pewholder (plural pewholders)
One who has a pew reserved for themselves in church.

Etymology 1
From Middle English pewe
borrowed from Middle French puie (“balustrade”)
from Latin podia, plural of podium (“parapet, podium”)
from Ancient Greek πόδιον (pódion, “little foot”)
from πούς (poús, “foot”).
Doublet of podium.

Noun
pew (plural pews)
One of the long benches in a church, seating several persons, usually fixed to the floor and facing the chancel.
In many churches some pews are reserved for either clerical or liturgical officials such as canons, or for prominent families.
An enclosed compartment in a church which provides seating for a group of people, often a prominent family.
Any structure shaped like a church pew, such as a stall, formerly used by money lenders, etc.; a box in a theatre; or a pen or sheepfold.
(colloquial, humorous) A chair; a seat.

Middle English
peu(e n.(1)
A bench-like wooden seat, frequently enclosed, for worshipers in a church; ?also, a prie-dieu [quot.: (1406)]; ~ garnet, hinge to pew doors.
Prob. OF puiee, puïe, ‘balcony, balustrade, parapet, etc.’

: a compartment in the auditorium of a church providing seats for several persons
2 : one of the benches with backs and sometimes doors fixed in rows in a church

πούς • (poús) m (genitive ποδός); third declension
foot
leg
(unit of measure) Greek foot or pous, the ancient Greek and Byzantine unit of length originally based upon the length of a shod foot

Old English:
Old English fōt (English foot).

Noun
fōt m (nominative plural fēt)
a foot, in the following senses:
(anatomy) an organ in humans and animals used for locomotion
Iċ dypte mīnne fōt on þæt wæter.
I dipped my foot into the water.
Wē ongunnon þæt þorp ġenēahlǣċan on fōtum.
We tried to reach the village on foot (literally "on feet").
a unit of length, especially a third of a yard
Þæt wæter is þrītiġ fōta dēop.
The water is thirty feet deep.
Hēo is fīf fōta lang and þrēora ynċa.
She is five foot, three inches tall.
the base or bottom of something
Hīe wīcodon æt þæs beorges fēt.
They camped at the foot of the mountain.
(prosody) a metrical foot
from Proto-Indo-European *pṓds
Proto-Indo-European
Etymology
From earlier *póds, from *ped- (“to walk, to step”) +‎ *-s.
Noun
*pṓds m
foot

Noun
pēs m (genitive pedis); third declension
a foot, in its senses as
(anatomy) a human foot
… ne manus, nec pedes, nec alia membra …
… not the hands, not the feet, and not the other limbs …
(zoology) any equivalent body part of an animal, including hooves, paws, etc.
(units of measure) any of various units of length notionally based on the adult human foot, especially (historical) the Roman foot.
(poetry) a metrical foot: the basic unit of metered poetry
(geography) the base of a mountain
(furniture) the bottom of a leg of a table, chair, stool, etc.
(figuratively) a place to tread one’s foot: territory, ground, soil
(nautical) a rope attached to a sail in order to set
(music) tempo, pace, time
(botany) the pedicel or stalk of a fruit.

Noun
podia f (genitive podiae); first declension
(nautical) A rope fastened to one of the lower corners of a sail.

From Middle English pewe
borrowed from Middle French puie (“balustrade”)
from Latin podia, plural of podium (“parapet, podium”)
from Ancient Greek πόδιον (pódion, “little foot”)

Noun
podium n (genitive podiī or podī); second declension
balcony, especially in an amphitheatre.

Borrowed from Ancient Greek πόδιον (pódion, “base”)
from diminutive of πούς (poús, “foot”).

few (adj.)
Old English feawe (plural; contracted to fea) "not many, a small number; seldom, even a little," 
from Proto-Germanic *fawaz 
source also of Old Saxon: fa
Old Frisian: fe
Old High German: fao
Old Norse: far
Danish: faa
from PIE root *pau- (1) "few, little."
From Porto-I do-European / *pau- 
*pau- 
pauper
orthopedic
Greek: pauros "few, little," 
Greek: pais (genitive paidos) "child," 
Greek: pōlos "foal;" 
Latin: paucus "few, little," 
Latin: paullus "little," 
Latin: parvus "little, small," 
Latin: pauper "poor," 
Latin: puer "child, boy," 
Latin: pullus "young animal;"

*pau- (1)
Proto-Indo-European root meaning “few, little.”

It is the hypothetical source of/evidence for its existence is provided by: Sanskrit: potah "a young animal," 
Sanskrit: putrah "son;" 
Avestan puthra- "son, child;" 
Greek: pauros "few, little," 
Greek: pais (genitive paidos) "child," 
Greek: pōlos "foal;" 
Latin: paucus "few, little," 
Latin: paullus "little," 
Latin: parvus "little, small," 
Latin: pauper "poor," 
Latin: puer "child, boy," 
Latin: pullus "young animal;" 
Oscan: puklu "child;" 
Old English: feawe "not many, a small number," 
Old English: fola "young horse;" 
Old Norse: fylja "young female horse;" 
Old Church Slavonic puta "bird;" 
Lithuanian putytis "young animal, young bird;" 
Albanian pele "mare."

It forms all or part of: catchpoll; encyclopedia; filly; foal; few; hypnopedia; impoverish; orthopedic; Paedophryne; paraffin; parvi-; parvovirus; paucity; Paul; pauper; pedagogue; pederasty; pedo-; pedophilia; poco; poltroon; pony; pool (n.2) “game similar to billiards;” poor; poulterer; poultry; poverty; puericulture; puerile; puerility; puerperal; pullet; pullulate; Punch; Punchinello; pupa; pupil (n.1) “student;” pupil (n.2) “center of the eye;” puppet; pusillanimous; putti.

———————————————————————